Table of Contents

 

 

UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

Form 10-K

(Mark One)

 

  þ ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011

or

 

  ¨ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from              to             

Commission file number 000-23993

LOGO

Broadcom Corporation

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)

 

California   33-0480482

(State or Other Jurisdiction

of Incorporation or Organization)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

5300 California Avenue

Irvine, California 92617-3038

(Address of Principal Executive Offices) (Zip Code)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (949) 926-5000

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Title of Class

 

Name of Exchange on Which Registered

Class A Common Stock, $0.0001 par value  

The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC

(NASDAQ Global Select Market)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes   þ       No   ¨

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.    Yes   ¨       No   þ

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes   þ       No   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes   þ       No   ¨

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§ 229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

Large accelerated filer   þ   Accelerated filer   ¨   Non-accelerated filer   ¨   Smaller reporting company   ¨
  (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Exchange Act Rule 12b-2).    Yes   ¨       No   þ

The aggregate market value of the registrant’s common stock, $0.0001 par value per share, held by non-affiliates of the registrant on June 30, 2011, the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter, was $16.19 billion (based on the closing sales price of the registrant’s common stock on that date). Shares of the registrant’s common stock held by each officer and director and each person known to the registrant to own 10% or more of the outstanding voting power of the registrant have been excluded in that such persons may be deemed to be affiliates. This determination of affiliate status is not a determination for other purposes.

The registrant has two classes of common stock authorized, Class A common stock and Class B common stock. The rights, preferences and privileges of each class of common stock are substantially identical except for voting rights. Shares of Class B common stock are not publicly traded but are convertible at any time into shares of Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis. As of December 31, 2011 there were 492 million shares of Class A common stock and 53 million shares of Class B common stock outstanding.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Part III incorporates by reference certain information from the registrant’s definitive proxy statement for the 2012 Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be filed on or before April 27, 2012.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

Broadcom ® , the pulse logo, VideoCore ® , BroadR-Reach ® and XGS™ are among the trademarks of Broadcom Corporation and/or its affiliates in the United States, certain other countries and/or the EU. Any other trademarks or trade names mentioned are the property of their respective owners.

 

© 2012 Broadcom Corporation. All rights reserved.    This Annual Report on Form 10-K is printed on recycled paper.


Table of Contents

BROADCOM CORPORATION

ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K

FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2011

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page  
   PART I   
Item 1.    Business      1   
Item 1A.    Risk Factors      12   
Item 1B.    Unresolved Staff Comments      20   
Item 2.    Properties      20   
Item 3.    Legal Proceedings      20   
Item 4.    (Removed and Reserved)      20   
   PART II   
Item 5.    Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities      21   
Item 6.    Selected Financial Data      25   
Item 7.    Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations      27   
Item 7A.    Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk      55   
Item 8.    Financial Statements and Supplementary Data      56   
Item 9.    Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure      56   
Item 9A.    Controls and Procedures      56   
Item 9B.    Other Information      57   
   PART III   
Item 10.    Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance      58   
Item 11.    Executive Compensation      58   
Item 12.    Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters      58   
Item 13.    Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence      58   
Item 14.    Principal Accounting Fees and Services      58   
   PART IV   
Item 15.    Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules      59   


Table of Contents

CAUTIONARY STATEMENT

All statements included or incorporated by reference in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, other than statements or characterizations of historical fact, are forward-looking statements within the meaning of the federal securities laws, including the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Examples of forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements concerning projected total net revenue, costs and expenses and product and total gross margin; our accounting estimates, assumptions and judgments; the demand for our products; our dependence on a few key customers and/or design wins for a substantial portion of our revenue; our ability to consummate acquisitions and integrate their operations successfully, including our pending acquisition of NetLogic Microsystems, Inc.; estimates related to the amount and/or timing of the expensing of unearned stock-based compensation expense and stock-based compensation as a percentage of revenue; manufacturing, assembly and test capacity; the effect that economic conditions, seasonality and volume fluctuations in the demand for our customers’ consumer-oriented products will have on our quarterly operating results; our ability to adjust operations in response to changes in demand for existing products and services or the demand for new products requested by our customers; the competitive nature of and anticipated growth in our markets; our ability to migrate to smaller process geometries; our success in pending intellectual property litigation matters; our potential needs for additional capital; inventory and accounts receivable levels; the impact of the Internal Revenue Service review of certain income tax returns on our results of operations; the effect of potential changes in U.S. or foreign tax laws and regulations or the interpretation thereof; the level of accrued rebates, and income we expect to record in connection with the Qualcomm Agreement or similar arrangements in the future. These forward-looking statements are based on our current expectations, estimates and projections about our industry and business, management’s beliefs, and certain assumptions made by us, all of which are subject to change. Forward-looking statements can often be identified by words such as “anticipates,” “expects,” “intends,” “plans,” “predicts,” “believes,” “seeks,” “estimates,” “may,” “will,” “should,” “would,” “could,” “potential,” “continue,” “ongoing,” similar expressions, and variations or negatives of these words. These statements are not guarantees of future performance and are subject to risks, uncertainties and assumptions that are difficult to predict. Therefore, our actual results could differ materially and adversely from those expressed in any forward-looking statements as a result of various factors, some of which are listed under the section entitled “Risk Factors” in Part I, Item 1A of this Report. These forward-looking statements speak only as of the date of this Report. We undertake no obligation to revise or update publicly any forward-looking statement to reflect future events or circumstances.

PART I

 

Item 1.     Business

Overview

Broadcom Corporation (including our subsidiaries, referred to collectively in this Report as “Broadcom,” “we,” “our” and “us”) is a global innovation leader in semiconductor solutions for wired and wireless communications. Broadcom ® products seamlessly deliver voice, video, data and multimedia connectivity in the home, the office and the mobile environment. We provide the industry’s broadest portfolio of state-of-the-art system-on-a-chip, or SoC, and software solutions.

Broadcom was incorporated in California in August 1991. Our Class A common stock trades on the NASDAQ Global Select Market ® under the symbol BRCM. Our principal executive offices are located at 5300 California Avenue, Irvine, California 92617-3038, and our telephone number at that location is 949.926.5000. Our Internet address is www.broadcom.com . The inclusion of our Internet address in this Report does not include or incorporate by reference into this Report any information on our website. Our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, amendments to those reports and other Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) filings are available free of charge through the investor relations section of our website as soon as reasonably practicable after such reports are electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. The SEC also maintains a web site, www.sec.gov , that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC.

Over the past two decades, communications technologies have evolved dramatically in response to ubiquitous wireless and mobile networks, the emergence of new data-intensive computing and multimedia applications, and the continuing convergence of personal computing devices and mobile devices. The broadband transmission of digital information over wired and wireless infrastructures requires very sophisticated semiconductor solutions to perform


Table of Contents

critical systems functions such as complex signal processing, converting digital data to and from analog signals, and switching and routing packets of information over IP-based networks.

We currently operate our business to serve three markets: Broadband Communications, Mobile & Wireless and Infrastructure & Networking. Our diverse product portfolio includes:

 

   

Broadband Communications (Solutions for the Home) — Complete solutions for cable, xDSL, fiber, satellite and IP broadband networks to enable the connected home, including set-top-boxes and media servers, residential modems and gateways, femtocells and wired home networking solutions.

   

Mobile & Wireless (Solutions for the Hand) — Low-power, high-performance and highly integrated solutions powering the mobile and wireless ecosystem, including Wi-Fi and Bluetooth, cellular modems, personal navigation and global positioning, near field communications (NFC), Voice over IP (VoIP), multimedia and application processing, and mobile power management solutions.

   

Infrastructure & Networking (Solutions for Infrastructure) — Highly integrated solutions for carriers, service providers, enterprises, small-to-medium businesses and data centers for network infrastructure needs, including switches, physical layer (PHY) and microwave devices for local, metropolitan, wide area and storage networking; switch fabric solutions, high-speed ethernet controllers, security and embedded processors.

Net Revenue by Reportable Segment

Our semiconductor solutions are used globally by leading manufacturers and are embedded in an array of products for the home, the hand and network infrastructure. Net revenue for our reportable segments, Broadband Communications, Mobile & Wireless and Infrastructure & Networking is presented below. “All Other” includes our licensing revenue from Verizon Wireless and related income from the Qualcomm Agreement (see detailed discussion in “ Overview ” section in Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations) .

Percentage of Net Revenue

 

LOGO

Net Revenue: $7.39 billion    Net Revenue: $6.82 billion    Net Revenue: $4.49 billion

 

2


Table of Contents

Broadband Communications Reportable Segment

We offer manufacturers a range of broadband communications and consumer electronics SoC solutions that enable voice, video, data and multimedia services over wired and wireless networks for the home.

 

      Products Incorporating Our Solutions    Broadcom Solutions
Broadband Communications (Solutions for the Home)  

Modems (cable, xPON, femtocell

and DSL) and Residential Gateways

Cable Modem Termination

Systems (CMTS) and Central

Office DSLAM Solutions

Digital Cable, Digital Transport

Adapter, Direct Broadcast

Satellite, Terrestrial and IP Set-Top

Boxes

Wired Home Networking Solutions

(including Powerline Networking)

  

Cable modem SoCs

Femtocell SoCs

MPEG/AVC/VC-1 encoders and

transcoders

xDSL, xPON and cable modem

customer premises equipment and

central office solutions

Powerline Networking SoCs

Digital cable, DBS, Terrestrial and

IP set-top box SoCs

Digital Cable, Direct Broadcast Satellite, Terrestrial and IP Set-Top Boxes and Digital Transport Adapters

In an effort to increase the number of digital services available to television viewers, features such as high definition and 3D programming, digital video recording services, internet applications and connected home media networks are being offered by service providers using the same high-speed connections that bring customers broadband Internet and telephone access. To take advantage of these capabilities, viewers need a set-top box (STB) in the home to process these functions and distribute them to TVs, other connected STBs and mobile devices within the home. According to DisplaySearch, approximately 198 million STB’s were sold in 2011. We offer a complete digital cable-TV silicon platform, comprehensive direct broadcast satellite (DBS) solutions and a family of advanced SoC solutions for the Internet Protocol (IP) STB market.

Modems and Residential Gateways

According to DisplaySearch, there were nearly 562 million total global broadband subscribers in 2011. Competitive pressure among broadband providers to meet increasing consumer demand for internet video content is driving a race to provide increasing bandwidth to consumers. Broadcom offers ultra-high speed modems and end-to-end broadband solutions to provide data, voice and video services in one multi-function gateway over cable television networks, digital subscriber line (DSL) technologies and gigabit passive optical networks (GPON) to and throughout the home.

Powerline Networking

Powerline networking increases in-home networking coverage by taking advantage of the availability of existing electric outlets throughout the home to create an easier plug-and-play connected consumer experience. Broadcom’s Powerline chipset enhances our strong and diverse home network and broadband access portfolio and provides customers with a cost-effective and efficient method to connect multiple devices and deliver multimedia content throughout the home.

Mobile & Wireless Reportable Segment

Broadcom’s mobile and wireless reportable segment offers products that enable end-to-end wireless and cellular connectivity at home, at work and on-the-go. Products in this area include solutions in wireless local area networking, personal area networking, location and navigation technologies, NFC, cellular baseband SoCs, multimedia processors, and radio frequency (RF) and power management. Our portfolio of mobile and wireless products enable a broad range of connected devices including cellular handsets, personal navigation devices, tablets, PCs, wireless home routers and gateways, portable media players, gaming platforms and other wireless-enabled consumer electronic devices and peripherals.

 

3


Table of Contents
      Products Incorporating Our Solutions    Broadcom Solutions

Mobile & Wireless

(Solutions for the Hand)

 

Smartphones, Mobile phones

Wireless-enabled tablets,

laptops, netbooks, and desktop

computers

Wireless home routers and gateways

Printers

Cellular data cards

MiFi Mobile Hotspots

Handheld media devices

Personal navigation devices

Home gaming systems

VoIP phones

Wireless-enabled TV’s and Set - top

Boxes

Thermostats and Home Monitoring

equipment

  

Wi-Fi SoCs

Bluetooth SoCs

Wireless Connectivity Combo chips

GPS/GNSS SoCs

EDGE, 3G (UMTS and HSPA) and 4G

(LTE and WiMAX) baseband solutions

Multimedia processors

Applications processors

Power management chips

VoIP SoCs

Mobile TV SoCs

NFC

Cellular RF chips

Wireless Local Area and Personal Area Networking

Wi-Fi/WLAN.     Wireless local area networking, also known as Wi-Fi or WLAN, allows devices on a local area network to communicate with each other without the use of any cables. It adds the convenience of mobility to the powerful utility provided by high-speed data networks, and is a natural extension of broadband connectivity in the home, office and on the road. Wi-Fi technology has been embedded into a wide range of electronic devices including smartphones, tablets, home gateways and routers, personal computers, cameras, camcorders, printers, gaming devices, set-top boxes, HDTVs, Blu-ray Disc players and broadband modems. A total of approximately 1 billion Wi-Fi capable devices were sold in 2011 according to DisplaySearch. In 2011, we introduced a Wireless Internet Connectivity for Embedded Devices platform to simplify and extend Wi-Fi connectivity to a range of additional connected appliances, smart energy systems, and cloud-based health and home management services devices. We offer a family of high performance, low power Wi-Fi chipsets that support all current standards. We plan to continue to evolve our Wi-Fi product line and support future standards such as 802.11ac, which would improve range, bandwidth availability and battery life. We also support Wi-Fi direct across our product portfolio, allowing communication between devices without having to interact with an access point, increasing ease of use for Wi-Fi and enabling us to serve increased demand for the transfer of HD content between devices.

Bluetooth.     The Bluetooth short-range wireless networking standard is a low power wire replacement technology that enables direct connectivity among a wide variety of mainstream consumer electronic devices. According to DisplaySearch a total of approximately 1.6 billion Bluetooth-enabled devices were estimated to be sold in 2011. We offer a complete family of Bluetooth silicon and software solutions for mobile phones, PCs, wireless headphones and headsets, HDTVs, peripherals, gaming and other applications. Our family of single-chip Bluetooth devices, software applications and protocol stacks provide a complete solution that enables manufacturers to add Bluetooth functionality to almost any electronic device with a minimal amount of development time and resources. We continue to drive the evolution of Bluetooth with support of Bluetooth Low Energy (BLE), an emerging standard for supporting low power applications such as health and fitness, and the number of opportunities for Bluetooth applications, such as the industry standardization of Bluetooth for 3D glasses, continues to expand.

Wireless Connectivity Combination Chips

Consumers increasingly expect their mobile devices to be able to seamlessly communicate wirelessly with other electronics devices, such as TVs, PCs, printers, cellular phones, remote speakers, headsets and car stereos. At the same time, our customers are continually seeking to lower costs, increase performance and extend the battery life of their devices, while bringing new products to market quickly. To meet these demands, we have developed a family of combination chip (combo chip) solutions that integrate multiple discrete wireless technologies on a single chip. For

 

4


Table of Contents

example, we offer combo chip solutions that integrate a complete Bluetooth system (with BLE and Bluetooth High Speed), a complete Wi-Fi system (including 802.11n Wi-Fi Direct functionality), and a high performance FM stereo radio receiver into a single die.

Global Positioning System

Global Positioning System (GPS) has long been a standard feature in navigation devices and has become a common feature in smartphones and tablets. In addition to GPS, other satellite-based navigation systems have been deployed such as GLONASS by Russia. Global Navigation Satellite System (GNSS) technology encompasses a plurality of such satellite-based navigation systems. By making use of additional satellite coverage, significant improvement in location determination, location accuracy and time-to-first-fix can be obtained over a system that relies only on a GPS based solution, particularly in urban areas. Broadcom offers a family of GPS, assisted GPS (A-GPS) and GNSS semiconductor products, software and data services. Broadcom’s Location Based Services technology delivers assistance data to our GNSS devices further enhancing performance and reliability.

Cellular Baseband, Multimedia Processors and Power Management

Handheld devices (such as cellular phones and tablets) and portable computers (such as netbooks and laptops) have become broadband multimedia gateways, enabling end users to wirelessly download email, view web pages, stream audio and video, play games and conduct videoconferences. The evolution of the international Global System for Mobile Communication (GSM) standard to 3G and 4G technologies have enabled “always on” Internet applications and more efficient data transport. These capabilities enable a range of devices from smart feature-phones to smartphones and tablets. We develop EDGE, 3G and 4G, LTE and WiMAX chipsets and platform solutions with the associated software. We use the same technologies to deliver cellular modem cards for use in portable computers, wireless gateway devices and embedded products.

Cellular SoC’s.     We provide a family of 2.5G, 3G and 4G SoC chipsets and platform solutions with associated software. Our cellular SoC’s incorporate a high performance application processing subsystem, a 1080p multimedia/graphics subsystem and a cellular modem on a single chip. Our latest announced cellular SoC offers two integrated Cortex A9 application processor cores operating up to 1.3 GHz.

As part of our cellular platform, Broadcom provides cellular RF and a family of power management devices that intelligently manage power consumption in mobile devices to optimize system operation and improve battery life.

Mobile Multimedia Applications.     Multimedia has become a necessary component in handheld devices. To support new multimedia features, Broadcom offers our VideoCore ® line of video and multimedia processors based on a low power, high performance architecture. Our family of mobile multimedia co - processors enables an array of multimedia features, including support for high megapixel digital cameras and HD video encoding and decoding.

Voice over Internet Protocol

Driven by the significant build-out of the Internet, voice over an IP packet-based network, or VoIP applications are continuing to grow. Our VoIP phone silicon and software solutions integrate packet processing, voice processing and switching technologies to provide the quality of service, high fidelity and reliability necessary for enterprise telephony applications and home routers/gateways. These products support residential VoIP services that are now being offered by a variety of broadband service providers.

Near Field Communications

Near field communications (NFC) is an ultra short-range wireless standard to enable simple connectivity and data transfer by the act of bringing two devices in close proximity. NFC has been adopted for contactless payment systems and can also be implemented in a variety of consumer devices, including mobile phones, tablets, and digital TVs, remote controls, wireless mice, 3D glasses and Bluetooth headsets, to pair two devices and enable other forms of wireless connectivity data transfer between devices. Broadcom has developed a family of NFC solutions with a combination of advanced power, size and functional requirements for original equipment manufacturers to implement low-cost NFC consumer device applications in their products.

 

5


Table of Contents

Infrastructure & Networking Reportable Segment

Through our Infrastructure & Networking reportable segment, we design and develop complete silicon and software infrastructure solutions for service provider, data center, and enterprise and small-to-medium business networks. Our solutions leverage industry-proven Ethernet technology to promote faster, “greener” and cost-efficient transport and processing of voice, video, data and multimedia across both wired and wireless networks as network data traffic increases. In September 2011 we signed a definitive agreement to acquire NetLogic Microsystems, Inc., or NetLogic, a publicly traded company that is a leader in high-performance intelligent semiconductor solutions for next generation networks, and upon closing of the acquisition, NetLogic will be incorporated into our Infrastructure & Networking reportable segment. For more information about the NetLogic acquisition see the “ Overview ” section in Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.

 

       Products Incorporating Our Solutions    Broadcom Solutions

Infrastructure & Networking

(Solutions for Infrastructure)

  

Service provider metro equipment

3G/4G wireless infrastructure and wireless

access points

Switches, hubs and routers Servers

Workstations

Desktop and notebook computers

Network interface cards

LAN on motherboard applications

Optical networks and dense wave division

multiplexing applications

Virtual private networks and

security appliances

Microwave links for wireless backhaul

  

Ethernet copper transceivers

Ethernet controllers

Ethernet switches

Backplane and Optical front-end

physical layer devices

Security processors and adapters

Broadband processors

Microwave modems and RF

Ethernet Networking

Ethernet has become a ubiquitous interconnection technology for providing high performance and cost effective networking infrastructure across enterprise, service provider, data center and small and medium business (SMB) market segments. Our highly integrated, low power SoC solutions enable users to access data, voice and video from their offices, homes or over wireless networks.

Ethernet Switches.     We offer a broad set of Ethernet switching products ranging from low-cost five port switch chips to complete solutions that can be used to build systems in excess of 10 terabits of switching capacity in a single chassis.

 

   

Our service provider switch portfolio enables carrier/service provider networks to support a large number of services in the wireless backhaul, access, aggregation and core of their networks.

   

Our Data Center portfolio provides high capacity, low latency switching silicon that supports advanced protocols around virtualization and multi-pathing. In addition, our SAND Ethernet switching fabric technologies provide the ability to build highly scalable flat networks supporting tens of thousands of servers.

   

For enterprise applications, our XGS tm product family combines multi-layer switching capabilities with wire-speed Gigabit, 10 and 40 Gigabit Ethernet switching performance for unified wired and wireless enterprise business networks.

   

Our family of SMB Ethernet switch products are designed to support lower power modes and comply with industry standards around energy efficient Ethernet.

Ethernet Copper Transceivers.     Our high performance Ethernet transceivers are built upon a proprietary digital signal processing (DSP) communication architecture optimized for high-speed network connections and support the latest standards and advanced features, such as energy efficient Ethernet, data encryption and time synchronization at one or 10 gigabits per second.

Gigabit and 10 Gigabit Ethernet Controllers.     Our family of Ethernet controllers offers comprehensive solutions for servers, workstations, and desktop and notebook computers, supporting multiple generations of Ethernet

 

6


Table of Contents

technology. Gigabit and 10 Gigabit Ethernet controllers deliver high performance dual-port, single-chip C-NIC at 1Gbps or 10-Gbps rates, without requiring external packet memory.

Microwave Modems and RF.     Our family of microwave modems and RF chip sets allows our customers to build the highest performance wireless backhaul and LAN extension products for the service provider market. They include features such as dual polarization for increased throughput, integrated networking functionality and full path protection.

Automotive Ethernet.     As consumer demand for in-vehicle connectivity continues to grow, automotive manufacturers are under pressure to deliver competitive, innovative features while minimizing cost. Broadcom’s BroadR-Reach ® automotive solutions allow multiple in-vehicle systems (such as infotainment, on-board diagnostics and automated driver assistance) to simultaneously access information over unshielded single twisted pair cable. The Broadcom automotive Ethernet product portfolio consists of five devices (including three highly integrated switches with embedded PHYs and two stand-alone PHY solutions) that deliver high-performance bandwidth of 100Mbps and beyond while dramatically reducing connectivity costs.

Backplane and Optical Front-End Physical Layer Devices

To address increasing volumes of data traffic both in data centers and service provider networks, we offer a portfolio of 10G and 40G Ethernet transceivers, forward error correction solutions, and chips for backplanes and optical interconnect. These devices are low-power solutions for very high density 10G and 40G switching solutions. We also offer 2.5G and 10G SONET/SDH/OTN transceivers that enable the development of low-cost, high-density optical transport equipment, enabling telecommunications and service providers to efficiently deliver data and voice traffic over existing fiber networks. Our use of the complementary metal oxide semiconductor (CMOS) process allows substantially higher levels of integration and lower power consumption than competitive solutions.

Custom Silicon Products

We offer proprietary silicon devices for the LAN, WAN and PC markets that allow our customers to semi-customize by integrating their own intellectual property. For example, we have developed complex mixed-signal designs for customers that leverage our advanced design processes.

Licensing of Intellectual Property

We generate licensing revenue and related income from the licensing of our intellectual property. The vast majority of our licensing revenue and related income to date has been derived from agreements with two customers, Verizon Wireless and QUALCOMM Incorporated, or Qualcomm. See detailed discussion in the “ Overview ” section in Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations. This licensing revenue and related income represented 3.1%, 3.3% and 4.8% of our total net revenue in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

Reference Platforms

To assist our customers in developing products, we develop reference platforms designed around our integrated circuit products that represent prototypical system-level applications. These reference platforms generally include an extensive suite of software drivers, as well as protocol and application layer software. By providing reference platforms that may ultimately be incorporated into our customers’ end products, we assist our customers in transitioning from initial prototype designs to final production releases. We believe this enables our customers to achieve easier and faster transitions from the initial prototype designs through final production releases. We believe these reference platform designs also significantly enhance customers’ confidence that our products will meet their market requirements and product introduction schedules.

 

7


Table of Contents

Customers and Strategic Relationships

We sell our products to leading wired and wireless communications manufacturers. We have also established strategic relationships with multiservice operators that provide wired and wireless communications services to consumers and businesses. Customers currently shipping wired and/or wireless communications equipment and devices incorporating our products include:

 

•Alcatel

  

•Motorola

•Apple

  

•Netgear

•Cisco

  

•Nokia

•Dell

  

•Pace

•EchoStar

  

•Samsung

•Hewlett-Packard

  

•Technicolor

•Huawei Technologies

  

•ZTE

•LG

  

A small number of customers have historically accounted for a substantial portion of our net revenue. Sales to our five largest customers represented 42.6%, 38.6% and 34.6% of our net revenue in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. In 2011 sales to Apple and Samsung represented 13.1% and 10.0% of our net revenue, respectively. In 2010, sales to Apple and Samsung represented 10.9% and 10.0% of our net revenue, respectively. See Note 13 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, included in Part IV, Item 15 of this Report. We expect that our key customers will continue to account for a substantial portion of our net revenue in 2012 and in the foreseeable future. These customers and their respective contributions to our net revenue have varied and will likely continue to vary from period to period. We typically sell products pursuant to purchase orders that customers can generally cancel, change or defer on short notice without incurring a significant penalty.

Research and Development

We have assembled a large team of experienced engineers and technologists, many of whom are leaders in their particular field or discipline. As of December 31, 2011 we had approximately 7,260 research and development employees, including over 800 employees with Ph.D.s. These key employees are involved in advancing our core technologies, as well as product development. Because SoC solutions benefit from the same underlying core technologies, we are able to address a wide range of communications markets with a relatively focused investment in research and development. Our research and development expense was $1.98 billion, $1.76 billion and $1.54 billion in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. These amounts included stock-based compensation expense for employees engaged in research and development of $364 million, $341 million and $352 million in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

We believe that increased IP integration and the timely introduction of new products are essential to our growth. While we endeavor to manage our costs and expenses to attain our long-term business objectives, we plan to maintain significant research and development staffing levels for the foreseeable future. We have design centers throughout the United States, including our principal design facilities in Irvine, California and Santa Clara County, California. Internationally, we have design facilities in Asia, Europe, Israel and Canada. We anticipate establishing additional design centers in the United States and in other countries.

 

8


Table of Contents

Manufacturing

Wafer Fabrication

We depend on multiple foundry subcontractors located in Asia to manufacture a majority of our products. Our key silicon foundries are:

 

   

Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Corporation in Taiwan;

   

GlobalFoundries, Inc. (formerly Chartered Semiconductor Manufacturing) in Singapore;

   

Semiconductor Manufacturing International Corporation in China; and

   

United Microelectronics Corporation in Singapore and Taiwan.

By subcontracting manufacturing, we focus resources on design and test applications where we believe we have greater competitive advantages. This strategy also eliminates the high cost of owning and operating semiconductor wafer fabrication facilities. See “ Risk Factors ” under Item 1A of this Report for a discussion of the risks associated with our dependence on independent foundry subcontractors.

Most of our products are manufactured using CMOS process technology. Our products are currently fabricated on a variety of processes ranging from 500 nanometers to 40 nanometers. We generally evaluate the benefits, on a product-by-product basis, of migrating to smaller geometry process technologies. Approximately 61.3% of our products are currently manufactured in 65 nanometers. We are designing most new products in 40 nanometers and 28 nanometers, and are beginning to evaluate 20 nanometers. See “ Risk Factors ” under Item 1A of this Report for a discussion of the risks associated with transitioning to smaller geometry process technologies.

Assembly and Test

Our products are tested either at the wafer level and/or packaged finished products level. Our product testing is conducted by independent foundries, and independent test subcontractors. The die are assembled into finished products by independent assembly and package subcontractors. A majority of our test and assembly is performed by the following independent subcontractors:

 

   

United Test and Assembly Center in Singapore, China and Thailand (test, assembly and packaging);

   

Advanced Semiconductor Engineering (ASE) in China and Taiwan (test, assembly and packaging);

   

Siliconware Precision in Taiwan (test, assembly and packaging);

   

Amkor in Korea, Philippines, Taiwan and China (assembly and packaging only);

   

Signetics in Korea (assembly and packaging only);

   

STATSChipPAC in Singapore, Korea, Malaysia and China (test, assembly and packaging);

See “ Risk Factors ” under Item 1A of this Report for a discussion of the risks associated with our dependence on third party assembly and test subcontractors.

Quality Assurance

We focus on product reliability from the initial stage of the design cycle through each specific design process, including layout and production test design. Our operations and quality engineering teams closely manage the interface between manufacturing and design engineering. We prequalify each assembly and foundry subcontractor. We also participate in quality and reliability monitoring by reviewing electrical and parametric data from our wafer foundry and assembly subcontractors. We closely monitor wafer foundry production to ensure consistent overall quality, reliability and yield levels. All of our principal independent foundries and package assembly facilities are currently ISO 9001 certified, a comprehensive International Standards Organization specified quality system acknowledgement. As part of our total quality program, we received ISO 9001 certification for our Singapore distribution facility.

Environmental Management

We monitor the environmental impact of our products. Our manufacturing subcontractors have registered our manufacturing flow to ISO 14000, the international standard related to environmental management. Lead-free solutions in electronic components and systems are receiving increasing attention within the semiconductor industry.

 

9


Table of Contents

Our products are compliant with the Restriction of Hazardous Substances Directive, or RoHS, the European legislation that restricts the use of a number of substances, including lead, and current European REACH (Regulation, Evaluation and Authorization of Chemicals) laws.

Product Distribution

The majority of our products are distributed internationally to customers through our distribution center in Singapore and a smaller portion domestically via an operations and distribution center in Irvine, California. Net product revenue derived from actual shipments to international destinations, primarily in Asia represented 98.5%, 97.2% and 94.8% of our net revenue in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

Sales and Marketing

Our sales and marketing strategy is to achieve design wins with technology leaders by providing quality, state-of-the-art products, superior engineering execution, and superior sales, field application and engineering support. We market and sell our products in the United States through a direct sales force, distributors and manufacturers’ representatives. The majority of our domestic sales occur through our direct sales force, which is based in offices located in California and throughout the United States.

We market and sell our products internationally through regional offices in Asia, Europe and North America, as well as through a network of independent and fulfillment distributors and representatives in Asia, Australia, Europe and North America. We or our customers select these independent entities based on their ability to provide effective field sales, marketing communications and technical support to our customers. All international sales to date have been in U.S. dollars. We present revenue from independent customers by geographic area in Note 13 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, included in Part IV, Item 15 of this Report.

Backlog

Our sales are primarily made through standard purchase orders for delivery of products. Due to industry practice that allows customers to cancel, change or defer orders with limited advance notice prior to shipment, we do not believe that backlog is a reliable indicator of future revenue levels.

Competition

The semiconductor industry in general, and wired and wireless communications markets in particular, are intensely competitive and are characterized by rapid change, evolving standards, short product life cycles and price erosion. We believe that the principal factors of competition for integrated circuit providers include:

 

•product quality and reputation

  

•market presence

•product capabilities

  

•standards compliance

•level of integration

  

•system cost

•engineering execution

  

•intellectual property

•reliability

  

•customer interface and support

•price

  

•time-to-market

We believe that we compete favorably with respect to each of these factors.

We compete with a number of major domestic and international suppliers of integrated circuits and related applications. We also compete with suppliers of system-level and motherboard-level solutions incorporating integrated circuits that are proprietary or sourced from manufacturers other than Broadcom. This competition has resulted and will continue to result in declining average selling prices for our products in certain markets. We also may face competition from newly established competitors, suppliers of products based on new or emerging technologies, and customers that choose to develop their own silicon solutions. We expect to encounter continuing consolidation in the markets in which we compete.

Some of our competitors operate their own fabrication facilities and have longer operating histories and presence in key markets, greater name recognition, larger customer bases and significantly greater financial, sales and marketing, manufacturing, distribution and other resources than we do. As a result, these competitors may be able to

 

10


Table of Contents

adapt more quickly to new or emerging technologies and changes in customer requirements or devote greater resources to the promotion and sale of their products. Current and potential competitors have established or may establish financial or strategic relationships among themselves or with existing or potential customers, resellers or other third parties, and may refuse to provide us with information necessary to permit the interoperability of our products with theirs. Accordingly, it is possible that new competitors or alliances among competitors could emerge and rapidly acquire significant market share. In addition, competitors may develop technologies that more effectively address our markets with products that offer enhanced features, lower power requirements or lower costs. Increased competition could result in pricing pressures, decreased gross margins and loss of market share and may materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. See “ Risk Factors ” under Item 1A of this Report for further discussion of the risks associated with competition.

Seasonality

An increasing number of our products are being incorporated into consumer electronic products, which are subject to significant seasonality and fluctuations in demand, and tend to have stronger sales in the middle of the fiscal year as manufacturers prepare for the major holiday selling seasons.

Intellectual Property

Our success and future product revenue growth depend, in part, on our ability to protect our intellectual property. We rely primarily on patents, copyrights, trademarks and trade secrets, as well as nondisclosure agreements and other methods, to protect our proprietary technologies and processes. However, these may not provide meaningful or adequate protection for our intellectual property.

We currently hold more than 6,000 U.S. and more than 2,550 foreign patents (up from more than 4,800 U.S. and more than 2,000 foreign patents from the prior year) and have more than 7,350 additional U.S. and foreign pending patent applications. We also generally enter into confidentiality agreements with our employees and strategic partners, and typically control access to and distribution of product documentation and other proprietary information. Despite these precautions, it is possible that competitors or other unauthorized third parties may obtain, copy, use or disclose our technologies and processes, develop similar technology independently, or design around our patents. As such, any rights granted under our patents may not provide us with meaningful protection. In addition, we may not be able to successfully enforce our patents against infringing products in every jurisdiction. See “ Risk Factors ” under Item 1A of this Report for further discussion of the risks associated with patents and intellectual property.

Some or all of our patents have in the past been licensed and likely will in the future be licensed to certain of our competitors through cross-license agreements, such as the Qualcomm Agreement. See the detailed discussion in the “ Overview ” section in Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations . Moreover, because we have participated and continue to participate in developing various industry standards, we may be required to license some of our patents to others, including competitors, who develop products based on those standards.

Companies in and related to the semiconductor industry and the wired and wireless communications markets often aggressively protect and pursue their intellectual property rights. We are currently engaged in litigation and may need to engage in additional litigation to enforce our intellectual property rights or the rights of our customers, to protect our trade secrets, or to determine the validity and scope of proprietary rights of others, including our customers. In addition, we are currently engaged in litigation and may engage in future litigation with parties that claim that we infringed their patents or misappropriated or misused their trade secrets. Such litigation will result in substantial costs and diversion of our resources and could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. For a detailed description of our outstanding intellectual property litigation, see Note 12 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, included in Part IV, Item 15 of this Report.

Employees

As of December 31, 2011 we had approximately 9,590 employees, including 7,260 individuals engaged in research and development, 910 engaged in sales and marketing, 580 engaged in manufacturing operations, and 840

 

11


Table of Contents

engaged in general and administrative activities. Our employees are not represented by any collective bargaining agreement, and we have never experienced a work stoppage. We believe our employee relations are good.

 

Item 1A.     Risk Factors

Before deciding to purchase, hold or sell our common stock, you should carefully consider the risks described below in addition to the other information contained in this Report and in our other filings with the SEC, including subsequent reports on Forms 10-Q and 8-K. The risks and uncertainties described below are not the only ones we face. Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or that we currently deem immaterial may also affect our business. If any of these known or unknown risks or uncertainties actually occurs with material adverse effects on Broadcom, our business, financial condition, results of operations and/or liquidity could be seriously harmed. In that event, the market price for our Class A common stock will likely decline, and you may lose all or part of your investment.

Our quarterly operating results may fluctuate significantly.

Our quarterly net revenue and operating results have fluctuated significantly in the past and are likely to continue to vary from quarter to quarter. Variability in the nature of our operating results may be attributed to the factors identified throughout this “Risk Factors” section, many of which may be outside our control, including:

 

   

changes in economic conditions in the markets we address, including the continuing volatility in the technology sector and semiconductor industry;

   

seasonality in sales of consumer and enterprise products in which our products are incorporated;

   

our dependence on a few significant customers and/or design wins for a substantial portion of our revenue;

   

timing, rescheduling or cancellation of significant customer orders and our ability, as well as the ability of our customers, to manage inventory;

   

changes in customer product needs and market acceptance of our products;

   

competitive pressures and other factors such as the qualification, availability and pricing of competing products and technologies and the resulting effects on sales and pricing of our products;

   

the impact of a significant natural disaster, such as an earthquake, severe weather, tsunami or other flooding, or a nuclear crisis, as well as interruptions or shortages in the supply of utilities such as water and electricity, on a key location such as our corporate headquarters or our Northern California facilities, both of which are located near major earthquake fault lines; and

   

the impact of tax examinations.

We depend on a few significant customers for a substantial portion of our revenue.

We derive a substantial portion of our revenue from sales to a relatively small number of customers. Sales to our five largest customers represented 42.6%, 38.6% and 34.6% of our total net revenue for 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively. We expect that our largest customers will continue to account for a substantial portion of our total net revenue for the foreseeable future. The loss of any significant customer could materially and adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

A significant portion of our revenue in any period may also depend on a single product design win with a large customer. As a result, the loss of any such key design win or any significant delay in the ramp of volume production of the customer’s products into which our product is designed could materially and adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations. We may not be able to maintain sales to certain of our key customers or continue to secure key design wins for a variety of reasons, including:

 

   

agreements with our customers typically do not require them to purchase a minimum quantity of our products; and

   

our customers can stop incorporating our products into their own products with limited notice to us and suffer little or no penalty.

In addition, the majority of our licensing revenues and related income to date has been derived from agreements with two customers, Verizon Wireless and Qualcomm. From January 2008 through December 2011, we recorded $753 million in licensing revenue and related income derived from Verizon Wireless and Qualcomm and we expect

 

12


Table of Contents

to record an additional $272 million. The licensing revenue from our agreement with Verizon Wireless has ended and the income from the Qualcomm Agreement is non-recurring and will terminate in 2013. There can be no assurances that we will be able to enter into additional such arrangements in the future, or that we will be able to successfully collect the remaining payments due to us under the Qualcomm Agreement in the event of a default by Qualcomm.

The loss of a key customer or design win, a reduction in sales to any key customer, decrease in licensing revenue, significant delay in our customers’ product development plans, or our inability to attract new significant customers or secure new key design wins could seriously impact our revenue and materially and adversely affect our results of operations.

We face intense competition.

The semiconductor industry and the wired and wireless communications markets are intensely competitive. We expect competition to continue to increase as new markets develop, as industry standards become well known and as other competitors enter our business. We expect to encounter further consolidation in the markets in which we compete.

Many of our competitors have longer operating histories and presences in key markets, greater name recognition, larger customer bases, and significantly greater financial, sales and marketing, manufacturing, distribution, technical and other resources than we do, and in some cases operate their own fabrication facilities. These competitors may be able to adapt more quickly to new or emerging technologies and changes in customer requirements. They may also be able to devote greater resources to the promotion and sale of their products. We also face competition from newly established competitors, suppliers of products, and customers who choose to develop their own semiconductor solutions.

Existing or new competitors may develop technologies that more effectively address our markets with products that offer enhanced features and functionality, lower power requirements, greater levels of integration or lower cost. Increased competition also has resulted in and is likely to continue to result in increased expenditures on research and development, declining average selling prices, reduced gross margins and loss of market share in certain markets. These factors in turn create increased pressure to consolidate. We cannot assure you that we will be able to continue to compete successfully against current or new competitors. If we do not compete successfully, we may lose market share in our existing markets and our revenues may fail to increase or may decline.

We face risks associated with our acquisition strategy.

A key element of our business strategy involves expansion through the acquisitions of businesses, assets, products or technologies. The expansion of our business through acquisitions allows us to complement our existing product offerings, expand our market coverage, increase our engineering workforce or enhance our technological capabilities. We may not be able to identify or consummate future acquisitions or realize the desired benefit from these acquisitions.

We face a number of challenges associated with our acquisition strategy that could disrupt our ongoing business and distract our management team, including:

 

   

delays in the timing and successful integration of an acquired company’s technologies;

   

the loss of key personnel;

   

if our actual results, or the plans and estimates used in future impairment analyses, are less favorable than the original estimates used to assess the recoverability of these assets, we could incur additional impairment charges;

   

lower gross margins, revenues and operating income than originally anticipated at the time of acquisition and other financial challenges; and

   

becoming subject to intellectual property or other litigation.

Acquisitions can result in increased debt or contingent liabilities. While we believe we will have the ability to service any additional debt we may potentially issue in connection with acquisitions, our ability to make principal and interest payments when due depends upon our future performance, which will be subject to general economic

 

13


Table of Contents

conditions, industry cycles, and business and other factors affecting our operations, including the other risk factors described in this section, many of which are beyond our control. Acquisitions can also result in adverse tax consequences, warranty or product liability exposure related to acquired assets, additional stock-based compensation expense, write up of acquired inventory to fair value, and the recording and later amortization of amounts related to certain purchased intangible assets. In addition, we may record goodwill and other purchased intangible assets in connection with an acquisition and incur impairment charges in the future. Each of the above may apply equally to our pending acquisition of NetLogic Microsystems, Inc., which is our largest acquisition to date.

We may fail to adjust our operations in response to changes in demand.

Through internal growth and acquisitions, we significantly modified the scope of our operations and workforce in recent years. Our operations are characterized by a high percentage of costs that are fixed or difficult to reduce in the short term, such as research and development expenses and our highly skilled workforce. During some periods, our growth has placed a significant strain on our management personnel, systems and resources. To respond to periods of increased demand, we will be required to expand, train, manage and motivate our workforce. Alternatively, in response to the economic downturn in the markets in the semiconductor industry and communications market, we may be required to implement restructuring actions and a number of other cost saving measures. All of these endeavors require substantial management effort. If we are unable to effectively manage our expanding operations, we may be unable to adjust our business quickly enough to meet competitive challenges or exploit potential market opportunities, or conversely, we may scale our business too quickly and the rate of increase in our expenses may exceed the rate of increase in our revenue, either of which would materially and adversely affect our current or future business.

Our operating results may be adversely impacted by worldwide economic uncertainties and specific conditions in the markets we address.

We operate primarily in the semiconductor industry, which is cyclical and subject to rapid change and evolving industry standards. From time to time, the semiconductor industry has experienced significant downturns characterized by decreases in product demand, excess customer inventories and accelerated erosion of prices. The semiconductor industry also periodically experiences increased demand and production capacity constraints, which may affect our ability to ship products. An increasing number of our products are being incorporated into consumer electronic products, which are subject to significant seasonality and fluctuations in demand. Economic volatility can cause extreme difficulties for our customers and vendors in accurately forecasting and planning future business activities. This unpredictability could cause our customers to reduce spending on our products and services, which would delay and lengthen sales cycles. Furthermore, during challenging economic times our customers and vendors may face challenges in gaining timely access to sufficient credit, which could impact their ability to make timely payments to us. As a result, we may experience growth patterns that are different than the end demand for products, particularly during periods of high volatility.

We cannot predict the timing, strength or duration of any economic slowdown or recovery or the impact of such events on our customers, our vendors or us. The combination of our lengthy sales cycle coupled with challenging macroeconomic conditions and supply chain cross-dependencies could have a compound impact on our business. The impact of market volatility is not limited to revenue but may also affect our product gross margins and other financial metrics. Any downturn in the semiconductor industry may be severe and prolonged, and any failure of the industry or wired and wireless communications markets to fully recover from downturns could seriously impact our revenue and harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our stock price is highly volatile.

The market price of our Class A common stock has fluctuated substantially in the past and is likely to continue to be highly volatile and subject to wide fluctuations. From January 1, 2009 through December 31, 2011 our Class A common stock has traded at prices as low as $15.31 and as high as $47.39 per share. Fluctuations have occurred and may continue to occur in response to various factors, many of which we cannot control.

In addition, the market prices of securities of Internet-related, semiconductor and other technology companies have been and remain volatile. This volatility has significantly affected the market prices of securities of many

 

14


Table of Contents

technology companies for reasons frequently unrelated to the operating performance of the specific companies. If our operating results do not meet the expectations of securities analysts or investors, who may derive their expectations by extrapolating data from recent historical operating results, the market price of our Class A common stock will likely decline. Accordingly, you may not be able to resell your shares of common stock at or above the price you paid. In the past, we, and other companies that have experienced volatility in the market price of their securities, have been the subject of securities class action litigation.

Due to the nature of our compensation programs, most of our executive officers sell shares of our common stock each quarter or otherwise periodically, often pursuant to trading plans established under Rule 10b5-1 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act. As a result, sales of shares by our executive officers may not be indicative of their respective opinions of Broadcom’s performance at the time of sale or of our potential future performance. Nonetheless, the market price of our stock may be affected by sales of shares by our executive officers.

We may be required to defend against alleged infringement of intellectual property rights of others and/or may be unable to adequately protect or enforce our own intellectual property rights.

Companies in the semiconductor industry and the wired and wireless communications markets aggressively protect and pursue their intellectual property rights. From time to time, we receive notices that claim we have infringed upon, misappropriated or misused other parties’ proprietary rights. Additionally, we receive notices that challenge the validity of our patents. Intellectual property litigation can be expensive, time consuming and distracting to management. An adverse determination in any of these types of disputes could prevent us from manufacturing or selling some of our products or could prevent us from enforcing our intellectual property rights.

We may also be required to indemnify some customers and strategic partners under our agreements if a third party alleges or if a court finds that our products or activities have infringed upon, misappropriated or misused another party’s proprietary rights. We have received requests from certain customers and strategic partners to include increasingly broad indemnification provisions in our agreements with them. These indemnification provisions may, in some circumstances, extend our liability beyond the products we provide to include liability for combinations of components or system level designs and for consequential damages and/or lost profits. Even if claims or litigation against us are not valid or successfully asserted, these claims could result in significant costs and diversion of the attention of management and other key employees to defend.

Our products may contain technology provided to us by other parties such as contractors, suppliers or customers. We may have little or no ability to determine in advance whether such technology infringes the intellectual property rights of a third party. Our contractors, suppliers and licensors may not be required to indemnify us in the event that a claim of infringement is asserted against us, or they may be required to indemnify us only up to a maximum amount, above which we would be responsible for any further costs or damages. Any of these claims or litigation may materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Furthermore, our success and future revenue growth will depend, in part, on our ability to protect our intellectual property. It is possible that competitors or other unauthorized third parties may obtain, copy, use or disclose our technologies and processes. Any of our existing or future patents may be challenged, invalidated or circumvented. We engage in litigation to enforce or defend our intellectual property rights, protect our trade secrets, or determine the validity and scope of the proprietary rights of others, including our customers. If our intellectual property rights do not adequately protect our technology, our competitors may be able to offer products similar to ours.

Our software may be derived from “open source” software, which is generally made available to the public by its authors and/or other third parties. Open source software is often made available under licenses, which impose certain obligations in the event we distribute derivative works of the open source software. These obligations may require us to make source code for the derivative works available to the public, and/or license such derivative works on different terms than those customarily used to protect our intellectual property. With respect to our proprietary software, we generally license such software under terms that prohibit combining it with open source software. Despite these restrictions, parties may combine our proprietary software with open source software without our authorization, in which case we might nonetheless be required to release the source code of our proprietary software.

 

15


Table of Contents

We enter into confidentiality agreements with our employees, consultants and strategic partners. We also control access to and distribution of our technologies, documentation and other proprietary information. Despite these efforts, internal or external parties may attempt to copy, disclose, obtain or use our products, services or technology without our authorization. Additionally, current, departing or former employees or third parties could attempt to penetrate our computer systems and networks to misappropriate our proprietary information and technology or interrupt our business. Because the techniques used by computer hackers and others to access or sabotage networks change frequently and generally are not recognized until launched against a target, we may be unable to anticipate, counter or ameliorate these techniques. As a result, our technologies and processes may be misappropriated.

We cannot assure you that our efforts to prevent the misappropriation or infringement of our intellectual property or the intellectual property of our customers will succeed. Identifying unauthorized use of our products and technologies is difficult and time consuming. The initiation of litigation may adversely affect our relationships and agreements with certain customers that have a stake in the outcome of the litigation proceedings. Litigation is very expensive and may divert the attention of management and other key employees from the operation of the business, which could negatively impact our business and results of operations.

We are subject to order and shipment uncertainties.

It is difficult to accurately predict demand for our semiconductor products. We typically sell products pursuant to purchase orders rather than long-term purchase commitments. Customers can generally cancel, change or defer purchase orders on short notice without incurring a significant penalty. Our ability to accurately forecast customer demand is further impaired by delays inherent in our lengthy sales cycle. We operate in a dynamic industry and use significant resources to develop new products for existing and new markets. After we have developed a product, there is no guarantee that our customers will integrate our product into their equipment or devices and, ultimately, bring those equipment and devices incorporating our product to market. In these situations, we may never produce or deliver a significant number of our products, even after incurring substantial development expenses. From the time a customer elects to integrate our solution into their product, it is typically six to 24 months before high volume production of that product commences. After volume production begins, we cannot be assured that the equipment or devices incorporating our product will gain market acceptance.

Our products are incorporated into complex devices and systems, creating supply chain cross-dependencies. Accordingly, supply chain disruptions affecting components of our customers’ devices and/or systems could negatively impact the demand for our products, even if the supply of our products is not directly affected.

Our product demand forecasts are based on multiple assumptions, each of which may introduce error into our estimates. In the event we overestimate customer demand, we may allocate resources to manufacturing products that we may not be able to sell. As a result, we could hold excess or obsolete inventory, which would reduce our profit margins and adversely affect our financial results. Conversely, if we underestimate customer demand or if insufficient manufacturing capacity is available, we could forego revenue opportunities and potentially lose market share and damage our customer relationships. Also, due to our industry’s shift to “just-in-time” inventory management, any disruption in the supply chain could lead to more immediate shortages in product or component supply. In addition, an increasing percentage of our inventory is maintained under hubbing arrangements whereby products are delivered to a customer or third party warehouse based upon the customer’s projected needs. Under these arrangements, we do not recognize product revenue until the customer reports that it has removed our product from the warehouse to incorporate into its end products. Our ability to effectively manage inventory levels may be impaired under our hubbing arrangements, which could increase expenses associated with excess and obsolete product inventory and negatively impact our cash flow.

We manufacture and sell complex products and may be unable to successfully develop and introduce new products.

We expect that a high percentage of our future sales will come from sales of new products. We sell products in markets that are characterized by rapid technological change, evolving industry standards, frequent new product introductions and short product life cycles. The markets for some of these products are new to us and may be immature and/or unpredictable. These markets may not develop into profitable opportunities and we have invested substantial resources in emerging technologies that did not achieve the market acceptance that we had expected. As a result, it is difficult to anticipate our future revenue streams from, or the sustainability of, our new products.

 

16


Table of Contents

Our industry is dynamic and we are required to devote significant resources to research and development to remain competitive. The development of new silicon devices is highly complex, and due to supply chain cross-dependencies and other issues, we may experience delays in completing the development, production and introduction of our new products. We may choose to discontinue one or more products or product development programs to dedicate more resources to other products. The discontinuation of an existing or planned product may adversely affect our relationship with one or more of our customers.

Our ability to successfully develop and deliver new products will depend on various factors, including our ability to:

 

   

effectively identify and capitalize upon opportunities in new markets;

   

timely complete and introduce new integrated products;

   

transition our semiconductor products to increasingly smaller line width geometries;

   

license any desired third party technology or intellectual property rights;

   

obtain sufficient foundry capacity and packaging materials; and

   

qualify and obtain industry interoperability certification of our products.

If we are not able to develop and introduce new products in a cost effective and timely manner, we will be unable to attract new customers or to retain our existing customers which would materially and adversely affect our results of operations.

We have experienced hardware and software defects and bugs associated with the introduction of our highly complex products. If any of our products contain defects or bugs, or have reliability, quality or compatibility problems, our reputation may be damaged and customers may be reluctant to buy our products. These problems could interrupt or delay sales and shipments of our products to customers. To alleviate these problems, we may have to divert our resources from other development efforts. In addition, these problems could result in claims against us by our customers or others, including possible claims for consequential damages and/or lost profits.

We are exposed to risks associated with our international operations.

We currently obtain substantially all of our manufacturing, assembly and testing services from suppliers located outside the United States. Products shipped to international destinations, primarily in Asia, represented 98.5%, 97.2% and 94.8% of our product revenue in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. In addition, we undertake various sales and marketing activities through regional offices in a number of countries. We intend to continue expanding our international business activities and to open other design and operational centers abroad.

International operations are subject to many inherent risks, including but not limited to:

 

   

political, social and economic instability;

   

exposure to different business practices and legal standards, particularly with respect to intellectual property;

   

continuation of overseas conflicts and the risk of terrorist attacks and resulting heightened security;

   

the imposition of governmental controls and restrictions and unexpected changes in regulatory requirements;

   

nationalization of business and blocking of cash flows;

   

changes in taxation and tariffs; and

   

difficulties in staffing and managing international operations.

Economic conditions in our primary overseas markets, particularly in Asia, may negatively impact the demand for our products abroad. Also, all of our international sales to date have been denominated in U.S. dollars. Accordingly, an increase in the value of the U.S. dollar relative to foreign currencies could make our products less competitive in international markets or require us to assume the risk of denominating certain sales in foreign currencies. We anticipate that these factors will impact our business to a greater degree as we further expand our international business activities.

We depend on third parties to fabricate, assemble and test our products.

As a fabless semiconductor company, we do not own or operate fabrication, assembly or test facilities. We rely on third parties to manufacture, assemble and test substantially all of our semiconductor devices. Accordingly, we cannot directly control our product delivery schedules and quality assurance. This lack of control could result in

 

17


Table of Contents

product shortages or quality assurance problems. These issues could delay shipments of our products or increase our assembly or testing costs. In addition, the consolidation of foundry subcontractors, as well as the increasing capital intensity and complexity associated with fabrication in smaller process geometries may limit our diversity of suppliers, potentially driving increased wafer prices and adversely affecting our results of operations, including our product gross margins.

We do not have long-term agreements with any of our direct or indirect suppliers, including our manufacturing, assembly or test subcontractors. We typically procure services from these suppliers on a per order basis. In the event our third-party foundry subcontractors experience a disruption or limitation of manufacturing, assembly or testing capacity, we may not be able to obtain alternative manufacturing, assembly and testing services in a timely manner, or at all. Furthermore, our foundries must have new manufacturing processes qualified if there is a disruption in an existing process, which could be time-consuming. We could experience significant delays in product shipments if we are required to find alternative manufactures, assemblers or testers for our products. We are continuing to develop relationships with additional third-party subcontractors to assemble and test our products.

Because we rely on outside foundries and other third party suppliers, we face several significant risks in addition to those discussed above, including:

 

   

a lack of guaranteed supply of wafers and other components and potential higher wafer and component prices due to supply constraints;

   

the limited availability of, or potential delays in obtaining access to, key process technologies; and

   

the location of foundries and other suppliers in regions that are subject to earthquakes, tsunamis and other natural disasters.

The manufacture of integrated circuits is a highly complex and technologically demanding process. Our foundries have from time to time experienced lower than anticipated manufacturing yields. This often occurs during the production of new products or the installation and start-up of new process technologies. In addition, we are dependent on our foundry subcontractors to successfully transition to smaller geometry processes.

There can be no assurance that we will continue to declare cash dividends.

In January 2010, our Board of Directors adopted a dividend policy pursuant to which Broadcom would pay quarterly dividends on our common stock. In January 2011, our Board of Directors increased the quarterly dividend payment. We intend to continue to pay such dividends subject to capital availability and periodic determinations by our Board of Directors that cash dividends are in the best interest of our shareholders and are in compliance with all laws and agreements of Broadcom applicable to the declaration and payment of cash dividends.

Future dividends may be affected by, among other factors:

 

   

our views on potential future capital requirements for investments in acquisitions and the funding of our research and development;

   

use of cash to consummate various acquisition transactions;

   

stock repurchase programs;

   

changes in federal and state income tax laws or corporate laws; and

   

changes to our business model.

Our dividend payments may change from time to time, and we cannot provide assurance that we will continue to increase our dividend payment or declare dividends in any particular amounts or at all. A reduction in our dividend payments could have a negative effect on our stock price.

We may be unable to attract, retain or motivate key personnel.

Our future success depends on our ability to attract, retain and motivate senior management and qualified technical personnel. Competition for these employees is intense. If we are unable to attract, retain and motivate such personnel in sufficient numbers and on a timely basis, we will experience difficulty in implementing our current business and product plans. In that event, we may be unable to successfully meet competitive challenges or to exploit potential market opportunities, which could adversely affect our business and results of operations.

 

18


Table of Contents

Government regulation may adversely affect our business.

The effects of regulation on our customers or the industries in which they operate may materially and adversely impact our business. For example, the Federal Communications Commission, or FCC, has broad jurisdiction in the United States over many of the devices into which our products are incorporated. FCC regulatory policies that affect the ability of cable or satellite operators or telephone companies to offer certain services to their customers or other aspects of their business may impede sales of our products in the United States. In addition, we may experience delays if a product incorporating our chips fails to comply with FCC emissions specifications.

We and our customers are subject to various import and export laws and regulations. Government export regulations apply to the encryption or other features contained in some of our products. If we fail to continue to receive licenses or otherwise comply with these regulations, we may be unable to manufacture the affected products at foreign foundries or ship these products to certain customers, or we may incur penalties or fines.

Our business may also be subject to regulation by countries other than the United States. Foreign governments may impose tariffs, duties and other import restrictions on components that we obtain from non-domestic suppliers and may impose export restrictions on products that we sell internationally. These tariffs, duties or restrictions could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our product or manufacturing standards could also be impacted by new or revised environmental rules and regulations or other social initiatives. For instance, the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission proposed new disclosure requirements relating to the sourcing of certain minerals from the Democratic Republic of Congo and certain other adjoining countries. When these new requirements are in effect, they could adversely affect our costs, the availability of minerals used in our products and our relationships with customers and suppliers.

Our business is subject to potential tax liabilities.

We are subject to income taxes in the United States and various foreign jurisdictions. The amount of income taxes we pay is subject to our interpretation and application of tax laws in jurisdictions in which we file. Changes in current or future laws or regulations, or the imposition of new or changed tax laws or regulations or new related interpretations by taxing authorities in the U.S. or foreign jurisdictions, could adversely affect our results of operations. We are subject to examinations and tax audits. There can be no assurance that the outcomes from these audits will not have an adverse effect on our net operating loss and research and development tax credit carryforwards, our financial position, or our operating results.

In certain foreign jurisdictions, we operate under tax holidays and favorable tax incentives. For instance, in Singapore we operate under tax holidays, which are effective through March 31, 2014, that reduce taxes on substantially all of our operating income in that jurisdiction. Such tax holidays and incentives often require us to meet specified employment and investment criteria in such jurisdictions. In a period of tight manufacturing capacity, our ability to meet Singaporean content in our products may be more limited, which may have adverse tax consequences. More generally, if any of our tax holidays or incentives are terminated or if we fail to meet the criteria to continue to enjoy such holidays or incentives, our results of operations may be materially and adversely affected. We have begun discussions with the Singapore Economic Development Board with respect to tax incentives for periods after March 31, 2014. No assurances can be given that such discussions will be successful. If we are unable to reach an agreement with Singapore (or another jurisdiction that provides similar benefits to those we realize from our current incentives in Singapore), our results of operations and financial position for periods after March 31, 2014 will be adversely affected.

Our articles of incorporation and bylaws contain anti-takeover provisions.

Our articles of incorporation and bylaws contain provisions that could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire a majority of our outstanding voting stock. For example, our Board of Directors may also issue shares of Class B common stock in connection with certain acquisitions, which have superior voting rights entitling the holder to ten votes for each share held on matters that we submit to a shareholder vote (as compared to one vote per share in the case of our Class A common stock) as well as the right to vote separately as a class. In addition, our Board of

 

19


Table of Contents

Directors has the authority to fix the rights and preferences of shares of our preferred stock and to issue shares of common or preferred stock without a shareholder vote. These provisions, among others, may discourage certain types of transactions involving an actual or potential change in our control.

Our co-founders and their affiliates may control the outcome of matters that require the approval of our shareholders.

As of December 31, 2011 our co-founders, directors, executive officers and their respective affiliates beneficially owned 10.8% of our outstanding common stock and held 51.9% of the total voting power held by our shareholders. Accordingly, these shareholders currently have enough voting power to control the outcome of matters that require the approval of our shareholders. These matters include the election of our Board of Directors, the issuance of additional shares of Class B common stock, and the approval of most significant corporate transactions, including certain mergers and consolidations and the sale of all or substantially all of our assets. In particular, as of December 31, 2011 our two founders, Dr. Henry T. Nicholas III and Dr. Henry Samueli, beneficially owned a total of 9.7% of our outstanding common stock and held 51.5% of the total voting power held by our shareholders. Because of their significant voting stock ownership, we will not be able to engage in certain transactions, and our shareholders will not be able to effect certain actions or transactions, without the approval of one or both of these shareholders. Repurchases of shares of our Class A common stock under our share repurchase program would result in an increase in the total voting power of our co-founders, directors, executive officers and their affiliates, as well as other continuing shareholders.

Item 1B.     Unresolved Staff Comments

None.

Item 2.     Properties

We lease facilities in Irvine (our corporate headquarters), Sunnyvale, Santa Clara, San Jose and San Diego, California. These facilities are our principal design facilities and each includes administration, sales and marketing, research and development and operations functions. We lease additional design facilities throughout the United States.

Internationally, we lease a distribution center that includes engineering design and administrative facilities in Singapore as well as engineering design and administrative facilities in Asia, Israel, Europe and Canada.

In addition, we lease various sales and marketing facilities in the United States and several other countries.

We lease our facilities and certain engineering design tools and information systems equipment under operating lease agreements. Our leased facilities comprise an aggregate of 3.6 million square feet. Our principal facilities in Irvine comprise 0.88 million square feet and have lease terms that expire at various dates through 2017.

We believe that the facilities under lease will be adequate for at least the next 12 months. For additional information regarding our obligations under property leases, see Note 7 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, included in Part IV, Item 15 of this Report.

Item 3.     Legal Proceedings

The information set forth under Note 12 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, included in Part IV, Item 15 of this Report, is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 4.     (Removed and Reserved)

Not Applicable.

 

20


Table of Contents

PART II

 

Item 5.     Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Market Information and Holders

Our Class A common stock is traded on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol BRCM. The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, the high and low sale prices for our Class A common stock on the NASDAQ Global Select Market:

 

     2011      2010  
     High      Low      High      Low  

Fourth Quarter

   $ 38.37       $ 27.59       $ 47.00       $ 34.34   

Third Quarter

     38.88         30.98         38.47         29.90   

Second Quarter

     41.00         30.71         36.94         29.05   

First Quarter

     47.39         38.60         34.30         26.40   

As of December 31, 2011 and 2010 there were 1,005 and 1,070 record holders of our Class A common stock and 147 and 154 record holders of our Class B common stock, respectively. On January 31, 2012, the last reported sale price of our Class A common stock on the NASDAQ Global Select Market was $34.35 per share.

Our Class B common stock is not publicly traded. Each share of Class B common stock is convertible at any time at the option of the holder into one share of Class A common stock and in most instances automatically converts upon sale or other transfer.

 

21


Table of Contents

Stock Performance Graph

The following graphs compare the cumulative five-year and seven-year total return attained by shareholders on Broadcom Corporation’s common stock relative to the cumulative total returns of the S&P 500 index, the PHLX Semiconductor index, and the NASDAQ Composite index. An investment of $100 (with reinvestment of all dividends) is assumed to have been made in our common stock and in each index on December 31, 2006 (for the five-year graph) and December 31, 2004 (for the seven-year graph) and its relative performance is tracked through December 31, 2011. Shareholder returns over the indicated periods should not be considered indicative of future stock prices or shareholder returns.

COMPARISON OF 5 YEAR CUMULATIVE TOTAL RETURN

AMONG BROADCOM CORPORATION, THE S&P 500 INDEX,

THE NASDAQ COMPOSITE INDEX AND THE PHLX SEMICONDUCTOR INDEX

LOGO

 

22


Table of Contents

COMPARISON OF 7 YEAR CUMULATIVE TOTAL RETURN

AMONG BROADCOM CORPORATION, THE S&P 500 INDEX,

THE NASDAQ COMPOSITE INDEX AND THE PHLX SEMICONDUCTOR INDEX

LOGO

Dividend Policy

In January 2010 our Board of Directors adopted a dividend policy pursuant to which we intend to pay quarterly cash dividends on our common stock. Our Board of Directors declared quarterly cash dividends of $0.08 per common share payable to holders of our common stock in each quarter of 2010. In January 2011 our Board of Directors adopted an amendment to the existing dividend policy pursuant to which we increased the quarterly cash dividend by 12.5% to $0.09 per common share ($0.36 per share on an annual basis) and declared quarterly cash dividends of $0.09 per share payable to holders of our common stock in each quarter of 2011. In 2011 and 2010 we paid $194 million and $163 million, respectively, in dividends to holders of our Class A and Class B common stock. These dividends were paid from U.S. domestic sources other than our retained earnings and are accounted for as reductions of shareholders’ equity.

The cash dividend policy and the payment of future cash dividends under that policy are subject to the Board’s continuing determination that the dividend policy and the declaration of dividends thereunder are in the best interests of our shareholders and are in compliance with all laws and agreements of Broadcom applicable to the declaration and payment of cash dividends.

Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

In 2011 we issued an aggregate of 1 million shares of Class A common stock upon conversion of a like number of shares of Class B common stock in connection with their disposition. Each share of Class B common stock is convertible at any time into one share of Class A common stock at the option of the holder. The offers and sales of those securities were effected without registration in reliance on the exemption from registration provided by Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act.

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

From time to time our Board of Directors has authorized various programs to repurchase shares of our Class A common stock depending on market conditions and other factors. In February 2010 we announced that our Board of Directors had authorized an evergreen share repurchase program intended to offset dilution of incremental grants

 

23


Table of Contents

of stock awards associated with our stock incentive plans. The maximum number of shares of our Class A common stock that may be repurchased in any one year (including under an ASR or other arrangement) is equal to the total number of shares issued pursuant to our equity awards in the previous year and the current year. Our February 2010 share repurchase program does not have an expiration date and may be suspended at any time at the discretion of the Board of Directors.

In February 2011 we entered into an accelerated share repurchase, or ASR, agreement to repurchase $300 million of our Class A common stock, which was recorded as a reduction to shareholders’ equity. Under the ASR program we received and cancelled 7 million shares of our Class A common stock with a weighted average price of $42.64 per share.

In addition to the shares repurchased under the ASR, we repurchased 10 million shares of our Class A common stock at a weighted average price of $36.84 per share in 2011. We repurchased 9 million and 15 million shares of our Class A common stock at weighted average prices of $30.86 and $28.12 per share in 2010 and 2009, respectively.

Repurchases under our share repurchase programs were and are intended to be made in open market or privately negotiated transactions in compliance with Rule 10b-18 promulgated under the Exchange Act.

 

24


Table of Contents
Item 6.     Selected Consolidated Financial Data

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2011     2010      2009      2008     2007  
     (In millions, except per share data)  

Consolidated Statements of Income Data

            

Net revenue:

            

Product revenue

   $ 7,160      $ 6,589       $ 4,273       $ 4,485      $ 3,739   

Income from Qualcomm Agreement (1)

     207        207         171                  

Licensing revenue (2)

     22        22         46         173        37   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net revenue

     7,389        6,818         4,490         4,658        3,776   

Costs and expenses:

            

Cost of product revenue (3)

     3,626        3,284         2,211         2,213        1,832   

Research and development (3)

     1,983        1,762         1,535         1,498        1,349   

Selling, general and administrative (3)

     682        590         479         543        492   

Amortization of purchased intangible assets

     30        28         15         3        1   

Impairment of long-lived assets

     92        19         19         172        2   

Settlement costs (gains), net

     (18     53         118         16          

Restructuring costs (reversals), net

     16                7         (1       

In-process research and development

                            42        15   

Charitable contributions

     25                50                  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating costs and expenses

     6,436        5,736         4,434         4,486        3,691   

Income from operations

     953        1,082         56         172        85   

Interest income (expense), net

     (5     9         14         52        131   

Other income (expense), net

     8        6         2         (2     3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

     956        1,097         72         222        219   

Provision for income taxes

     29        15         7         7        6   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 927      $ 1,082       $ 65       $ 215      $ 213   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income per share (basic) (4)

   $ 1.72      $ 2.13       $ 0.13       $ 0.42      $ 0.39   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income per share (diluted) (4)

   $ 1.65      $ 1.99       $ 0.13       $ 0.41      $ 0.37   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 
     December 31,  
     2011     2010      2009      2008     2007  
     (In millions)  

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data

            

Cash and cash equivalents and short-and long-term marketable securities

   $ 5,205      $ 4,058       $ 2,368       $ 1,898      $ 2,404   

Working capital

     4,653        2,913         1,766         2,034        2,323   

Goodwill and purchased intangible assets, net

     2,187        2,043         1,481         1,341        1,424   

Total assets

     9,040        7,944         5,127         4,393        4,838   

Total long-term debt

     1,196        697                          

Total shareholders’ equity

     6,521        5,826         3,892         3,607        4,036   

 

(1) Includes income relating to the Qualcomm Agreement that was entered into with Qualcomm in April 2009. See “Overview” section in Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and Notes 1 and 2 to Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for a further discussion, included in Part IV, Item 15 of this Report.

 

25


Table of Contents
(2) Includes royalties of $19 million, $149 million and $32 million in 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively, received pursuant to a patent license agreement that was entered into with Verizon Wireless in July 2007, which was completed in March 2009.

 

(3) Includes stock-based compensation expense resulting from stock options and restricted stock units we issued or assumed in acquisitions. See Note 9 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

(4) See Notes 1 and 2 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for an explanation of the calculation of net income per share.

The following table presents details of product and total gross margin as a percentage of product and total revenue, respectively:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2011     2010     2009     2008     2007  

Supplemental Gross Margin Data

          

Product gross margin

     49.4     50.2     48.3     50.7     51.0

Total gross margin

     50.9        51.8        50.8        52.5        51.5   

The following table presents details of total stock-based compensation expense that is included in each functional line item in the consolidated statements of income data above:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2011      2010      2009      2008      2007  
     (In millions)  

Supplemental Data on Stock-Based Compensation Expense

              

Cost of product revenue

   $ 24       $ 23       $ 25       $ 25       $ 26   

Research and development

     364         341         352         358         354   

Selling, general and administrative

     126         119         120         126         140   

The tables above set forth our selected consolidated financial data. We prepared this information using the consolidated financial statements of Broadcom for each of the five years ended December 31, 2011. In addition, the consolidated financial statements include the results of operations of acquisitions commencing on their respective acquisition dates. See Note 3 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

You should read this selected consolidated financial data together with the Consolidated Financial Statements and related Notes contained in this Report and in our prior and subsequent reports filed with the SEC, as well as the section of this Report and our other reports entitled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

 

26


Table of Contents
Item 7.     Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

You should read the following discussion and analysis in conjunction with our Consolidated Financial Statements and related Notes thereto included in Part IV, Item 15 of this Report and the “Risk Factors” included in Part I, Item 1A of this Report, as well as other cautionary statements and risks described elsewhere in this Report, before deciding to purchase, hold or sell our common stock.

Overview

Broadcom Corporation (including our subsidiaries, referred to collectively in this Report as “Broadcom,” “we,” “our” and “us”) is a global innovation leader in semiconductor solutions for wired and wireless communications. Broadcom products seamlessly deliver voice, video, data and multimedia connectivity in the home, the office and the mobile environment. We provide the industry’s broadest portfolio of state-of-the-art system-on-a-chip, or SoC, and software solutions.

We sell our products to leading wired and wireless communications manufacturers in each of our reportable segments: Broadband Communications (Home), Mobile & Wireless (Hand) and Infrastructure & Networking (Infrastructure). Because we leverage our technologies across different markets, certain of our integrated circuits may be incorporated into products used in multiple markets. We utilize independent foundries and third-party subcontractors to manufacture, assemble and test all of our semiconductor products.

Our diverse product portfolio includes:

 

   

Broadband Communications (Solutions for the Home) — Complete solutions for cable, xDSL, fiber, satellite and IP broadband networks to enable the connected home, including set-top-boxes and media servers, residential modems and gateways, femtocells and wired home networking solutions.

   

Mobile & Wireless (Solutions for the Hand) — Low-power, high-performance and highly integrated solutions powering the mobile and wireless ecosystem, including Wi-Fi and Bluetooth, cellular modems, personal navigation and global positioning, near field communications (NFC), Voice over IP (VoIP), multimedia and application processing, and mobile power management solutions.

   

Infrastructure & Networking (Solutions for Infrastructure) — Highly integrated solutions for carriers, service providers, enterprises, small-to-medium businesses and data centers for network infrastructure needs, including switches, physical layer (PHY) and microwave devices for local, metropolitan, wide area and storage networking; switch fabric solutions, high-speed ethernet controllers, security and embedded processors.

Our product revenue consists principally of sales of semiconductor devices and, to a lesser extent, software licenses and royalties, development, support and maintenance agreements, data services and cancellation fees. The majority of our product sales occur through the efforts of our direct sales force. The remaining balance of our product sales occurs through distributors. Our licensing revenue and income is generated from the licensing of our intellectual property, of which the vast majority to date has been derived from agreements with two customers, Verizon Wireless and Qualcomm. The licensing revenue from our agreement with Verizon Wireless ended in March 2009 and the income from the Qualcomm Agreement is non-recurring and will terminate in 2013. There can be no assurances that we will be able to enter into similar arrangements in the future. At December 31, 2011 we had deferred income of $13 million related to the Qualcomm Agreement.

The following table details the amount of licensing revenue from our agreement with Verizon Wireless and income from the Qualcomm Agreement that was recognized or is scheduled to be recognized from 2008 to 2013:

 

     Recognized      Scheduled to be Recognized  
     2008      2009      2010      2011      2012      2013      Thereafter      Total  
     (In millions)  

Income from Qualcomm Agreement

   $       $ 171       $ 207       $ 207       $ 186       $ 86       $       $ 857   

Licensing revenue from Verizon Wireless

     149         19                                                 168   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 149       $ 190       $ 207       $ 207       $ 186       $ 86       $       $ 1,025   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Product Cycles.     The cycle for test, evaluation and adoption of our products by customers can range from three to more than nine months, with an additional three to more than twelve months before a customer commences

 

27


Table of Contents

volume production of equipment or devices incorporating our products. Due to this lengthy sales cycle, we may experience significant delays from the time we incur expenses for research and development, selling, general and administrative efforts, and investments in inventory, to the time we generate corresponding revenue, if any. The rate of new orders may vary significantly from month to month and quarter to quarter. If anticipated sales or shipments in any quarter do not occur when expected, expenses and inventory levels could be disproportionately high, and our results of operations for that quarter, and potentially for future quarters, would be materially and adversely affected.

Acquisition Strategy.     An element of our business strategy involves the acquisition of businesses, assets, products or technologies that allow us to reduce the time or costs required to develop new technologies and products and bring them to market, incorporate enhanced functionality into and complement our existing product offerings, augment our engineering workforce, and enhance our technological capabilities. Since our initial public offering, we have acquired over 50 companies. From 2009 through 2011, we made acquisitions totaling $1.11 billion in purchase consideration, of which $155 million, $387 million and $569 million related to our Broadband Communications, Mobile & Wireless and Infrastructure & Networking reportable segments, respectively. We plan to continue to evaluate strategic opportunities as they arise, including acquisitions and other business combination transactions, strategic relationships, capital infusions and the purchase or sale of assets.

In September 2011 we signed a definitive agreement to acquire NetLogic Microsystems, Inc., or NetLogic, a publicly traded company that is a leader in high performance intelligent semiconductor solutions for next generation networks. The expected purchase consideration is approximately $3.7 billion, net of cash assumed, based on the shares outstanding on September 11, 2011. The transaction has been approved by the Broadcom and NetLogic boards of directors and is subject to customary closing conditions, including the receipt of clearance by the Chinese Ministry of Commerce under Chinese Antimonopoly Law. There are no financing contingencies related to the acquisition. The transaction is expected to close in the first half of 2012.

The accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements include the results of operations of our acquired companies commencing on their respective acquisition dates. See Note 3 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information related to these acquisitions.

Operating Results for the Year Ended December 31, 2011

In 2011 our net income was $927 million as compared to net income of $1.08 billion in 2010. The decrease in profitability was primarily related to lower gross margins and an increase in research and development expenses, as well as the impairment of certain of our purchased intangible assets, our charitable contribution and our restructuring charge.

Other highlights during 2011 include the following:

 

   

Our cash and cash equivalents and marketable securities were $5.20 billion at December 31, 2011, compared with $4.06 billion at December 31, 2010. We generated cash flow from operations of $1.84 billion during 2011 as compared to $1.37 billion in 2010.

   

In January 2011 our Board of Directors adopted an amendment to the existing dividend policy pursuant to which we increased our quarterly cash dividend by 12.5% to $0.09 per share ($0.36 per share on an annual basis) and declared a dividend of $0.09 per share payable to holders of our common stock in each quarter of 2011.

   

In February 2011 we entered into an accelerated share repurchase, or ASR, agreement to repurchase $300 million dollars of our Class A common stock, which was recorded as a reduction to shareholders’ equity. Under the ASR program we received and cancelled 7 million shares of our Class A common stock with a weighted average price of $42.64 per share. In addition to the shares repurchased under the ASR in February 2011, we repurchased 10 million shares at a weighted average price of $36.84 per share.

   

In April 2011 we completed our acquisition of Provigent Inc., a privately-held company that provides highly integrated, high performance, mixed signal semiconductors for microwave backhaul systems. In connection with the acquisition, we paid $314 million, exclusive of cash assumed, to acquire all of the outstanding shares of capital stock and other equity rights of Provigent.

   

In May 2011 we completed our acquisition of SC Square Ltd., a leading security software developer for $40 million, exclusive of cash acquired.

 

28


Table of Contents
   

In May 2011 the court entered an order granting final approval of a Stipulation and Agreement of Settlement, or Derivative Settlement related to our federal consolidated shareholder derivative action. In connection with the Derivative Settlement, we recorded a $43 million settlement gain in our consolidated statements of income and paid plaintiffs’ counsel $25 million of the settlement proceeds for attorneys’ fees, expenses, and costs, which was recorded as an operating expense in our consolidated statements of income. In September and December 2011 we also recorded total net settlement costs of $32 million related to patent infringement claims.

   

In June 2011 we contributed $25 million to the Broadcom Foundation to support science, technology, engineering and mathematics programs, as well as a broad range of community services which was recorded as an operating expense in our consolidated statements of income.

   

In June 2011 we recorded a purchased intangible impairment charge of $74 million related to our acquisition of Beceem Communications, Inc. in 2010. The primary factor contributing to this impairment charge was a reduction in the forecasted cash flows related to WiMAX products, as wireless service providers have accelerated their adoption of Long Term Evolution, or LTE, products. We also recorded other impairment charges of $18 million in 2011.

   

In June 2011 we completed the Internal Revenue Service (IRS) examination of our income tax returns for 2004 to 2006, executed a closing agreement covering the 2001 to 2006 tax years, and agreed to certain adjustments for the 2001 to 2006 tax years, primarily related to intercompany transfer pricing transactions. Such adjustments were offset by net operating losses and credits, and did not result in any income tax expense or cash tax liability. As a result, our federal and state net operating loss carryforwards were reduced by $620 million and $430 million, respectively, which were offset with corresponding reductions in valuation allowance for deferred tax assets.

   

As part of our regular product portfolio management review process and in light of our decision to significantly reduce our investment in our digital television and Blu-ray Disc product lines within our Broadband Communications operating segment, in September 2011 we implemented a restructuring plan to reduce our worldwide headcount by approximately 300 employees. We recorded an aggregate of $16 million in net restructuring costs in 2011.

   

In November 2011 we completed a debt offering of $500 million aggregate principal amount of 2.700% Senior Notes due 2018. We also amended our credit facility in October 2011 to primarily extend the maturity date by two years to November 19, 2016. To date, we have not drawn on this credit facility.

Business Enterprise Segments

The following tables present details of our reportable segments and the “All Other” category:

 

     Reportable Segments               
     Broadband
Communications
     Mobile &
Wireless
     Infrastructure &
Networking
     All
Other
    Consolidated  
     (In millions)  

Year ended December 31, 2011

             

Net revenue

   $ 2,039       $ 3,484       $ 1,658       $ 208      $ 7,389   

Operating income (loss)

     391         573         545         (556     953   

Year ended December 31, 2010

             

Net revenue

   $ 2,134       $ 2,889       $ 1,588       $ 207      $ 6,818   

Operating income (loss)

     447         526         578         (469     1,082   

Year ended December 31, 2009

             

Net revenue

   $ 1,525       $ 1,720       $ 1,056       $ 189      $ 4,490   

Operating income (loss)

     180         117         288         (529     56   

 

29


Table of Contents

Included in the “All Other” category:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2011     2010     2009  
     (In millions)  

Net revenue

   $ 208      $ 207      $ 189   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Stock-based compensation

   $ 514      $ 483      $ 497   

Amortization of purchased intangible assets

     84        59        31   

Amortization of acquired inventory valuation step-up

     24        10        9   

Impairment of long-lived assets

     92        19        19   

Settlement costs (gains), net

     (18     53        118   

Restructuring costs, net

     16               7   

Charitable contributions

     25               50   

Non-recurring legal fees

     25               12   

Change in contingent earnout liability

     (1              

Employer payroll tax on certain stock option exercises

     8        13        5   

Miscellaneous corporate allocation variances

     (5     39        (30
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other operating costs and expenses

   $ 764      $ 676      $ 718   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating loss for the “All Other” category

   $ (556   $ (469   $ (529
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

For additional information about our business enterprise segments, see Note 13 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Factors That May Impact Net Income

Our net income has been affected in the past, and may continue to be affected in the future, by various factors, including, but not limited to, the following:

 

   

our product mix and volume of product sales and corresponding gross margin (see further discussion below under “ Factors That May Impact Net Revenue ” and “ Factors That May Impact Product Gross Margin ”);

   

required levels of research and development and other operating costs;

   

stock-based compensation expense;

   

licensing and income from intellectual property;

   

impairment of goodwill and other long-lived assets;

   

deferral of revenue and costs under multiple-element arrangements;

   

amortization of purchased intangible assets;

   

cash-based incentive compensation expense;

   

litigation costs and insurance recoveries;

   

settlement costs or gains;

   

changes in tax laws, adjustments to tax reserves and the results of income tax audits;

   

the loss of interest income resulting from lower average interest rates and investment balance reductions resulting from expenditures on repurchases of our Class A common stock, dividends and acquisitions of businesses;

   

charitable contributions;

   

other-than-temporary impairment of marketable securities; and

   

restructuring costs.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP, requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of net revenue and expenses in the reporting period. We regularly evaluate our estimates and assumptions related to revenue recognition, rebates, allowances for doubtful

 

30


Table of Contents

accounts, sales returns and allowances, warranty obligations, inventory valuation, stock-based compensation expense, goodwill and purchased intangible asset valuations, strategic investments, deferred income tax asset valuation allowances, uncertain tax positions, tax contingencies, self-insurance, restructuring costs, litigation and other loss contingencies. We base our estimates and assumptions on current facts, historical experience and various other factors that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities and the recording of revenue, costs and expenses that are not readily apparent from other sources. The actual results experienced by us may differ materially and adversely from our estimates. To the extent there are material differences between our estimates and the actual results, our future results of operations will be affected.

We believe the following are critical accounting policies that require us to make significant estimates, assumptions or judgments:

 

   

Net Revenue.     We recognize product revenue when all of the following criteria are met: (i) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, (ii) delivery has occurred, (iii) our price to the customer is fixed or determinable and (iv) collection of the resulting accounts receivable is reasonably assured. These criteria are usually met at the time of product shipment. However, we do not recognize revenue when any future performance obligations remain. Customer purchase orders and/or contracts are generally used to determine the existence of an arrangement. Shipping documents are used to verify product delivery. We assess whether a price is fixed or determinable based upon the payment terms associated with the transaction and whether the sales price is subject to refund or adjustment. We assess the collectibility of our accounts receivable based primarily upon the creditworthiness of the customer as determined by credit checks and analysis, as well as the customer’s payment history.

In arrangements that include a combination of semiconductor products and other elements, judgment is required to properly identify the accounting units of the multiple deliverable transactions and to determine the manner in which revenue should be allocated among the accounting units. We allocate the arrangement consideration based on each element’s relative fair value using vendor-specific objective evidence, or VSOE, third-party evidence, or estimated selling prices, as the basis of fair value. Revenue is recognized for the accounting units when the basic revenue recognition criteria are met.

A portion of our sales is made through distributors under agreements allowing for pricing credits and/or rights of return. These pricing credits and/or rights of return provisions prevent us from being able to reasonably estimate the final price of the inventory to be sold and the amount of inventory that could be returned pursuant to these agreements. As a result, the price to the customer is not fixed or determinable at the time we deliver products to our distributors. Accordingly, product revenue from sales made through these distributors is not recognized until the distributors ship the product to their customers. In addition, distributors provide us with periodic data regarding product, price, quantity, and customers when products are shipped to their customers, as well as the quantities of our products that they still have in stock. For specialized shipping terms we may rely on data provided by our freight forwarding providers. For our licensing revenue we rely on data provided by the licensee. Any error in the data provided to us by customers, distributors or other third parties could lead to inaccurate reporting of our total net revenue and net income.

We defer revenue and income when advance payments are received from customers before performance obligations have been completed and/or services have been performed. Deferred revenue does not include amounts from products delivered to distributors that the distributors have not yet sold through to their end customers.

 

   

Income from the Qualcomm Agreement.     On April 26, 2009 we entered into a four-year Settlement and Patent License and Non-Assert Agreement, or the Qualcomm Agreement, with QUALCOMM Incorporated, or Qualcomm. The Qualcomm Agreement is a multiple element arrangement. We allocated the amount to be received under the Qualcomm Agreement amongst several elements. A gain from the settlement of litigation was immediately recognized and approximated the value of awards determined by the United States District Court for the Central District of California. The remaining consideration was predominantly associated with the transfer of current and future intellectual property rights, as well as the settlement of all other outstanding litigation, and is being recognized over the four year performance period as a single unit of accounting.

 

31


Table of Contents

The value associated with the transfer of intellectual property rights and other elements was treated as a single unit of accounting and, based on the predominant nature of these elements, recognized them within net revenue over the contractual performance period of four years, beginning in 2009 and extending through 2013. The elements included: (i) an exchange of intellectual property rights, including in certain circumstances, a series of covenants not to assert claims of patent infringement under future patents issued within one to four years of the execution date of the agreement, (ii) the assignment of certain existing patents by Broadcom to Qualcomm with Broadcom retaining a royalty-free license under these patents, and (iii) the settlement of all outstanding litigation and claims between us and Qualcomm.

We consider the Qualcomm Agreement as predominantly related to the transfer of current and future intellectual property rights. This conclusion was based on (a) the amounts specifically awarded by the courts for the patents that were the subject of litigation for which appeals had been substantially exhausted and (b) the extensive nature of the rights transferred to Qualcomm, both for our existing patent portfolio and for the patents we would develop during the next one to four years. In addition, we obtained a third party valuation of the intellectual property rights. The inputs and assumptions we used in this valuation were from a market participant perspective and included projected revenue, royalty rates, estimated discount rates, useful lives and income tax rates, among others. The development of a number of these inputs and assumptions in our model requires a significant amount of management judgment and is based upon a number of factors including the selection of industry comparables, market growth rates and other relevant factors. Changes in any number of these assumptions would have substantially changed the fair value assigned to the intellectual property rights. These inputs and assumptions represent management’s best estimates at the time of the transaction.

 

   

Sales Returns, Pricing Adjustments and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts.     We record reductions of revenue for estimated product returns and pricing adjustments, such as competitive pricing programs and rebates, in the same period that the related revenue is recorded. The amount of these reductions is based on historical sales returns, analysis of credit memo data, specific criteria included in rebate agreements, and other factors known at the time. We accrue 100% of potential rebates at the time of sale and do not apply a breakage factor. We reverse the accrual of unclaimed rebate amounts as specific rebate programs contractually end and when we believe unclaimed rebates are no longer subject to payment and will not be paid. Thus the reversal of unclaimed rebates may have a positive impact on our net revenue and net income in subsequent periods. Additional reductions of revenue would result if actual product returns or pricing adjustments exceed our estimates. We also maintain an allowance for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting from the inability of customers to make required payments. If the financial condition of any customer were to deteriorate, resulting in an impairment of its ability to make payments, additional allowances could be required.

 

   

Inventory Write-Downs and Warranty Reserves.     We write down the carrying value of our inventory to net realizable value for estimated obsolescence or unmarketable inventory in an amount equal to the difference between the cost of inventory and its estimated realizable value based upon assumptions about future demand and market conditions. If actual demand and market conditions are less favorable than those projected by management, additional inventory write-downs could be required. Under the hubbing arrangements that we maintain with certain customers, we own inventory that is physically located in a customer’s or third party’s warehouse. As a result, our ability to effectively manage inventory levels may be impaired, which would cause our total inventory turns to decrease. In that event, our expenses associated with excess and obsolete inventory could increase and our cash flow could be negatively impacted. Our products typically carry a one to three year warranty. We establish reserves for estimated product warranty costs at the time revenue is recognized. Although we engage in extensive product quality programs and processes, our warranty obligation has been and may in the future be affected by product failure rates, product recalls, repair or field replacement costs and additional development costs incurred in correcting any product failure, as well as possible claims for consequential costs. Should actual product failure rates, use of materials or service delivery costs differ from our estimates, additional warranty reserves could be required. In that event, our product gross margins would be reduced.

 

32


Table of Contents
   

Stock-Based Compensation Expense.     All share-based payments, including grants of stock options, restricted stock units and employee stock purchase rights, are recognized in our financial statements based upon their respective grant date fair values. The fair value of each employee stock option and employee stock purchase right is estimated on the date of grant using an option pricing model that meets certain requirements. We currently use the Black-Scholes option pricing model to estimate the fair value of our stock options and stock purchase rights. Although we utilize the Black-Scholes model, which meets established requirements, the fair values generated by the model may not be indicative of the actual fair values of our equity awards as it does not consider certain factors important to those awards to employees, such as continued employment and periodic vesting requirements as well as limited transferability. The determination of the fair value of share-based payment awards utilizing the Black-Scholes model is affected by our stock price and a number of assumptions, including expected volatility, expected life, risk-free interest rate and expected dividends. We use the implied volatility for traded options on our stock as the expected volatility assumption required in the Black-Scholes model. Our selection of the implied volatility approach is based on the availability of data regarding actively traded options on our stock as we believe that implied volatility is more representative of fair value than historical volatility. The expected life of the stock options is based on historical and other economic data trended into the future. The risk-free interest rate assumption is based on observed interest rates appropriate for the expected terms of our stock options and stock purchase rights. Prior to 2010, our dividend yield assumption excluded dividend payouts. In 2010 we began to pay quarterly dividends and included that assumption in our fair value calculations. The fair value of our restricted stock units is based on the closing market price of our Class A common stock on the date of grant less our expected dividend yield. We evaluate the assumptions used to value stock awards on a quarterly basis. If factors change and we employ different assumptions, stock-based compensation expense may differ significantly from what we have recorded in the past. If there are any modifications or cancellations of the underlying unvested securities, we may be required to accelerate, increase or cancel any remaining unearned stock-based compensation expense. To the extent that we grant additional equity securities to employees or we assume unvested securities in connection with any acquisitions, our stock-based compensation expense will be increased by the additional unearned compensation resulting from those additional grants or acquisitions.

 

   

Goodwill and Purchased Intangible Assets.     The value of our goodwill and purchased intangible assets could be impacted by future adverse changes such as: (i) any future declines in our operating results, (ii) a decline in the valuation of technology company stocks, including the valuation of our common stock, (iii) a significant slowdown in the worldwide economy or the semiconductor industry, (iv) any failure to meet the performance projections included in our forecasts of future operating results or (v) the abandonment of any of our acquired in-process research and development, or IPR&D, projects.

Goodwill is recorded as the difference, if any, between the aggregate consideration paid for an acquisition and the fair value of the acquired net tangible and intangible assets. We evaluate goodwill on an annual basis in the fourth quarter or more frequently if we believe indicators of impairment exist. In 2011 we early adopted the new provisions issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, that intended to simplify goodwill impairment testing. The updated guidance permits us to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. If we conclude that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting units is less than its carrying amount, we conduct a two-step goodwill impairment test. The first step of the impairment test involves comparing the fair values of the applicable reporting units with their carrying values. We determine the fair values of our reporting units using the income valuation approach, as well as other generally accepted valuation methodologies. If the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds the reporting unit’s fair value, we perform the second step of the goodwill impairment test. The second step of the goodwill impairment test involves comparing the implied fair value of the affected reporting unit’s goodwill with the carrying value of that goodwill. The amount, by which the carrying value of the goodwill exceeds its implied fair value, if any, is recognized as an impairment loss.

During development, IPR&D is not subject to amortization and is tested for impairment annually or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the asset might be impaired. The impairment test consists of a comparison of the fair value to its carrying amount. If the carrying value exceeds its fair value,

 

33


Table of Contents

an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to that excess. Once an IPR&D project is complete, it becomes a definite lived intangible asset and is evaluated for impairment in accordance with our policy for long-lived assets.

We test long lived assets and purchased intangible assets (other than goodwill and IPR&D in development) for impairment if we believe indicators of impairment exist. We determine whether the carrying value of an asset or asset group is recoverable, based on comparisons to undiscounted expected future cash flows the asset are expected to generate. If an asset is not recoverable, we record an impairment loss equal to the amount by which the carrying value of the asset exceeds its fair value. We primarily use the income valuation approach to determine the fair value of our long lived assets and purchased intangible assets.

Significant management judgment is required in the forecasts of future operating results that are used in the discounted cash flow method of valuation. It is possible, however, that the plans may change and estimates used may prove to be inaccurate. If our actual results, or the plans and estimates used in future impairment analyses, are lower than the original estimates used to assess the recoverability of these assets, we could incur additional impairment charges.

 

   

Deferred Taxes and Uncertain Tax Positions.     We utilize the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes. We record a valuation allowance to reduce our deferred tax assets to the amount that we believe is more likely than not to be realized. In assessing the need for a valuation allowance, we consider all positive and negative evidence, including scheduled reversals of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income, tax planning strategies, and recent financial performance. Forming a conclusion that a valuation allowance is not required is difficult when there is negative evidence such as cumulative losses in recent years. As a result of our cumulative losses in the U.S. and certain foreign jurisdictions, our U.S. tax losses after tax deductions for stock-based compensation, and the full utilization of our loss carryback opportunities, we have concluded that a full valuation allowance against our net deferred tax assets is appropriate in the U.S. and certain foreign jurisdictions. In certain other foreign jurisdictions where we do not have cumulative losses, we record valuation allowances to reduce our net deferred tax assets to the amount we believe is more likely than not to be realized. In the future, if we realize a deferred tax asset that currently carries a valuation allowance, we may record a reduction of income tax expense in the period of such realization. Income tax positions must meet a more-likely-than-not recognition threshold to be recognized. Income tax positions that previously failed to meet the more-likely-than-not threshold are recognized in the first subsequent financial reporting period in which that threshold is met. Previously recognized tax positions that no longer meet the more-likely-than-not threshold are derecognized in the first subsequent financial reporting period in which that threshold is no longer met. As a multinational corporation, we are subject to taxation in many jurisdictions, and the calculation of our tax liabilities involves dealing with uncertainties in the application of complex tax laws and regulations in various taxing jurisdictions. If we ultimately determine that the payment of these liabilities will be unnecessary, we reverse the liability and recognize a tax benefit during the period in which we determine the liability no longer applies. Conversely, we record additional tax charges in a period in which we determine that a recorded tax liability is less than we expect the ultimate assessment to be. The application of tax laws and regulations is subject to legal and factual interpretation, judgment and uncertainty. Tax laws and regulations themselves are subject to change as a result of changes in fiscal policy, changes in legislation, the evolution of regulations and court rulings. Therefore, the actual liability for U.S. or foreign taxes may be materially different from our estimates, which could result in the need to record additional tax liabilities or potentially reverse previously recorded tax liabilities.

 

   

Litigation and Settlement Costs.     We are involved in disputes, litigation and other legal proceedings. We prosecute and defend these matters aggressively. However, there are many uncertainties associated with any litigation, and we cannot assure you that these actions or other third party claims against us will be resolved without costly litigation and/or substantial settlement costs. In addition, the resolution of intellectual property litigation may require us to pay damages for past alleged infringement or to obtain a license under the other party’s intellectual property rights that could require one-time license fees or running royalties, which could adversely impact product gross margins in future periods, or could prevent us from manufacturing or selling some of our products or limit or restrict the type of work that employees involved in such litigation may

 

34


Table of Contents
 

perform for Broadcom. We account for settlement agreements as multiple element arrangements and allocate the consideration to the identifiable elements based on relative fair value. Generally the identifiable elements are the licensing of intellectual property for future use and payments related to alleged prior infringement. If any of those events were to occur, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected. We continually evaluate the uncertainties associated with litigation and record a liability when it is probable that a loss has been incurred and the amount is reasonably estimable. There is significant judgment required in both the probability determination and as to whether an exposure can be reasonably estimated. However, the outcomes of legal proceedings and/or our ability to settle disputes on terms acceptable to us are subject to significant uncertainty. Should we choose to pay significant sums in settling a dispute or should material legal matters be resolved against the Company, the operating results of a particular reporting period could be materially adversely affected.

Results of Operations

The following table sets forth certain Consolidated Statements of Income data expressed as a percentage of net revenue for the periods indicated:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2011     2010     2009  

Net revenue:

      

Product revenue

     96.9     96.7     95.2

Income from Qualcomm Agreement

     2.8        3.0        3.8   

Licensing revenue

     0.3        0.3        1.0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net revenue

     100.0     100.0     100.0

Costs and expenses:

      

Cost of product revenue

     49.1        48.2        49.2   

Research and development

     26.8        25.7        34.2   

Selling, general and administrative

     9.2        8.7        10.7   

Amortization of purchased intangible assets

     0.4        0.4        0.3   

Impairment of long-lived assets

     1.2        0.3        0.4   

Settlement costs (gains), net

     (0.1     0.8        2.7   

Restructuring costs, net

     0.2               0.2   

Charitable contributions

     0.3               1.1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating costs and expenses

     87.1        84.1        98.8   

Income from operations

     12.9        15.9        1.2   

Interest income (expense), net

     (0.1     0.1        0.3   

Other income, net

     0.1        0.1        0.1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

     12.9        16.1        1.6   

Provision for income taxes

     0.3        0.2        0.1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

     12.6     15.9     1.5
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following table presents details of product and total gross margin as a percentage of product and total revenue, respectively:

     Year Ended December 31,  
       2011         2010         2009    

Product gross margin

     49.4     50.2     48.3

Total gross margin

     50.9        51.8        50.8   

 

35


Table of Contents

The following table presents details of total stock-based compensation expense as a percentage of net revenue included in each functional line item in the consolidated statements of income data above:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
       2011         2010         2009    

Cost of product revenue

     0.3     0.3     0.5

Research and development

     4.9        5.0        7.8   

Selling, general and administrative

     1.7        1.7        2.7   

Years Ended December 31, 2011 and 2010

Net Revenue, Cost of Product Revenue, Product Gross Margin, and Total Gross Margin

The following tables present net revenue, cost of product revenue, product gross margin and total gross margin:

 

     Year Ended December 31,              
     2011     2010              
     Amount     % of Net
Revenue
    Amount     % of Net
Revenue
    Increase     %
Change
 
     (In millions, except percentages)  

Product revenue

   $ 7,160        96.9   $ 6,589        96.7   $ 571        8.7

Income from Qualcomm Agreement

     207        2.8        207        3.0                 

Licensing revenue

     22        0.3        22        0.3                 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total net revenue

   $ 7,389        100.0   $ 6,818        100.0   $ 571        8.4   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Cost of product revenue

   $ 3,626        49.1   $ 3,284        48.2   $ 342        10.4   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Product gross margin

     49.4       50.2       (0.8 )%   
  

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

Total gross margin

     50.9       51.8       (0.9 )%   
  

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

     Three Months Ended              
     December 31, 2011     September 30, 2011              
     Amount     % of Net
Revenue
    Amount     % of Net
Revenue
    Increase
(Decrease)
    %
Change
 
     (In millions, except percentages)  

Product revenue

   $ 1,764        96.9   $ 1,902        97.2   $ (138     (7.3 )% 

Income from Qualcomm Agreement

     52        2.9        52        2.7                 

Licensing revenue

     4        0.2        3        0.1        1        33.3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total net revenue

   $ 1,820        100.0   $ 1,957        100.0   $ (137     (7.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Cost of product revenue

   $ 894        $ 960        49.1   $ (66     (6.9
  

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Product gross margin

     49.3       49.5       (0.2 )%   
  

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

Total gross margin

     50.9       50.9       0.0  
  

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

36


Table of Contents

Net Revenue.

The following table presents net revenue from each of our reportable segments and its respective contribution to net revenue:

 

     Year Ended December 31,              
     2011     2010              
     Amount      % of Net
Revenue
    Amount      % of Net
Revenue
    Increase
(Decrease)
    %
Change
 
     (In millions, except percentages)  

Broadband Communications

   $ 2,039         27.6   $ 2,134         31.3   $ (95     (4.5 )% 

Mobile & Wireless

     3,484         47.2        2,889         42.4        595        20.6   

Infrastructure & Networking

     1,658         22.4        1,588         23.3        70        4.4   

All other (1)

     208         2.8        207         3.0        1        0.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total net revenue

   $ 7,389         100.0   $ 6,818         100.0   $ 571        8.4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

(1) Includes (i) income relating to the Qualcomm Agreement that was entered into in April 2009 and (ii) other revenue from certain patent agreements. See discussion above in the “Overview” section and Notes 1 and 2 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

The decrease in net revenue from our Broadband Communications reportable segment resulted primarily from a decrease in demand for our digital television and Blu-ray Disc product lines and set top boxes, offset in part by an increase in demand for our broadband modems. As a result, we decided to reduce our investment in our digital television and Blu-ray Disc product lines and reallocate funding to higher return opportunities. The increase in net revenue from our Mobile & Wireless reportable segment resulted primarily from an increase in demand for our wireless connectivity and cellular solutions. The increase in net revenue from our Infrastructure & Networking reportable segment resulted primarily from an increase in demand for our Ethernet switching and wireless infrastructure products, offset in part by a reduction in demand for our Ethernet controller products.

The following table presents net revenue from each of the reportable segments and its respective contribution to net revenue:

 

     Three Months Ended     Decrease     %
Change
 
     December 31,
2011
    September 30,
2011
     
     Amount      % of  Net
Revenue
    Amount      % of  Net
Revenue
     
     (In millions, except percentages)  

Broadband Communications

   $ 510         28.0   $ 526         26.9   $ (16     (3.0 )% 

Mobile & Wireless

     876         48.1        942         48.1        (66     (7.0

Infrastructure & Networking

     382         21.0        437         22.3        (55     (12.6

All other (1)

     52         2.9        52         2.7                 
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total net revenue

   $  1,820         100.0   $ 1,957         100.0   $ (137     (7.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

(1) Includes (i) income relating to the Qualcomm Agreement that was entered into in April 2009 and (ii) other revenue from certain patent agreements. See discussion above in the “Overview” section and Notes 1 and 2 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

The decrease in net revenue from our Broadband Communications reportable segment resulted primarily from a decrease in demand for our digital television and Blu-ray Disc product lines. The decrease in net revenue from our Mobile & Wireless reportable segment resulted from a decrease in demand for our wireless connectivity solutions. The decrease in net revenue from our Infrastructure & Networking reportable segment resulted primarily from a decrease in demand for most product lines.

We recorded rebates to certain customers of $643 million, or 8.7% of net revenue and $526 million, or 7.7% of net revenue in 2011 and 2010, respectively. The increase in rebates in 2011 was attributable to a change in the mix of sales to customers that participate in our rebate programs, primarily an increase in the Mobile & Wireless area. We

 

37


Table of Contents

anticipate that accrued rebates will vary in future periods based upon the level of overall sales to customers that participate in our rebate programs. We reverse the accrual of unclaimed rebate amounts as specific rebate programs contractually end or when we believe unclaimed rebates are no longer subject to payment and will not be paid. We reversed accrued rebates of $13 million and $4 million in 2011 and 2010, respectively.

From time to time, our key customers place large orders causing our quarterly net revenue to fluctuate significantly. We expect that these fluctuations will continue and that they may be exaggerated by the seasonal variations in consumer products and changes in the overall economic environment. Additionally, since we own inventory that is physically located in a third party’s warehouse, our ability to effectively manage inventory levels may be impaired, causing our total inventory turns to decrease, which could increase expenses associated with excess and obsolete products and negatively impact our cash flow.

For these and other reasons, our total net revenue and results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2011 and prior periods may not necessarily be indicative of future net revenue and results of operations.

Concentration of Net Revenue

The following table presents details of our product net revenue:

 

       Year Ended December 31,  
       2011     2010     2009  

Product sales through direct sales force

     76.8     77.6     78.8

Product sales maintained under fulfillment distributor arrangements

     7.5        7.9        8.1   

Product sales through distributors

     15.7        14.5        13.1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     100.0     100.0     100.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Sales to our significant customers, including sales to their manufacturing subcontractors, as a percentage of net revenue were as follows:

 

       Year Ended
December 31,
 
       2011     2010     2009  

Apple

     13.1     10.9     *   

Samsung

     10.0        10.0        10.3

Five largest customers as a group

     42.6        38.6        34.6   

 

* Less than 10% of net revenue.

We expect that our largest customers will continue to account for a substantial portion of our total net revenue for the foreseeable future. The identities of our largest customers and their respective contributions to our total net revenue have varied and will likely continue to vary from period to period.

Product revenue derived from shipments to international destinations, as a percentage of product revenue was as follows:

 

       Year Ended
December 31,
 
       2011     2010     2009  

China (exclusive of Hong Kong)

     33.4     30.4     28.3

Hong Kong

     26.4        26.0        24.8   

Singapore, Taiwan and Japan

     22.9        25.3        26.3   

Europe

     1.8        2.4        2.7   

Other

     14.0        13.1        12.7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     98.5     97.2     94.8
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

All of our revenue to date has been denominated in U.S. dollars.

 

38


Table of Contents

Factors That May Impact Net Revenue

The demand for our products and the subsequent recognition of net revenue has been affected in the past, and may continue to be affected in the future, by various factors, including, but not limited to, the following:

 

   

general economic and specific conditions in the markets we address, including the continuing volatility in the technology sector and semiconductor industry, trends in the wired and wireless communications markets in various geographic regions, including seasonality in sales of consumer products into which our products are incorporated;

   

the timing, rescheduling or cancellation of significant customer orders and our ability, as well as the ability of our customers and distributors, to manage inventory;

   

the timing of our distributors’ shipments to their customers or when products are taken by our customers under hubbing arrangements;

   

our ability to specify, develop or acquire, complete, introduce, market and transition to volume production new products and technologies in a cost effective and timely manner;

   

the rate at which our present and future customers and end-users adopt/ramp our products and technologies;

   

the qualification, availability and pricing of competing products and technologies and the resulting effects on sales and pricing of our products; and

   

the availability of credit and financing, which may lead certain of our customers to reduce their level of purchases or to seek credit or other accommodations from us.

Cost of Product Revenue and Product Gross Margin.     Cost of product revenue comprises the cost of our semiconductor devices, which consists of the cost of purchasing finished silicon wafers manufactured by independent foundries, costs associated with our purchase of assembly, test and quality assurance services and packaging materials for semiconductor products, as well as royalties paid to vendors for use of their technology. Also included in cost of product revenue is the amortization of purchased technology and inventory valuation step-up, and manufacturing overhead, including costs of personnel and equipment associated with manufacturing support, product warranty costs, provisions for excess and obsolete inventories, and stock-based compensation expense for personnel engaged in manufacturing support. Product gross margin is product revenue less cost of product revenue divided by product revenue and does not include income from the Qualcomm Agreement and revenue from the licensing of intellectual property. Total gross margin is total net revenue less cost of product revenue divided by total net revenue.

Product gross margin decreased to 49.4% in 2011 as compared to 50.2% in 2010 primarily as a result of (i) an increase in amortization of purchased intangibles and inventory valuation step-up of $37 million primarily due to our acquisitions completed over the last twelve months, and (ii) a shift in the mix of our product revenues with more revenues attributable to Mobile & Wireless products.

Product gross margin decreased to 49.3% in the three months ended December 31, 2011 from 49.5% in the three months ended September 30, 2011 primarily as a result of a shift in the mix of our product revenues, offset in part by a decrease in amortization of inventory valuation step-up of $4 million.

Factors That May Impact Product and Total Gross Margin

Our product gross margin has been affected in the past, and may continue to be affected in the future, by various factors, including, but not limited to, the following:

 

   

our product mix and volume of product sales (including sales to high volume customers);

   

the positions of our products in their respective life cycles;

   

introduction of products with lower margins;

   

the effects of competition;

   

the effects of competitive pricing programs and rebates;

   

provisions for excess and obsolete inventories and their relationship to demand volatility;

   

manufacturing cost efficiencies and inefficiencies;

   

fluctuations in direct product costs such as silicon wafer costs and assembly, packaging and testing costs, and other fixed costs;

   

our ability to create cost advantages through successful integration and convergence;

 

39


Table of Contents
   

our ability to advance to the next technology node faster than our competitors;

   

the consolidation of foundry subcontractors that could potentially drive increased wafer prices;

   

licensing royalties payable by us;

   

product warranty costs;

   

fair value and related amortization of acquired tangible and intangible assets; and

   

amortization of acquired inventory valuation step-up.

Our product and total gross margin may also be impacted by additional stock-based compensation expense and changes therein, as discussed below, and the amortization of purchased intangible assets related to future acquisitions.

Research and Development Expense

Research and development expense consists primarily of salaries and related costs of employees engaged in research, design and development activities, including stock-based compensation expense. Development and design costs consist primarily of costs related to engineering design tools, mask and prototyping costs, testing and subcontracting costs. In addition, we incur costs related to facilities and equipment expense, among other items.

The following table presents details of research and development expense:

 

       Year Ended December 31,     Increase      %
Change
 
       2011     2010       
       Amount      % of  Net
Revenue
    Amount      % of  Net
Revenue
      
     (In millions, except percentages)  

Salaries and benefits

   $ 1,097         14.8   $ 929         13.6   $ 168         18.1

Stock-based compensation

     364         4.9        341         5.0        23         6.7   

Development and design costs

     278         3.8        274         4.0        4         1.5   

Other

     244         3.3        218         3.1        26         11.9   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

Research and development

   $ 1,983         26.8   $ 1,762         25.7   $ 221         12.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

The increase in salaries and benefits and stock-based compensation were primarily attributable to an increase in headcount of approximately 460 personnel, bringing headcount to approximately 7,260 at December 31, 2011, which represents a 6.8% increase from our December 31, 2010 levels. Development and design costs vary from period to period depending on the timing development and tape-out of various products. The increase in the Other line item in the above table is primarily attributable to an increase in depreciation, travel and facilities expenses.

We expect research and development costs to increase as a result of growth in, and the diversification of, the markets we serve, new product opportunities, the number of design wins that go into production, changes in our compensation policies, and any expansion into new markets and technologies.

We remain committed to significant research and development efforts to extend our technology leadership in the wired and wireless communications markets in which we operate. Approximately 61.3% of our products are currently manufactured in 65 nanometers. We are designing most new products in 40 nanometers and 28 nanometers, and are beginning to evaluate 20 nanometers. We currently hold more than 6,000 U.S. and more than 2,550 foreign patents and more than 7,350 additional U.S. and foreign pending patent applications. We maintain an active program of filing for and acquiring additional U.S. and foreign patents in wired and wireless communications and other fields.

Selling, General and Administrative Expense

Selling, general and administrative expense consists primarily of personnel-related expenses, including stock-based compensation expense, legal and other professional fees, facilities expenses and communications expenses.

 

40


Table of Contents

The following table presents details of selling, general and administrative expense:

 

       Year Ended December 31,     Increase      %
Change
 
       2011     2010       
       Amount      % of Net
Revenue
    Amount      % of Net
Revenue
      
     (In millions, except percentages)  

Salaries and benefits

   $ 293         4.0   $ 240         3.5   $ 53         22.1

Stock-based compensation

     126         1.7        119         1.7        7         5.9   

Legal and accounting fees

     149         2.0        140         2.1        9         6.4   

Other

     114         1.5        91         1.4        23         25.3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

Selling, general and administrative

   $ 682         9.2   $ 590         8.7   $ 92         15.6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

The increase in salaries and benefits and stock-based compensation were primarily attributable to an increase in headcount of approximately 140 personnel, bringing headcount to approximately 1,750 at December 31, 2011, which represents an 8.9% increase from our December 31, 2010 levels. The increase in legal and accounting fees primarily related to legal fees associated with the federal consolidated shareholder derivative settlement, which included a final $25 million payment to the plaintiffs’ counsel for attorneys’ fees, expenses and costs. Legal fees consist primarily of attorneys’ fees and expenses related to our outstanding intellectual property and prior years’ securities litigation, patent prosecution and filings and various other transactions. Legal fees fluctuate from period to period due to the nature, scope, timing and costs of the matters in litigation. See Note 12 of Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further information. The increase in the Other line item in the above table is primarily attributable to an increase in travel and facilities expense.

Stock-Based Compensation Expense

The following table presents details of total stock-based compensation expense that is included in each functional line item in our consolidated statements of income discussed above:

 

       Year Ended December 31,     Increase      %
Change
 
       2011     2010       
       Amount      % of Net
Revenue
    Amount      % of Net
Revenue
      
     (In millions, except percentages)  

Cost of product revenue

   $ 24         0.3   $ 23         0.3   $ 1         4.3

Research and development

     364         4.9        341         5.0        23         6.7   

Selling, general and administrative

     126         1.7        119         1.7        7         5.9   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    
   $ 514         6.9   $ 483         7.0   $ 31         6.4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

The following table presents details of unearned stock-based compensation currently estimated to be expensed in 2012 through 2015 related to unvested share-based payment awards:

 

     2012      2013      2014      2015      Total  
     (In millions)  

Unearned stock-based compensation

   $ 357       $ 228       $ 119       $ 21       $ 725   

If there are any modifications or cancellations of the underlying unvested awards, we may be required to accelerate, increase or cancel any remaining unearned stock-based compensation expense. Future stock-based compensation expense and unearned stock-based compensation will increase to the extent that we grant additional equity awards to employees or assume unvested equity awards in connection with acquisitions. The increase in stock-based compensation in 2011 as compared to 2010 primarily related to the commencement of a new two-year offering period under our employee stock purchase program, which resulted in a $36 million increase in stock-based compensation expense as compared to 2010.

It is our long-term objective that total stock-based compensation approximates 5% of total net revenue.

 

41


Table of Contents

See Note 9 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for a discussion of share-based awards.

Amortization of Purchased Intangible Assets

The following table presents details of the amortization of purchased intangible assets included in the cost of product revenue and other operating expense categories:

 

       Year Ended December 31,     Increase      %
Change
 
       2011     2010       
       Amount      % of Net
Revenue
    Amount      % of Net
Revenue
      
     (In millions, except percentages)  

Cost of product revenue

   $ 54         0.7   $ 31         0.5   $ 23         74.2

Other operating expenses

     30         0.4        28         0.4        2         7.1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    
   $ 84         1.1   $ 59         0.9   $ 25         42.4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

The increase in amortization of purchased intangible assets in 2011 as compared to 2010 was primarily related to our acquisitions of Beceem Communications, Inc. in late 2010 and Provigent in 2011.

The following table presents details of the amortization of existing purchased intangible assets, including IPR&D, which is currently estimated to be expensed in 2012 and thereafter.

 

       Purchased Intangible Assets Amortization by Year  
       2012      2013      2014      2015      2016      Thereafter      Total  
     (In millions)  

Cost of product revenue

   $ 77       $ 72       $ 60       $ 46       $ 33       $ 56       $ 344   

Other operating expenses

     27         10         4         4         4         7         56   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 104       $ 82       $ 64       $ 50       $ 37       $ 63       $ 400   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

If we acquire additional purchased intangible assets in the future, including purchased intangible assets related to our pending acquisition of NetLogic, our cost of product revenue or operating expenses will be increased by the amortization of those assets.

Impairment of Goodwill and Other Long-Lived Assets

We performed annual impairment assessments of the carrying value of goodwill in October 2011 and 2010. Upon completion of these assessments, we determined no impairment was indicated as the estimated fair value of each of the reporting units exceeded its respective carrying value. We also believe that we have no at-risk goodwill. We recorded a purchased intangible impairment charge of $74 million related to our acquisition of Beceem and other impairment charges of $18 million in 2011. The primary factor contributing to the Beceem impairment charge was a reduction in the forecasted cash flows related to WiMAX products, as wireless service providers have accelerated their adoption of LTE products. In 2010 we recorded an impairment charge of $19 million, primarily related to a technology license that was acquired in 2008 from Sunext Design, Inc. For the carrying balances of our goodwill by reporting segment and a description of our valuation techniques and significant assumptions as well as details of our other long-lived assets impairment charges taken, see the discussions in Notes 2 and 10 of Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Restructuring Costs

As discussed above in “Operating Results for the Year Ended December 31, 2011,” we recorded an aggregate of $16 million in net restructuring costs in 2011, of which $12 million was related to severance and other charges associated with our reduction in workforce across multiple locations and functions, and $4 million was related to the closure of three of our facilities. We do not expect any cost savings as we plan to reallocate funding to higher return opportunities. We currently expect to complete this plan and record additional costs of approximately $1 million in the three months ended March 31, 2012.

 

42


Table of Contents

Settlement Costs (Gains), Net

In 2011 we recorded settlement gains of $55 million primarily related to the settlement of our shareholder derivative action, partially offset by net settlement costs of $37 million related to patent infringement claims, resulting in net settlement gains of $18 million. In 2010 we recorded settlement costs of $53 million primarily related to licensing and settlement agreements and certain employment tax items.

For a further discussion of our settlement costs and litigation matters, see Notes 11 and 12 of Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

In-Process Research and Development

In 2011 and 2010 we capitalized IPR&D of $45 million and $55 million, respectively. For a description of our valuation techniques and significant assumptions underlying the valuation of the ongoing development projects that were in process at the date of acquisition and were capitalized as IPR&D in 2011 and 2010, see the discussion in Note 3 of Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements. In addition, in 2011 and 2010 we reclassified $3 million and $51 million, respectively, of IPR&D costs to developed technology, primarily related to our acquisition of Dune Networks, Inc., which will now be amortized to cost of product revenue.

Charitable Contributions

In April 2009 we established the Broadcom Foundation, or the Foundation, to support science, technology, engineering and mathematics programs, as well as a broad range of community services. In June 2011 we contributed an additional $25 million to the Foundation. Approximately $2 million of the $25 million contribution came from Dr. Henry Samueli, our Chief Technical Officer and member of the Board of Directors, who made such payment to Broadcom in connection with the settlement of the shareholder derivative litigation as further described in Note 12 of Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements. This payment was recorded as an operating expense in consolidated statement of income in 2011.

Interest and Other Income, Net

The following table presents interest and other income, net:

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Increase
(Decrease)
    %
Change
 
     2011     2010      
     Amount     % of Net
Revenue
    Amount      % of Net
Revenue
     
     (In millions, except percentages)  

Interest income (expense), net

   $ (5     (0.1 %)    $ 9         0.1   $ (14     (155.6 )% 

Other income, net

     8        0.1        6         0.1        2        33.3   

Interest income (expense), net, reflects interest income earned on cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities balances offset by interest expense on our Senior Notes totaling $1.20 billion. Other income, net, primarily includes gains on foreign currency transactions.

The decrease in interest income (expense), net, for 2011 as compared to 2010 was driven primarily by interest expense related to our newly issued long-term debt. See Note 6 of Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Provision for Income Taxes

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Increase      %
Change
 
     2011     2010       
     Amount      % of Net
Revenue
    Amount      % of Net
Revenue
      
     (In millions, except percentages)  

Income tax provision

   $ 29         0.3   $ 15         0.2   $ 14         93.3

The federal statutory rate was 35% for 2011 and 2010. Our effective tax rates were 3.0% and 1.4% for 2011 and 2010, respectively. The differences between our effective tax rates and the federal statutory tax rate primarily

 

43


Table of Contents

relate to foreign earnings taxed at substantially lower rates than the federal statutory rate for 2011 and 2010 due principally to our tax holiday in Singapore, and for 2011 and 2010 domestic tax losses recorded without tax benefits. We recorded a tax provision of $13 million in 2011 resulting from legislation enacted in Israel on December 5, 2011 which increased tax rates for 2012 and later years applicable to our Israel net deferred tax liabilities, principally related to purchased intangible assets. We realized tax benefits resulting from the reversal of certain prior period tax accruals of $9 million and $12 million in 2011 and 2010, respectively. These reversals resulted primarily from the expiration of the statutes of limitation for the assessment of taxes related to certain foreign subsidiaries. Additionally, as a result of the March 22, 2010 decision in the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Ninth Circuit case concerning Xilinx, we recorded a tax benefit of approximately $3 million in 2010 to reverse the approximately $3 million of related exposure previously recorded in 2009. See Note 5 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for detailed discussions of our income taxes.

We operate under tax holidays in Singapore, which are effective through March 2014. The tax holidays are conditional upon our meeting certain employment and investment thresholds. The impact of the Singapore tax holidays decreased Singapore taxes by $368 million and $330 million for 2011 and 2010, respectively. The benefit of the tax holidays on net income per share (diluted) was $0.65 and $0.61 for 2011 and 2010, respectively. We have begun discussions with the Singapore Economic Development Board with respect to tax incentives for periods after March 31, 2014.

Years Ended December 31, 2010 and 2009

Net Revenue, Cost of Product Revenue, Product Gross Margin, and Total Gross Margin

The following tables present net revenue, cost of product revenue, product gross margin and total gross margin:

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Increase
(Decrease)
    %
Change
 
     2010     2009      
     Amount     % of Net
Revenue
    Amount     % of Net
Revenue
     
     (In millions, except percentages)  

Product revenue

   $ 6,589        96.7   $ 4,273        95.2   $ 2,316        54.2

Income from Qualcomm Agreement

     207        3.0        171        3.8        36        21.1   

Licensing revenue

     22        0.3        46        1.0        (24     (52.2
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total net revenue

   $ 6,818        100.0   $ 4,490        100.0   $ 2,328        51.8   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Cost of product revenue

   $ 3,284        48.2   $ 2,211        49.2   $ 1,073        48.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Product gross margin

     50.2       48.3       1.9  
  

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

Total gross margin

     51.8       50.8       1.0  
  

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

The following table presents net revenue from each of our reportable segments and its respective contribution to net revenue:

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Increase      %
Change
 
     2010     2009       
     Amount      % of Net
Revenue
    Amount      % of Net
Revenue
      
     (In millions, except percentages)  

Broadband Communications

   $ 2,134         31.3   $ 1,525         34.0   $ 609         39.9

Mobile & Wireless

     2,889         42.4        1,720         38.3        1,169         68.0   

Infrastructure & Networking

     1,588         23.3        1,056         23.5        532         50.4   

All other (1)

     207         3.0        189         4.2        18         9.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

Total net revenue

   $ 6,818         100.0   $ 4,490         100.0   $ 2,328         51.8   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

44


Table of Contents

 

(1) Includes (i) income relating to the Qualcomm Agreement that was entered into in April 2009, (ii) royalties received pursuant to a patent license agreement that was entered into with Verizon Wireless in July 2007 which was completed in March 2009 and (iii) other revenue from certain patent agreements, each previously reported in our Mobile & Wireless reportable segment. See Notes 1 and 2 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

The increase in net revenue from our Broadband Communications reportable segment resulted primarily from an increase in demand for digital set-top boxes and broadband modems. The increase in net revenue from our Mobile & Wireless reportable segment resulted primarily from the increase in demand for our wireless connectivity combo solutions, as well as the ramp of our cellular products. The increase in net revenue from our Infrastructure & Networking reportable segment resulted primarily from an increase in demand for our Ethernet switching products. The increase in our “All Other” category was the result of a $36 million increase in income received from the Qualcomm Agreement, offset in part by a $19 million decrease in licensing revenue from our agreement with Verizon Wireless, which was completed in March 2009.

We recorded rebates to certain customers of $526 million, or 7.7% of net revenue and $312 million, or 6.9% of net revenue in 2010 and 2009, respectively. The increase in rebates in 2010 was attributable to the increase in net revenue along with a change to the mix in sales to customers that participate in our rebate programs, primarily an increase in the Mobile & Wireless reportable segment. We reversed accrued rebates of $4 million and $11 million in 2010 and 2009, respectively.

Cost of Product Revenue, Product Gross Margin and Total Gross Margin.

Product gross margin increased from 48.3% in 2009 to 50.2% in 2010 primarily as a result of cost reductions in each of our reportable segments as we continued our transition to 40 nanometer process technology. Other factors that contributed to the increase in product gross margin were: (i) fixed costs being spread over a higher revenue base (ii) higher margins in our infrastructure and networking products offset by (iii) a net increase in excess and obsolete inventory provisions of $7 million due to an increase in the provision for digital TV products.

Research and Development Expense

The following table presents details of research and development expense:

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Increase
(Decrease)
    %
Change
 
     2010     2009      
     Amount      % of Net
Revenue
    Amount      % of Net
Revenue
     
     (In millions, except percentages)  

Salaries and benefits

   $ 929         13.6   $ 770         17.2   $ 159        20.6

Stock-based compensation

     341         5.0        352         7.8        (11     (3.1

Development and design costs

     274         4.0        211         4.7        63        29.9   

Other

     218         3.1        202         4.5        16        7.9   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

Research and development

   $ 1,762         25.7   $ 1,535         34.2   $ 227        14.8   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

The increase in salaries and benefits was primarily attributable to an increase in headcount of approximately 1,300 personnel; bringing total headcount to approximately 6,800 personnel. This represents a 23.6% increase from our December 31, 2009 levels, and was predominantly in each of our reportable segments as a result of both organic growth and our 2010 acquisitions. Salary increases were also attributable to increased incentive compensation. Development and design costs increased due to increases in mask, prototyping, testing and engineering design tool costs stemming from our continued transition of products to 40 nanometer process technologies. Development and design costs vary from period to period depending on the timing, development and tape-out of various products.

 

45


Table of Contents

Selling, General and Administrative Expense

The following table presents details of selling, general and administrative expense:

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Increase
(Decrease)
    %
Change
 
     2010     2009      
     Amount      % of Net
Revenue
    Amount      % of Net
Revenue
     
     (In millions, except percentages)  

Salaries and benefits

   $ 240         3.5   $ 194         4.3   $ 46        23.7

Stock-based compensation

     119         1.7        120         2.7        (1     (0.8

Legal and accounting fees

     140         2.1        110         2.5        30        27.3   

Other

     91         1.4        55         1.2        36        65.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

Selling, general and administrative

   $ 590         8.7   $ 479         10.7   $ 111        23.2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

The increase in salaries and benefits was primarily attributable to an increase in headcount of approximately 300 personnel, which represents a 23.1% increase from our December 31, 2009 levels, as well as higher incentive compensation. The increase in legal and accounting fees in 2010 was primarily related to a 2009 recovery of legal fees of $91 million under our directors’ and officers’ insurance policies, which reduced our 2009 legal fees. Legal fees consist primarily of attorneys’ fees and expenses related to our outstanding intellectual property and prior years’ stock option backdating securities litigation, patent prosecution and filings and various other transactions. Legal fees fluctuate from period to period due to the nature, scope, timing and costs of the matters in litigation. See Note 12 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for further information. The increase in the Other line item in the above table is primarily attributable to an increase in facilities and travel expenses.

Stock-Based Compensation Expense

The following table presents details of total stock-based compensation expense that is included in each functional line item in our consolidated statements of income discussed above:

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Decrease     %
Change
 
     2010     2009      
     Amount      % of Net
Revenue
    Amount      % of Net
Revenue
     
     (In millions, except percentages)  

Cost of product revenue

   $ 23         0.3   $ 25         0.5   $ (2     (8.0 )% 

Research and development

     341         5.0        352         7.8        (11     (3.1

Selling, general and administrative

     119         1.7        120         2.7        (1     (0.8
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   
   $ 483         7.0   $ 497         11.0   $ (14     (2.8
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

See Note 9 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for a discussion of share-based awards.

Amortization of Purchased Intangible Assets

The following table presents details of the amortization of purchased intangible assets included in the cost of product revenue and other operating expense categories:

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Increase      %
Change
 
     2010     2009       
     Amount      % of Net
Revenue
    Amount      % of Net
Revenue
      
     (In millions, except percentages)  

Cost of product revenue

   $ 31         0.5   $ 16         0.4   $ 15         93.8

Other operating expenses

     28         0.4        15         0.3        13         86.7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    
   $ 59         0.9   $ 31         0.7   $ 28         90.3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

46


Table of Contents

Impairment of Goodwill and Other Long-Lived Assets

We performed annual impairment assessments of the carrying value of goodwill in October 2010 and 2009. Upon completion of our October 2010 and 2009 annual impairment assessments, we determined no impairment was indicated as the estimated fair value of each of the reporting units exceeded its respective carrying value. In 2010 we recorded a purchased intangible impairment charge of $19 million, primarily related to a technology license that was acquired in 2008 from Sunext. In 2009 we recorded impairment charges to customer relationships, developed technology and certain other assets of $19 million related to the acquisition of the DTV Business of AMD in 2008. For a description of our valuation techniques and significant assumptions as well as details of our other long-lived assets impairment charges taken, see the discussions in Note 2 and Note 10 of Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Settlement Costs (Gains)

We recorded settlement costs of $53 million in 2010 primarily related to licensing and settlement agreements and certain employment tax items. In 2009 we incurred settlement costs of $184 million, partially offset by settlement gains of $66 million, resulting in $118 million of net settlement costs.

In December 2009 we agreed in principle to the settlement of the Stock Option Class Actions. We subsequently entered into a stipulation and agreement of settlement of the Stock Option Class Actions dated as of April 30, 2010, which provides for the claims against Broadcom and its current and former officers and directors to be dismissed with prejudice and released in exchange for a $161 million cash payment by Broadcom. We recorded the settlement amount as a one-time charge in our statement of income for the three months and year ended December 31, 2009 and subsequent payment was made in June 2010 into a settlement fund.

For further discussion of our settlement costs and litigation matters, see Notes 11 and 12 of Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

We recorded settlement gains of $65 million related to the Qualcomm Agreement in 2009. In addition, we recorded settlement costs of $12 million related to a payment to the Israeli government associated with a post-acquisition technology transfer fee related to our acquisition of Dune Networks, Inc. We also recorded $11 million in settlement costs in 2009 for estimated settlements associated with certain employment tax items, other employment matters and a patent infringement claim.

In-Process Research and Development

In 2010 and 2009 we capitalized IPR&D of $55 million and $50 million, respectively. For a description of our valuation techniques and significant assumptions underlying the valuation of the ongoing development projects that were in process at the date of acquisition and were capitalized as IPR&D in 2011 and 2010, see the discussion Note 3 of Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements. In addition, in 2010 we reclassified $51 million of IPR&D costs to developed technology, primarily related to our acquisition of Dune Networks, Inc., which will now be amortized to cost of product revenue.

Charitable Contribution

In 2009 we made an unrestricted grant of $50 million to the Foundation upon receiving a determination letter from the Internal Revenue Service of the exemption from federal income taxation under Section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. We recorded an operating expense for the contribution of $50 million in 2009. We did not make any contributions to the Foundation in 2010.

 

47


Table of Contents

Interest and Other Income (Expense), Net

The following table presents interest and other income (expense), net:

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Increase
(Decrease)
    %
Change
 
     2010     2009      
     Amount      % of Net
Revenue
    Amount      % of Net
Revenue
     
     (In millions, except percentages)  

Interest income, net

   $ 9         0.1   $ 14         0.3   $ (5     (35.7 )% 

Other income, net

     6         0.1        2         0.1        4        200.0   

The decrease in interest income, net, was the result of interest expense related to long-term debt and the overall decrease in market interest rates. Our cash and marketable securities balances increased from $2.37 billion at December 31, 2009 to $4.06 billion at December 31, 2010, primarily due to net cash provided by operating activities, proceeds from exercise of stock options and stock purchase rights and proceeds from the issuance of our long-term debt. The average interest rates earned in 2010 and 2009 were 0.43% and 0.63%, respectively. The decrease in the average interest rate is a reflection of reinvestment in the current low interest rate environment.

The increase in other income, net was primarily the result of a gain on strategic investments.

Provision for Income Taxes

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Increase      %
Change
 
     2010     2009       
     Amount      % of Net
Revenue
    Amount      % of Net
Revenue
      
     (In millions, except percentages)  

Income tax provision

   $ 15         0.2   $ 7         0.1   $ 8         114.3

The federal statutory rate was 35% for 2010 and 2009. Our effective tax rates were 1.4% and 9.6% for 2010 and 2009, respectively. The differences between our effective tax rates and the federal statutory tax rate primarily relate to foreign earnings taxed at substantially lower rates than the federal statutory rate for 2010 and 2009 due principally to our tax holiday in Singapore, and for 2010 and 2009 domestic tax losses recorded without tax benefits. We recognized federal tax benefits of approximately $3 million in 2009, which resulted from the utilization of a portion of our federal credits for increasing research activities (research and development tax credits) pursuant to a provision contained in the American Recovery and Reinvestment Tax Act of 2009, which was enacted in February, 2009. In addition, we realized tax benefits resulting from the reversal of certain prior period tax accruals of $12 million and $8 million in 2010 and 2009, respectively. These reversals resulted primarily from the expiration of the statutes of limitation for the assessment of taxes related to certain foreign subsidiaries. Additionally, as a result of the May 27, 2009 and March 22, 2010 decisions in the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Ninth Circuit case concerning Xilinx, we recorded a tax benefit of approximately $3 million in 2010 to reverse the approximately $3 million of related exposure previously recorded in 2009. See Note 5 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for detailed discussions of our income taxes.

We operate under tax holidays in Singapore, which are effective through March 2014. The tax holidays are conditional upon our meeting certain employment and investment thresholds. The impact of the Singapore tax holidays decreased Singapore taxes by $330 million and $225 million for 2010 and 2009, respectively. The benefit of the tax holidays on net income per share (diluted) was $0.61 and $0.44 for 2010 and 2009, respectively.

At December 31, 2010 we had unrecognized tax benefits in the amount of $188 million which included $23 million of tax benefits that, if recognized, would reduce our annual effective tax rate. Approximately $12 million of the tax benefit, if recognized would be credited to shareholder’s equity. The remaining $153 million, if recognized, would not result in a tax benefit since it would be fully offset with a valuation allowance. We also accrued potential penalties and interest of $2 million and $1 million, respectively, related to these unrecognized tax benefits during 2010, and in total, as of December 31, 2010, we had recorded liabilities for potential penalties and interest of $14 million and $2 million, respectively. We recognize potential accrued interest and penalties related to

 

48


Table of Contents

unrecognized tax benefits within the consolidated statements of income as income tax expense. In 2010 we had a decrease in unrecognized tax benefits of approximately $273 million relating to increases to our federal and state net operating loss carryforwards, capitalized research and development costs, and tax credit carryforwards for previous years primarily resulting from the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Ninth Circuit March 22, 2010 ruling in the case between Xilinx, Inc. and the Commissioner of Internal Revenue. In addition, we had an increase in unrecognized tax benefits of approximately $39 million primarily relating to transactions with certain foreign subsidiaries. In 2009 our judgment changed with respect to prior period uncertain tax positions, which resulted in additional unrecognized tax benefits in the amount of approximately $380 million as of December 31, 2009. In 2010 we reversed approximately $273 million of this amount due to the March 22, 2010 decision in the Xilinx case as discussed above, and recorded $23 million of unrecognized tax benefits resulting from a 2010 change in judgment regarding certain tax accruals.

Quarterly Financial Data

The following table presents our quarterly financial data. In our opinion, this information has been prepared on a basis consistent with that of our audited consolidated financial statements and all necessary material adjustments, consisting of normal recurring accruals and adjustments, have been included to present fairly the quarterly financial data. Our quarterly results of operations for these periods are not necessarily indicative of future results of operations.

 

     Total Net
Revenue
     Gross
Profit
     Net
Income
    Diluted Net
Income
Per
Share
 
     (In millions, except per share data)  

Year Ended December 31, 2011

          

Fourth Quarter

   $ 1,820       $ 926       $ 254      $ 0.45   

Third Quarter

     1,957         997         270 (1)       0.48   

Second Quarter

     1,796         919         175 (2)       0.31   

First Quarter

     1,816         921         228        0.40   

Year Ended December 31, 2010

          

Fourth Quarter

   $ 1,945       $ 990       $ 266 (3)     $ 0.47   

Third Quarter

     1,806         934         328        0.60   

Second Quarter

     1,605         843         278        0.52   

First Quarter

     1,462         767         210        0.40   

 

(1) Includes settlement costs of $27 million and a restructuring charge of $17 million.

 

(2) Includes settlement gains of $45 million, an impairment of long-lived assets charge of $74 million, a charitable contribution of $25 million and non-recurring legal expenses of $25 million.

 

(3) Includes settlement costs of $49 million and an impairment of long-lived assets charge of $17 million.

Subsequent Events

In January 2012 our Board of Directors adopted an amendment to the existing dividend policy pursuant to which we intend to increase the quarterly cash dividend by 11.1% to $0.10 per share ($0.40 per share on an annual basis) and declared a quarterly cash dividend of $0.10 per share payable to holders of our common stock.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In May 2011 the FASB issued additional guidance on fair value measurements that clarifies the application of existing guidance and disclosure requirements, changes certain fair value measurement principles and requires additional disclosures about fair value measurements. The updated guidance is effective on a prospective basis for financial statements issued for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2011. The adoption of this guidance will not have a material impact on our financial statements.

In June 2011 the FASB issued guidance regarding the presentation of comprehensive income. The new standard requires the presentation of comprehensive income, the components of net income and the components of other comprehensive income either in a single continuous statement of comprehensive income or in two separate but

 

49


Table of Contents

consecutive statements. The updated guidance is effective on a retrospective basis for financial statements issued for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2011. The adoption of this guidance will not have a material impact on our financial statements.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Working Capital and Cash and Marketable Securities.     The following table presents working capital, and cash and cash equivalents and marketable securities:

 

     December 31,      Increase
(Decrease)
 
     2011      2010     
     (In millions)  

Working capital

   $ 4,653       $ 2,913       $ 1,740   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 4,146       $ 1,622       $ 2,524   

Short-term marketable securities

     383         1,035         (652

Long-term marketable securities

     676         1,401         (725
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 5,205       $ 4,058       $ 1,147   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

See the summary of cash, cash equivalents, short and long-term marketable securities by major security type and discussion of market risk that follows in Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk.

Cash Provided and Used in 2011 and 2010

Cash and cash equivalents increased to $4.15 billion at December 31, 2011 from $1.62 billion at December 31, 2010 as a result of cash provided by operating activities, proceeds from marketable securities, proceeds from the issuance of our long-term debt, and the issuance of our Class A common stock, offset in part by repurchases of our Class A common stock, net cash paid for acquired companies, our quarterly dividend payments and net purchases of property and equipment.

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2011     2010     2009  
     (In millions)  

Net cash provided by operating activities

   $ 1,838      $ 1,371      $ 987   

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

     863        (2,179     (502

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     (177     1,033        (279
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Increase in cash and cash equivalents

     2,524        225        206   

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

     1,622        1,397        1,191   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

   $ 4,146      $ 1,622      $ 1,397   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating Activities

In 2011 our operating activities provided $1.84 billion in cash. This was primarily the result of net income of $927 million, net non-cash operating expenses of $784 million and net cash provided by changes in operating assets and liabilities of $127 million. In 2010 our operating activities provided $1.37 billion in cash. This was primarily the result of net income of $1.08 billion and net non-cash operating expenses of $638 million, offset in part by net cash used by changes in operating assets and liabilities of $349 million, which includes our $161 million payment of previously accrued securities litigation settlement costs.

Our days sales outstanding decreased to 34 days for the three months ended December 31, 2011 as compared to 38 days for the three months ended December 31, 2010 due to our revenue linearity. We typically bill customers on an open account basis subject to our standard net thirty day payment terms. If, in the longer term, our revenue increases, it is likely that our accounts receivable balance will also increase. Our accounts receivable could also

 

50


Table of Contents

increase if customers delay their payments or if we grant extended payment terms to customers, both of which are more likely to occur during challenging economic times when our customers may have difficulty gaining access to sufficient credit on a timely basis.

Our inventory days on hand decreased from 57 days at December 31, 2010 to 43 days at December 31, 2011, primarily attributable to inventory management. In the future, our inventory levels will continue to be determined by the level of purchase orders we receive and the stage at which our products are in their respective product life cycles, our ability, and the ability of our customers, to manage inventory under hubbing arrangements, and competitive situations in the marketplace. Such considerations are balanced against the risk of obsolescence or potentially excess inventory levels.

Investing Activities

Investing activities provided $863 million in cash in 2011. This was primarily the result of $1.38 billion in net proceeds from sales and maturities of marketable securities in anticipation of our acquisition of NetLogic in the first half of 2012, offset in part by $347 million in net cash paid for our acquisitions of Provigent and SC Square and $163 million of capital equipment purchases to support our research and development efforts. Investing activities used $2.18 billion in cash in 2010, which was primarily the result of $1.47 billion in net purchases of marketable securities, $599 million in net cash paid primarily for the acquisitions of Teknovus, Innovision, Percello, Beceem and Gigle, and $109 million of capital equipment purchases, mostly to support our research and development efforts.

Financing Activities

Our financing activities used $177 million in cash in 2011. This was primarily the result of $670 million in repurchases of shares of our Class A common stock, dividends paid of $194 million, and $155 million in minimum tax withholding paid on behalf of employees for shares issued pursuant to restricted stock units, offset in part by $494 million in proceeds from the issuance of our long-term debt and $348 million in proceeds received from issuances of common stock upon the exercise of stock options and pursuant to our employee stock purchase plan. Our financing activities provided $1.03 billion in cash in 2010, which was primarily the result of $936 million in proceeds received from issuances of common stock upon exercise of stock options and pursuant to our employee stock purchase plan and $691 million in proceeds from the issuance of our long-term debt, offset in part by $280 million in repurchases of shares of our Class A common stock, dividends paid of $163 million, repayment of debt assumed in our Teknovus acquisition of $15 million, and $136 million in minimum tax withholding paid on behalf of employees for shares issued pursuant to restricted stock units.

The timing and number of stock option exercises and employee stock purchases and the amount of cash proceeds we receive through those exercises and purchases are not within our control, and in the future we may not generate as much cash from the exercise of stock options as we have in the past. Moreover, it is now our general practice to issue a combination of time-based and performance-based RSUs only to certain employees and, in most cases to issue solely time-based RSUs. While we may issue stock options in the future, we currently plan to do so only in connection with acquisitions. Unlike the exercise of stock options, the issuance of shares upon vesting of restricted stock units does not result in any cash proceeds to Broadcom and requires the use of cash, as we currently allow employees to elect to have a portion of the shares issued upon vesting of restricted stock units withheld to satisfy minimum statutory withholding taxes, which we then pay in cash to the appropriate tax authorities on each participating employee’s behalf.

Short and Long-Term Financing Arrangements

At December 31, 2011, we had the following resources available to obtain short-term or long-term financings if we need additional liquidity:

Registration Statements

We have a Form S-3 universal shelf registration statement and a Form S-4 acquisition shelf registration statement on file with the SEC. The universal shelf registration statement on Form S-3 permits Broadcom to sell, in one or more public offerings, shares of our Class A common stock, shares of preferred stock or debt securities, or any

 

51


Table of Contents

combination of such securities, for proceeds in an aggregate amount of up to $1.50 billion. The 2018 Notes with an aggregate principal amount of $500 million that we issued in November 2011 (more fully described in Note 6 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements) were issued pursuant to the Form S-3. The Form S-3 will expire in accordance with applicable SEC rules on February 27, 2012. The acquisition shelf registration statement on Form S-4 enables us to issue up to 30 million shares of our Class A common stock in one or more acquisition transactions. These transactions may include the acquisition of assets, businesses or securities by any form of business combination. To date no securities have been issued pursuant to the S-4 registration statement, which does not have an expiration date mandated by SEC rules.

Credit Facility

In November 2010 we entered into a credit facility with certain institutional lenders that provides for unsecured revolving facility loans, swing line loans and letters of credit in an aggregate amount of up to $500 million. We amended this credit facility in October 2011 primarily to extend the maturity date by two years to November 19, 2016, at which time all outstanding revolving facility loans (if any) and accrued and unpaid interest must be repaid. The amendment to the credit facility also decreased the interest rate margins applicable to loans made under the credit facility and the commitment fee paid on the amount of the unused commitments. We did not draw on our credit facility in 2011 or 2010.

The credit facility contains customary representations, warranties and covenants. Financial covenants require us to maintain a consolidated leverage ratio of no more than 3.25 to 1.00 and a consolidated interest coverage ratio of no less than 3.00 to 1.00.

We were in compliance with all debt covenants as of December 31, 2011.

Senior Notes

The following table summarizes the principal amount of our senior unsecured notes:

 

     December 31,      Increase  
     2011      2010     
     (In millions)  

1.500% fixed-rate notes, due 2013

   $ 300       $ 300       $   

2.375% fixed-rate notes, due 2015

     400         400           

2.700% fixed-rate notes, due 2018

     500                 500   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,200       $ 700       $ 500   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

In November 2010 we issued senior unsecured notes in an aggregate principal amount of $700 million. These notes consist of $300 million aggregate principal amount which mature in November 2013, or the 2013 Notes, and bear interest at a fixed rate of 1.500% per annum, and $400 million aggregate principal amount which mature in November 2015, or the 2015 Notes, and bear interest at a fixed rate of 2.375% per annum. Proceeds from the issuance of the 2013 Notes and the 2015 Notes were utilized for general corporate purposes.

In November 2011 we issued senior unsecured notes in aggregate principal amount of $500 million which mature in November 2018 and bear interest at a fixed rate of 2.700% per annum, or the 2018 Notes. Proceeds from the 2018 Notes are expected to fund a portion of the acquisition consideration for NetLogic.

The 2018 Notes are subject to a mandatory redemption in the event Broadcom’s proposed acquisition of NetLogic is not consummated on or prior to August 31, 2012, or if prior to August 31, 2012, the Agreement and Plan of Merger is terminated. In such an event, the 2018 Notes will be redeemed for cash at a price equal to 101% of the aggregate principle amount plus accrued and unpaid interest.

The Notes contain a number of restrictive covenants, including, but not limited to, restrictions on our ability to grant liens on assets; enter into sale and lease-back transactions; or merge, consolidate or sell assets. Failure to comply with these covenants, or any other event of default, could result in acceleration of the principal amount and accrued and unpaid interest on the Notes.

 

52


Table of Contents

We were in compliance with all debt covenants as of December 31, 2011.

See Note 6 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional discussion on our financing arrangements.

Other Notes and Borrowings

We had no other significant notes or borrowings as of December 31, 2011.

Obligations and Commitments

The following table summarizes our contractual obligations and commitments as of December 31, 2011:

 

     Payment Obligations by Year  
     2012      2013      2014      2015      2016      Thereafter      Total  
     (In millions)  

Operating leases

   $ 121       $ 120       $ 90       $ 76       $ 69       $ 123       $ 599   

Inventory and related purchase obligations

     468                                                 468   

Other obligations

     147         35         31         30         23         3         269   

Long-term debt and related interest

     27         328         23         423         13         527         1,341   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 763       $ 483       $ 144       $ 529       $ 105       $ 653       $ 2,677   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

We lease our facilities and certain engineering design tools and information systems equipment under operating lease agreements. Our leased facilities comprise an aggregate of 3.6 million square feet. Our principal facilities in Irvine have lease terms that expire at various dates through 2017 with an aggregate rent of $130 million (included in the table above).

Inventory and related purchase obligations represent purchase commitments for silicon wafers and assembly and test services. We depend upon third party subcontractors to manufacture our silicon wafers and provide assembly and test services. Due to lengthy subcontractor lead times, we must order these materials and services from subcontractors well in advance. We expect to receive and pay for these materials and services within the ensuing six months. Our subcontractor relationships typically allow for the cancellation of outstanding purchase orders, but require payment of all expenses incurred through the date of cancellation. To date we have not incurred significant cancellation charges.

Other obligations represent purchase commitments for lab test equipment, computer hardware, information systems infrastructure, mask and prototyping costs, intellectual property licensing arrangements and other commitments made in the ordinary course of business.

For purposes of the table above, obligations for the purchase of goods or services are defined as agreements that are enforceable and legally binding and that specify all significant terms, including: fixed or minimum quantities to be purchased; fixed, minimum or variable price provisions; and the approximate timing of the transaction. Our purchase orders are based on our current manufacturing needs and are typically fulfilled by our vendors within a relatively short time horizon. We have additional purchase orders (not included in the table above) that represent authorizations to purchase rather than binding agreements. We do not have significant agreements for the purchase of inventories or other goods specifying minimum quantities or set prices that exceed our expected requirements.

Unrecognized tax benefits were $212 million, of which $25 million would result in potential cash payment of taxes and $187 million would result in a reduction in net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. We are not including any amount related to uncertain tax positions in the table presented above because of the difficulty in making reasonably reliable estimates of the timing of settlements with the respective taxing authorities. In addition to the unrecognized tax benefits, we have also recorded a liability for potential tax penalties and interest of $11 million and $3 million, respectively, at December 31, 2011.

Prospective Capital Needs

We believe that our existing cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities, together with cash generated from operations and from the issuance of common stock through our employee stock option and purchase plans, will be

 

53


Table of Contents

sufficient to cover our working capital needs, capital expenditures, investment requirements, commitments, repurchases of our Class A common stock and quarterly dividends for at least the next 12 months. However, it is possible that we may choose to raise additional funds or draw on our existing credit facility to finance our activities beyond the next 12 months or to consummate acquisitions of other businesses, assets, products or technologies, including our pending acquisition of NetLogic. If needed, we may be able to raise such funds by selling equity or debt securities to the public or to selected investors, or by borrowing money from financial institutions. We could also reduce certain expenditures, such as repurchases of our Class A common stock.

We expect our acquisition of NetLogic for $50 per share, or approximately $3.7 billion, net of cash assumed, to close in the first half of 2012. We currently expect to fund the acquisition with our available cash and cash equivalents and marketable securities.

We earn a significant amount of our operating income outside the U.S., which is deemed to be permanently reinvested in foreign jurisdictions. For at least the next 12 months, we have sufficient cash in the U.S. and expect domestic cash flow to sustain our operating activities and cash commitments for investing and financing activities, such as acquisitions, quarterly dividends, share buy-backs and repayment of debt. In addition, we expect existing foreign cash, cash equivalents, short-term investments, and cash flows from operations to continue to be sufficient to fund our foreign operating activities and cash commitments for investing activities, such as material capital expenditures, for at least the next 12 months.

If we require more capital in the U.S. than is generated by our domestic operations, any taxable income that could result from the repatriation of our foreign earnings would be offset by our net operating loss and research and development tax credit carryforwards, which are currently subject to a full valuation allowance on our deferred tax assets, and would not be expected to have a material effect on our tax liabilities.

In addition, even though we may not need additional funds, we may still elect to sell additional equity or debt securities or utilize or increase our existing credit facilities for other reasons. However, we may not be able to obtain additional funds on a timely basis at acceptable terms, if at all. If we raise additional funds by issuing additional equity or convertible debt securities, the ownership percentages of existing shareholders would be reduced. In addition, the equity or debt securities that we issue may have rights, preferences or privileges senior to those of our Class A common stock.

As of December 31, 2011 we have approximately $1.93 billion of cash, cash equivalents, and marketable securities held by our foreign subsidiaries. As a result of the June 30, 2011 closing of our IRS audit and agreed adjustments to income for the 2001 through 2006 tax years, $802 million was paid from our foreign subsidiaries to Broadcom Corporation during the three months ended September 30, 2011. This amount was not subject to additional income tax. The income resulting from the IRS adjustments was offset by net operating loss carryforwards. Any potential additional income, which could result if we were to repatriate the remaining $1.93 billion of foreign cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities would be offset by existing net operating loss and research and development tax credit carryforwards and should not have a material effect on our tax liabilities. Our net operating loss and research and development tax credit carryforwards are currently subject to a full valuation allowance.

Although we believe that we have sufficient capital to fund our activities for at least the next 12 months, our future capital requirements may vary materially from those now planned. We anticipate that the amount of capital we will need in the future will depend on many factors, including:

 

   

general economic and specific conditions in the markets we address, including the continuing volatility in the technology sector and semiconductor industry, trends in the wired and wireless communications markets in various geographic regions, including seasonality in sales of consumer products into which our products are incorporated;

   

acquisitions of businesses, assets, products or technologies;

   

the unavailability of credit and financing, which may lead certain of our customers to reduce their levels of purchases or to seek credit or other accommodations from us;

   

litigation expenses, settlements and judgments;

   

the overall levels of sales of our semiconductor products, licensing revenue, income from the Qualcomm Agreement and product gross margins;

 

54


Table of Contents
   

our business, product, capital expenditure and research and development plans, and product and technology roadmaps;

   

the market acceptance of our products;

   

payment of cash dividends;

   

required levels of research and development and other operating costs;

   

repurchases of our Class A common stock;

   

volume price discounts and customer rebates;

   

intellectual property disputes, customer indemnification claims and other types of litigation risks;

   

the levels of inventory and accounts receivable that we maintain;

   

licensing royalties payable by us;

   

changes in our compensation policies;

   

the issuance of restricted stock units and the related cash payments we make for withholding taxes due from employees;

   

capital improvements for new and existing facilities;

   

technological advances;

   

our competitors’ responses to our products and our anticipation of and responses to their products;

   

our relationships with suppliers and customers;

   

the availability and cost of sufficient foundry, assembly and test capacity and packaging materials; and

   

the level of exercises of stock options and stock purchases under our employee stock purchase plan.

In addition, we may require additional capital to accommodate planned future long-term growth, hiring, infrastructure and facility needs.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

At December 31, 2011 we had no material off-balance sheet arrangements not fully recorded on our consolidated balance sheets or fully disclosed in the notes to our consolidated financial statements.

 

Item 7A.     Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

Interest Rate Risk

We manage our total portfolio to encompass a diversified pool of investment-grade securities to preserve principal and maintain liquidity. The average credit rating of our marketable securities portfolio by major credit rating agencies was Aa2/AA. Investments in both fixed rate and floating rate instruments carry a degree of interest rate risk. Fixed rate securities may have their market value adversely impacted due to an increase in interest rates, while floating rate securities may produce less income than expected if interest rates fall. Due in part to these factors, our future investment income, net, may fall short of expectations due to changes in interest rates or if the decline in fair value of our publicly traded fixed income investments is judged to be other-than-temporary. We may suffer losses in principal if we are forced to sell securities that have declined in market value due to changes in interest rates. However, because any fixed income securities we hold are classified as available-for-sale, no gains or losses are realized in the income statement due to changes in interest rates unless such securities are sold prior to maturity or unless declines in value are determined to be other-than-temporary. These securities are reported at fair value with the related unrealized gains and losses included in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), a component of shareholders’ equity, net of tax.

In the current interest rate environment, as short-term investments mature, reinvestment occurs at less favorable market rates. Given the short-term nature of certain investments, the current interest rate environment may continue to negatively impact our investment income.

To assess the interest rate risk associated with our investment portfolio, we performed a sensitivity analysis to determine the impact a change in interest rates would have on the value of the investment portfolio assuming a 100 basis point parallel shift in the yield curve. Based on investment positions as of December 31, 2011, a 100 basis point increase in interest rates across all maturities would result in a $9 million incremental decline in the fair market value of the portfolio. As of December 31, 2010, a similar 100 basis point increase in interest rates across all maturities would result in a $23 million incremental decline in the fair market value of the portfolio. Such losses would only be realized if we sold the investments prior to maturity.

 

55


Table of Contents

Actual future gains and losses associated with our investments may differ from the sensitivity analyses performed as of December 31, 2011 due to the inherent limitations associated with predicting the changes in the timing and level of interest rates and our actual exposures and positions.

A hypothetical increase of 100 basis points in short-term interest rates would not have a material impact on our revolving credit facility, which bears a floating interest rate. This sensitivity analysis assumes all other variables will remain constant in future periods.

Our Senior Notes bear fixed interest rates, and therefore, would not be subject to interest rate risk.

Exchange Rate Risk

We consider our direct exposure to foreign exchange rate fluctuations to be minimal. Currently, sales to customers and arrangements with third-party manufacturers provide for pricing and payment in United States dollars, and, therefore, are not subject to exchange rate fluctuations. Increases in the value of the United States’ dollar relative to other currencies could make our products more expensive, which could negatively impact our ability to compete. Conversely, decreases in the value of the United States dollar relative to other currencies could result in our suppliers raising their prices to continue doing business with us. Fluctuations in currency exchange rates could affect our business in the future.

Other Risks

We believe we do not have material direct or indirect exposure to European sovereign or non-sovereign debt.

 

Item 8.     Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

The financial statements and supplementary data required by this item are included in Part IV, Item 15 of this Report.

 

Item 9.     Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

None.

 

Item 9A.     Controls and Procedures

We are committed to maintaining disclosure controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in our periodic reports filed under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate, to allow for timely decisions regarding required disclosure. In designing and evaluating our disclosure controls and procedures, management recognizes that any controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving the desired control objectives, and management necessarily is required to apply its judgment in evaluating the cost-benefit relationship of possible controls and procedures and implementing controls and procedures based on the application of management’s judgment.

Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, we conducted an evaluation of our disclosure controls and procedures, as such term is defined under Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) promulgated under the Exchange Act. Based on this evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective at a reasonable assurance level as of December 31, 2011, the end of the period covered by this Report.

There has been no change in our internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) of the Exchange Act) during the three months ended December 31, 2011 that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

 

56


Table of Contents

Inherent Limitations on Internal Control

A control system, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control system are met. Further, the benefits of controls must be considered relative to their costs. Because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues and instances of management override or improper acts, if any, have been detected. These inherent limitations include the realities that judgments in decision making can be faulty, and that breakdowns can occur because of simple errors or mistakes. Additionally, controls can be circumvented by the individual acts of some persons, by collusion of two or more people, or by management override of the control. The design of any system of controls is also based in part upon certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and there can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all potential future conditions. Because of the inherent limitations in a cost-effective control system, misstatements due to management override, error or improper acts may occur and not be detected. Any resulting misstatement or loss may have an adverse and material effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(f). Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, we conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting based on the framework set forth in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on our evaluation under the framework set forth in Internal Control — Integrated Framework, our management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2011. The effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011 has been audited by KPMG LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report which is included in Part IV.

 

Item 9B.      Other Information

None.

 

57


Table of Contents

PART III

 

Item 10.     Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

(a)  Identification and Business Experience of Directors; Involvement in Certain Legal Proceedings.     The information under the caption “Election of Directors,” appearing in our Definitive Proxy Statement to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission in connection with the 2012 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, referred to as the 2012 Proxy Statement, is hereby incorporated by reference.

(b)  Identification and Business Experience of Executive Officers and Certain Significant Employees.     The information under the caption “Executive Compensation and Other Information — Executive Officers and Key Employees,” appearing in the 2012 Proxy Statement, is hereby incorporated by reference.

(c)  Compliance with Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act.     The information under the caption “Ownership of Securities — Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance,” appearing in the 2012 Proxy Statement, is hereby incorporated by reference.

(d)  Code of Ethics.     The information under the caption “Corporate Governance and Board Matters,” appearing in the 2012 Proxy Statement, is hereby incorporated by reference.

(e)  Audit Committee.     The information under the caption “Corporate Governance and Board Matters — Audit Committee,” appearing in the 2012 Proxy Statement, is hereby incorporated by reference.

 

Item 11.     Executive Compensation

The information under the caption “Executive Compensation and Other Information” and “Corporate Governance and Board Matters — Compensation of Non-Employee Directors,” appearing in the 2012 Proxy Statement, is hereby incorporated by reference.

 

Item 12.     Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

The information under the captions “Equity Compensation Plan Information” and “Ownership of Securities,” appearing in the 2012 Proxy Statement, is hereby incorporated by reference.

 

Item 13.     Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

The information under the captions “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions” and “Corporate Governance and Board Matter — Director Independence” appearing in the 2012 Proxy Statement, is hereby incorporated by reference.

 

Item 14.     Principal Accounting Fees and Services

The information under the caption “Audit Information — Fees Paid to Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm,” appearing in the 2012 Proxy Statement, is hereby incorporated by reference.

 

58


Table of Contents

PART IV

 

Item 15.     Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules

(a) 1.   Financial Statements.

The following Broadcom consolidated financial statements, and related notes thereto, and the related Reports of our Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm are filed as part of this Form 10-K:

 

     Page  

Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-1   

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2011 and 2010

     F-3   

Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

     F-4   

Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity and Comprehensive Income for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

     F-5   

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

     F-6   

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-7   

2.   Financial Statement Schedules.

The following financial statement schedule of Broadcom is filed as part of this Form 10-K:

 

     Page  

Schedule II — Consolidated Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

     S-1   

All other schedules have been omitted because they are not applicable or not required, or the information is included in the Consolidated Financial Statements or Notes thereto.

3.   Exhibits.

The exhibits listed on the accompanying index to exhibits immediately following the financial statements are filed as part of, or hereby incorporated by reference into, this Report.

 

59


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Shareholders

Broadcom Corporation:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Broadcom Corporation and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the related consolidated statements of income, shareholders’ equity and comprehensive income, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2011. In connection with our audits of the consolidated financial statements, we also have audited the consolidated financial statement schedule of valuation and qualifying accounts. These consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Broadcom Corporation and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2011, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Also, in our opinion, the related consolidated financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein.

As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, in 2011 the Company adopted the provisions of FASB Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) Topic 350, Testing Goodwill for Impairment , and in 2010 the Company adopted the provisions of FASB ASC Topic 605, Multiple-Deliverable Revenue Arrangements , and FASB ASC Topic 985, Certain Revenue Arrangements That Include Software Elements.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), Broadcom Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO), and our report dated February 1, 2012, expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

/s/ KPMG LLP

Irvine, California

February 1, 2012

 

F-1


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Shareholders

Broadcom Corporation:

We have audited Broadcom Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Broadcom Corporation’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting appearing under Item 9A. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, Broadcom Corporation maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of Broadcom Corporation and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the related consolidated statements of income, shareholders’ equity and comprehensive income, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2011, and our report dated February 1, 2012, expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements.

/s/ KPMG LLP

Irvine, California

February 1, 2012

 

F-2


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(In millions, except par value)

 

     December 31,  
     2011     2010  

Assets

    

Current assets:

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 4,146      $ 1,622   

Short-term marketable securities

     383        1,035   

Accounts receivable (net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $9 in 2011 and $9 in 2010)

     678        820   

Inventory

     421        598   

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     124        109   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

     5,752        4,184   

Property and equipment, net

     368        266   

Long-term marketable securities

     676        1,401   

Goodwill

     1,787        1,677   

Purchased intangible assets, net

     400        366   

Other assets

     57        50   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 9,040      $ 7,944   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity

    

Current liabilities:

    

Accounts payable

   $ 442      $ 604   

Wages and related benefits

     175        208   

Deferred revenue and income

     21        55   

Accrued liabilities

     461        404   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     1,099        1,271   

Long-term debt

     1,196        697   

Other long-term liabilities

     224        150   

Commitments and contingencies

    

Shareholders’ equity:

    

Convertible preferred stock, $.0001 par value:

    

Authorized shares — 6 — none issued and outstanding

              

Class A common stock, $.0001 par value:

    

Authorized shares — 2,500

    

Issued and outstanding shares — 492 in 2011 and 485 in 2010

              

Class B common stock, $.0001 par value:

    

Authorized shares — 400

    

Issued and outstanding shares — 53 in 2011 and 54 in 2010

              

Additional paid-in capital

     11,821        11,994   

Accumulated deficit

     (5,250     (6,177

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

     (50     9   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total shareholders’ equity

     6,521        5,826   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

   $ 9,040      $ 7,944   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

(In millions, except per share data)

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2011     2010      2009  

Net revenue:

       

Product revenue

   $ 7,160      $ 6,589       $ 4,273   

Income from Qualcomm Agreement (see Note 2)

     207        207         171   

Licensing revenue

     22        22         46   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total net revenue

     7,389        6,818         4,490   

Costs and expenses:

       

Cost of product revenue

     3,626        3,284         2,211   

Research and development

     1,983        1,762         1,535   

Selling, general and administrative

     682        590         479   

Amortization of purchased intangible assets

     30        28         15   

Impairment of long-lived assets

     92        19         19   

Settlement costs (gains), net

     (18     53         118   

Restructuring costs, net

     16                7   

Charitable contributions

     25                50   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total operating costs and expenses

     6,436        5,736         4,434   

Income from operations

     953        1,082         56   

Interest income (expense), net

     (5     9         14   

Other income, net

     8        6         2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

     956        1,097         72   

Provision for income taxes

     29        15         7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 927      $ 1,082       $ 65   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income per share (basic)

   $ 1.72      $ 2.13       $ 0.13   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income per share (diluted)

   $ 1.65      $ 1.99       $ 0.13   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Weighted average shares (basic)

     539        508         494   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Weighted average shares (diluted)

     563        545         513   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Dividends per share

   $ 0.36      $ 0.32       $   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

The following table presents details of total stock-based compensation expense included in each functional line item in the consolidated statements of income above (see Note 9):

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
         2011              2010              2009      
     (In millions)  

Cost of product revenue

   $ 24       $ 23       $ 25   

Research and development

     364         341         352   

Selling, general and administrative

     126         119         120   

See accompanying notes.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

(In millions)

 

    Common Stock     Additional
Paid-In

Capital
    Accumulated
Deficit
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income

(Loss)
    Total
Shareholders’

Equity
 
    Shares     Amount          

Balance at December 31, 2008

    489      $      $ 10,930      $ (7,324   $ 1      $ 3,607   

Shares issued pursuant to stock awards, net

    16               59                      59   

Employee stock purchase plan

    6               86                      86   

Repurchases of Class A common stock

    (15            (422                   (422

Stock-based compensation expense

                  500                      500   

Components of comprehensive income:

           

Unrealized loss on marketable securities, net

                                (4     (4

Translation adjustments

                                1        1   

Net income

                         65               65   
           

 

 

 

Comprehensive income

                                       62   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2009

    496               11,153        (7,259     (2     3,892   

Shares issued pursuant to stock awards, net

    46               710                      710   

Employee stock purchase plan

    6               93                      93   

Repurchases of Class A common stock

    (9            (282                   (282

Dividends paid

                  (163                   (163

Stock-based compensation expense

                  483                      483   

Components of comprehensive income:

           

Unrealized loss on marketable securities, net

                                (4     (4

Translation adjustments

                                15        15   

Net income

                         1,082               1,082   
           

 

 

 

Comprehensive income

                                       1,093   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2010

    539               11,994        (6,177     9        5,826   

Shares issued pursuant to stock awards, net

    19               65                      65   

Employee stock purchase plan

    4               111                      111   

Repurchases of Class A common stock

    (17            (669                   (669

Dividends paid

        (194         (194

Stock-based compensation expense

                  514                      514   

Components of comprehensive income:

           

Unrealized loss on marketable securities, net

                                2        2   

Translation adjustments, net of $9 tax benefit

                                (61     (61

Net income

                         927               927   
           

 

 

 

Comprehensive income

                                       868   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2011

    545      $      $ 11,821      $ (5,250   $ (50   $ 6,521   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(In millions)

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2011     2010     2009  

Operating activities

      

Net income

   $ 927      $ 1,082      $ 65   

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

      

Depreciation and amortization

     108        79        74   

Stock-based compensation expense:

      

Stock options and other awards

     119        121        160   

Restricted stock units

     395        362        337   

Acquisition-related items:

      

Amortization of purchased intangible assets

     84        59        31   

Impairment of goodwill and long-lived assets

     92        19        19   

Gain on strategic investments, net

            (2       

Non-cash restructuring reversals, net

                   (2

Gain on sale of marketable securities

                   (1

Non-cash settlement gain

     (14              

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

      

Accounts receivable

     154        (287     (132

Inventory

     207        (208     12   

Prepaid expenses and other assets

     (28     27        9   

Accounts payable

     (201     146        123   

Deferred revenue and income

     (33     (32     72   

Accrued settlement costs

     21        (122     171   

Other accrued and long-term liabilities

     7        127        49   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

     1,838        1,371        987   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Investing activities

      

Net purchases of property and equipment

     (163     (109     (67

Net cash paid for acquired companies

     (347     (599     (165

Purchases of strategic investments

     (2     (4     (2

Purchases of marketable securities

     (2,768     (2,934     (1,139

Proceeds from sales and maturities of marketable securities

     4,143        1,467        871   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

     863        (2,179     (502
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Financing activities

      

Issuance of long-term debt, net

     494        691          

Repurchases of Class A common stock

     (670     (280     (422

Dividends paid

     (194     (163       

Payment of assumed debt

            (15       

Proceeds from issuance of common stock

     348        936        227   

Minimum tax withholding paid on behalf of employees for restricted stock units

     (155     (136     (84
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used) in financing activities

     (177     1,033        (279
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Increase in cash and cash equivalents

     2,524        225        206   

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

     1,622        1,397        1,191   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

   $ 4,146      $ 1,622      $ 1,397   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information

      

Income taxes paid

   $ 23      $ 15      $ 17   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest paid

   $ 14      $      $   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes.

 

F-6


Table of Contents
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2011

1.    Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Our Company

Broadcom Corporation (including our subsidiaries, referred to collectively in this Report as “Broadcom,” “we,” “our” and “us”) is a global innovation leader in semiconductor solutions for wired and wireless communications. Broadcom products seamlessly deliver voice, video, data and multimedia connectivity in the home, the office and the mobile environment. We provide the industry’s broadest portfolio of state-of-the-art system-on-a-chip, or SoC, and software solutions.

Basis of Presentation

Our consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Broadcom and our subsidiaries. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

In 2011 we early adopted the provisions of Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) Topic 350, Testing Goodwill for Impairment . In 2010 we adopted the provisions of FASB ASC Topic 605, Multiple-Deliverable Revenue Arrangement , and FASB ASC Topic 985, Certain Revenue Arrangements That Include Software Elements . The adoption of these accounting standards did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

Foreign Currency

The functional currency for most of our international operations is the U.S. dollar. Assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are translated using the exchange rates on the balance sheet dates. Revenues and expenses are translated using the average exchange rates prevailing during the year. Any translation adjustments resulting from this process are shown separately as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) within shareholders’ equity in the consolidated balance sheets. Foreign currency transaction gains and losses are reported in other income, net in the consolidated statements of income.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP, requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the dates of the financial statements and the reported amounts of total net revenue and expenses in the reporting periods. We regularly evaluate estimates and assumptions related to revenue recognition, rebates, allowances for doubtful accounts, sales returns and allowances, warranty obligations, inventory valuation, stock-based compensation expense, goodwill and purchased intangible asset valuations, strategic investments, deferred income tax asset valuation allowances, uncertain tax positions, tax contingencies, self-insurance, restructuring costs or reversals, litigation and other loss contingencies. These estimates and assumptions are based on current facts, historical experience and various other factors that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities and the recording of revenue, costs and expenses that are not readily apparent from other sources. The actual results we experience may differ materially and adversely from our estimates. To the extent there are material differences between the estimates and actual results, our future results of operations will be affected.

Revenue Recognition

We derive revenue principally from sales of integrated circuit products, royalties and license fees for our intellectual property and software and related services. The timing of revenue recognition and the amount of revenue actually recognized for each arrangement depends upon a variety of factors, including the specific terms of each arrangement and the nature of our deliverables and obligations. Determination of the appropriate amount of revenue recognized involves judgments and estimates that we believe are reasonable, but actual results may differ from our estimates. We recognize product revenue when all of the following criteria are met: (i) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, (ii) delivery has occurred, (iii) the price to the customer is fixed or determinable, and

 

F-7


Table of Contents

(iv) collection of the resulting receivable is reasonably assured. These criteria are usually met at the time of product shipment. However, we do not recognize revenue when any future performance obligations remain. We record reductions of revenue for estimated product returns and pricing adjustments, such as competitive pricing programs and rebates, in the same period that the related revenue is recorded. The amount of these reductions is based on historical sales returns, analysis of credit memo data, specific criteria included in rebate agreements, and other factors known at the time. We accrue 100% of potential rebates at the time of sale and do not apply a breakage factor. We reverse the accrual for unclaimed rebate amounts as specific rebate programs contractually end and when we believe unclaimed rebates are no longer subject to payment and will not be paid. See Note 2 for a summary of our rebate activity.

Multiple Element Arrangements Excluding Software

We occasionally enter into revenue arrangements that contain multiple deliverables. Judgment is required to properly identify the accounting units of the multiple deliverable transactions and to determine the manner in which revenue should be allocated among the accounting units. Moreover, judgment is used in interpreting the commercial terms and determining when all criteria of revenue recognition have been met for each deliverable in order for revenue recognition to occur in the appropriate accounting period. While changes in the allocation of the arrangement consideration between the units of accounting will not affect the amount of total revenue recognized for a particular sales arrangement, any material changes in these allocations could impact the timing of revenue recognition, which could affect our results of operations. When we enter into an arrangement that includes multiple elements, the allocation of value to each element is derived based on management’s best estimate of selling price when vendor specific evidence or third party evidence is unavailable.

Distributor Revenue

A portion of our product sales is made through distributors under agreements allowing for pricing credits and/or rights of return. These pricing credits and/or right of return provisions prevent us from being able to reasonably estimate the final price of the inventory to be sold and the amount of inventory that could be returned pursuant to these agreements. As a result, the fixed and determinable revenue recognition criterion has not been met at the time we deliver products to our distributors. Accordingly, product revenue from sales made through these distributors is not recognized until the distributors ship the product to their customers.

Software, Royalties and Cancellation Fee Revenue

Revenue from software licenses is recognized when all of the software revenue recognition criteria are met and, if applicable, when vendor specific objective evidence, or VSOE, exists to allocate the total license fee to each element of multiple-element software arrangements, including post-contract customer support. Post-contract support is recognized ratably over the support period. When a contract contains multiple elements wherein the only undelivered element is post-contract customer support and VSOE of the fair value of post-contract customer support does not exist, revenue from the entire arrangement is recognized ratably over the support period. Software royalty revenue is recognized in arrears on a quarterly basis, based upon reports received from licensees during the period, unless collectability is not reasonably assured, in which case revenue is recognized when payment is received from the licensee. Revenue from cancellation fees is recognized when cash is received from the customer.

Licensing Revenue

We license or otherwise provide rights to use portions of our intellectual property, which includes certain patent rights essential to and/or utilized in the manufacture and sale of certain wireless products. Licensees typically pay a license fee in one or more installments and ongoing royalties based on their sales of products incorporating or using our licensed intellectual property. License fees are recognized over the estimated period of benefit to the licensee, typically five to ten years. We recognize licensing revenue on the sale of patents when all of the following criteria are met: (i) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exist, (ii) delivery has occurred, (iii) the price to be paid by the purchaser is fixed or determinable and (iv) collection of the resulting accounts receivable is reasonably assured. These criteria are usually met at the time of patent transfer. We recognize royalty revenues based on royalties reported by licensees and when other revenue recognition criteria are met, which is generally a quarter in arrears from the period earned.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

Income from the Qualcomm Agreement

On April 26, 2009 we entered into a four-year Settlement and Patent License and Non-Assert Agreement, or the Qualcomm Agreement, with Qualcomm Incorporated, or Qualcomm. The Qualcomm Agreement is a multiple element arrangement which includes: (i) an exchange of intellectual property rights, including in certain circumstances, by a series of covenants not to assert claims of patent infringement under future patents issued within one to four years of the execution date of the agreement, (ii) the assignment of certain existing patents by Broadcom to Qualcomm with Broadcom retaining a royalty-free license under these patents, and (iii) the settlement of all outstanding litigation and claims between us and Qualcomm. The proceeds of the Qualcomm Agreement were allocated amongst the principal elements of the transaction. A gain of $65 million from the settlement of litigation was immediately recognized as a reduction in settlement costs that approximates the value of awards determined by the United States District Court for the Central District of California. The remaining consideration was predominantly associated with the transfer of current and future intellectual property rights and is being recognized within net revenue over the performance period of four years as a single unit of accounting. However this income will be limited to the lesser of the cumulative straight-line amortization over the four year performance period or the cumulative cash proceeds received.

Deferred Revenue and Income

We defer revenue and income when advance payments are received from customers before performance obligations have been completed and/or services have been performed. Deferred revenue does not include amounts from products delivered to distributors that the distributors have not yet sold through to their end customers.

Cost of Product Revenue

Cost of product revenue comprises the cost of our semiconductor devices, which consists of the cost of purchasing finished silicon wafers manufactured by independent foundries, costs associated with our purchase of assembly, test and quality assurance services and packaging materials for semiconductor products, as well as royalties paid to vendors for use of their technology. Also included in cost of product revenue is the amortization of purchased technology, and manufacturing overhead, including costs of personnel and equipment associated with manufacturing support, product warranty costs, provisions for excess and obsolete inventories, and stock-based compensation expense for personnel engaged in manufacturing support.

Concentration of Credit Risk

We sell the majority of our products throughout North America, Asia and Europe. Sales to our recurring customers are generally made on open account while sales to occasional customers are typically made on a prepaid or letter of credit basis. We perform periodic credit evaluations of our recurring customers and generally do not require collateral. An allowance for doubtful accounts is maintained for potential credit losses, which losses historically have not been significant.

We invest our cash in U.S. Treasury instruments, in deposits and money market funds with major financial institutions and in commercial paper, asset-backed securities and corporate and agency bonds. We place our cash investments in instruments that meet high credit quality standards, as specified in our investment policy guidelines. These guidelines also limit the amount of credit exposure to any one issue, issuer or type of instrument. It is generally our policy to invest in instruments that have a final maturity of no longer than three years, with a portfolio weighted average maturity of no longer than 18 months.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Our financial instruments consist principally of cash and cash equivalents, short- and long-term marketable securities, accounts receivable, accounts payable and long-term debt. The fair value of a financial instrument is the amount that would be received in an asset sale or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between unaffiliated market participants. The fair value of our long-term debt is determined by using estimated market prices. Assets and liabilities measured at fair value are categorized based on whether or not the inputs are observable in the

 

F-9


Table of Contents

market and the degree that the inputs are observable. The categorization of financial instruments within the valuation hierarchy is based upon the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. The hierarchy is prioritized into three levels (with Level 3 being the lowest) defined as follows:

Level 1:     Inputs are based on quoted market prices for identical assets or liabilities in active markets at the measurement date.

Level 2:     Inputs include quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets and/or quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active near the measurement date.

Level 3:     Inputs include management’s best estimate of what market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability at the measurement date. The inputs are unobservable in the market and significant to the instrument’s valuation.

The fair value of the majority of our cash equivalents and marketable securities was determined based on “Level 1” inputs. The fair value of certain marketable securities and our long-term debt were determined based on “Level 2” inputs. The valuation techniques used to measure the fair value of our “Level 2” instruments were valued based on quoted market prices or model driven valuations using significant inputs derived from or corroborated by observable market data. We do not have any marketable securities in the “Level 3” category. We believe that the recorded values of all our other financial instruments approximate their current fair values because of their nature and respective relatively short maturity dates or durations.

Cash, Cash Equivalents and Marketable Securities

We consider all highly liquid investments that are readily convertible into cash and have a maturity of three months or less at the time of purchase to be cash equivalents. The cost of these investments approximates their fair value. We maintain an investment portfolio of various security holdings, types and maturities. We define marketable securities as income yielding securities that can be readily converted into cash. Marketable securities’ short-term and long-term classifications are based on remaining maturities at each reporting period. Examples of marketable securities include U.S. Treasury and agency obligations, commercial paper, asset-back securities and corporate bonds. We place our cash investments in instruments that meet various parameters, including credit quality standards as specified in our investment policy. We do not use derivative financial instruments.

We account for our investments in debt and equity instruments as available-for-sale. Management determines the appropriate classification of such securities at the time of purchase and re-evaluates such classification as of each balance sheet date. Cash equivalents and marketable securities are reported at fair value with the related unrealized gains and losses included in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), a component of shareholders’ equity, net of tax. We assess whether our investments with unrealized loss positions are other than temporarily impaired. Unrealized gains and losses and declines in value judged to be other than temporary are determined based on the specific identification method and are reported in other income, net in the consolidated statements of income.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

We evaluate the collectibility of accounts receivable based on a combination of factors. In cases where we are aware of circumstances that may impair a specific customer’s ability to meet its financial obligations subsequent to the original sale, we will record an allowance against amounts due, and thereby reduce the net recognized receivable to the amount we reasonably believe will be collected. For all other customers, we recognize allowances for doubtful accounts based on the length of time the receivables are past due, industry and geographic concentrations, the current business environment and our historical experience.

Inventory

Inventory consists of work in process and finished goods and is stated at the lower of cost (first-in, first-out) or market. We write down the carrying value of our inventory to net realizable value for estimated obsolescence or unmarketable inventory in an amount equal to the difference between the cost of inventory and its estimated realizable value based upon assumptions about future demand and market conditions, among other factors. Shipping and handling costs are classified as a component of cost of product revenue in the consolidated statements of income. Inventory acquired through business combinations is recorded at its acquisition date fair value which is the net realizable value less a normal profit margin depending on the stage of inventory completion.

 

F-10


Table of Contents

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are carried at cost. Depreciation and amortization are provided using the straight-line method over the assets’ estimated remaining useful lives, ranging from one to ten years. Depreciation and amortization of leasehold improvements are computed using the shorter of the remaining lease term or ten years.

Goodwill and Other Long-Lived Assets

Goodwill is recorded as the difference, if any, between the aggregate consideration paid for an acquisition and the fair value of the acquired net tangible and intangible assets. Other long-lived assets primarily represent purchased intangible assets including developed technology, customer relationships and in-process research and development, or IPR&D. We currently amortize our intangible assets with definitive lives over periods ranging from one to fifteen years using a method that reflects the pattern in which the economic benefits of the intangible asset are consumed or otherwise used or, if that pattern cannot be reliably determined, using a straight-line amortization method. We capitalize IPR&D projects acquired as part of a business combination. On completion of each project, IPR&D assets are reclassified to developed technology and amortized over their estimated useful lives.

Impairment of Goodwill and Other Long-Lived Assets

We evaluate goodwill on an annual basis in the fourth quarter or more frequently if we believe indicators of impairment exist. In 2011 we early adopted the new provisions issued by the FASB that intended to simplify goodwill impairment testing. The updated guidance permits us to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. If we conclude that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting units is less than its carrying amount, we conduct a two-step goodwill impairment test. The first step of the impairment test involves comparing the fair values of the applicable reporting units with their carrying values. We determine the fair values of our reporting units using the income valuation approach, as well as other generally accepted valuation methodologies. If the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds the reporting unit’s fair value, we perform the second step of the goodwill impairment test. The second step of the goodwill impairment test involves comparing the implied fair value of the affected reporting unit’s goodwill with the carrying value of that goodwill. The amount, by which the carrying value of the goodwill exceeds its implied fair value, if any, is recognized as an impairment loss.

During development, IPR&D is not subject to amortization and is tested for impairment annually or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the asset might be impaired. The impairment test consists of a comparison of the fair value to its carrying amount. If the carrying value exceeds its fair value, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to that excess. Once an IPR&D project is complete, it becomes a definite lived intangible asset and is evaluated for impairment in accordance with our policy for long-lived assets.

We test long-lived assets and purchased intangible assets (other than goodwill and IPR&D in development) for impairment if we believe indicators of impairment exist. We determine whether the carrying value of an asset or asset group is recoverable, based on comparisons to undiscounted expected future cash flows the asset are expected to generate. If an asset is not recoverable, we record an impairment loss equal to the amount by which the carrying value of the asset exceeds its fair value. We primarily use the income valuation approach to determine the fair value of our long lived assets and purchased intangible assets.

Warranty

Our products typically carry a one to three year warranty. We establish reserves for estimated product warranty costs at the time revenue is recognized based upon our historical warranty experience, and additionally for any known product warranty issues. If actual costs differ from our initial estimates, we record the difference in the period they are identified. Actual claims are charged against the warranty reserve. See Note 2 for a summary of our warranty activity.

Guarantees and Indemnifications

In some agreements to which we are a party, we have agreed to indemnify the other party for certain matters, including, but not limited to product liability. We include intellectual property indemnification provisions in our standard terms and conditions of sale for our products and have also included such provisions in certain agreements with third parties. We have and will continue to evaluate and provide reasonable assistance for these other parties.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

This may include certain levels of financial support to minimize the impact of the litigation in which they are involved. To date, there have been no known events or circumstances that have resulted in any material costs related to these indemnification provisions and no liabilities therefor have been recorded in the accompanying consolidated financial statements. However, the maximum potential amount of the future payments we could be required to make under these indemnification obligations could be significant.

We have obligations to indemnify certain of our present and former directors, officers and employees to the maximum extent not prohibited by law. Under these obligations, Broadcom is required (subject to certain exceptions) to indemnify each such director, officer and employee against expenses, including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines and settlements, paid by such individual. The potential amount of the future payments we could be required to make under these indemnification obligations could be significant. We maintain directors’ and officers’ insurance policies that may generally limit our exposure and enable us to recover a portion of the amounts paid with respect to such obligations.

Income Taxes

We utilize the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes, under which deferred taxes are determined based on the temporary differences between the financial statement and tax basis of assets and liabilities using tax rates expected to be in effect during the years in which the basis differences reverse. A valuation allowance is recorded when it is more likely than not that some of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.

Income tax positions must meet a more-likely-than-not recognition threshold to be recognized. Income tax positions that previously failed to meet the more-likely-than-not threshold are recognized in the first subsequent financial reporting period in which that threshold is met. Previously recognized tax positions that no longer meet the more-likely-than-not threshold are derecognized in the first subsequent financial reporting period in which that threshold is no longer met. We recognize potential accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits within the consolidated statements of income as income tax expense.

Research and Development Expense

Research and development expenditures are expensed in the period incurred.

Stock-Based Compensation

Broadcom has in effect stock incentive plans under which incentive stock options have been granted to employees and restricted stock units and non-qualified stock options have been granted to employees and non-employee members of the Board of Directors. We also have an employee stock purchase plan for all eligible employees. We are required to estimate the fair value of share-based awards on the date of grant. The value of the award is principally recognized as an expense ratably over the requisite service periods. The fair value of our restricted stock units is based on the closing market price of our Class A common stock on the date of grant less our expected dividend yield. We have estimated the fair value of stock options and stock purchase rights as of the date of grant or assumption using the Black-Scholes option pricing model, which was developed for use in estimating the value of traded options that have no vesting restrictions and that are freely transferable. The Black-Scholes model considers, among other factors, the expected life of the award, the expected volatility of our stock price and the expected dividend yield. We evaluate the assumptions used to value stock options and stock purchase rights on a quarterly basis. The fair values generated by the Black-Scholes model may not be indicative of the actual fair values of our equity awards, as it does not consider other factors important to those awards to employees, such as continued employment, periodic vesting requirements and limited transferability.

Litigation and Settlement Costs

Legal costs are expensed as incurred. We are involved in disputes, litigation and other legal actions in the ordinary course of business. We continually evaluate uncertainties associated with litigation and record a charge equal to at least the minimum estimated liability for a loss contingency when both of the following conditions are met: (i) information available prior to issuance of the financial statements indicates that it is probable that an asset had been impaired or a liability had been incurred at the date of the financial statements and (ii) the loss or range of loss can be reasonably estimated. This generally occurs when an agreement in principle has been reached by both parties that include substantive terms, conditions and amounts. We account for settlement agreements as multiple

 

F-12


Table of Contents

element arrangements and allocate the consideration to the identifiable elements based on relative fair value. Generally the identifiable elements are the licensing of intellectual property for future use and payments related to alleged prior infringement.

Self-Insurance

We are self-insured for certain healthcare benefits provided to our U.S. employees. The liability for the self-insured benefits is limited by the purchase of stop-loss insurance. The stop-loss coverage provides payment for aggregate claims exceeding $0.3 million per covered person for any given year.

Accruals for losses are made based on our claim experience and actuarial estimates based on historical data. Actual losses may differ from accrued amounts. Should actual losses exceed the amounts expected and if the recorded liabilities are insufficient, an additional expense will be recorded.

Accumulated Comprehensive Income (Loss)

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) includes foreign currency translation adjustments and unrealized gains or losses on investments. This information is provided in our statements of shareholders’ equity. Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) on the consolidated balance sheets at December 31, 2011 and 2010 represents accumulated translation adjustments and unrecognized gains and losses on investments classified as available for sale.

Net Income Per Share

Net income per share (basic) is calculated by dividing net income by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the year. Net income per share (diluted) is calculated by adjusting outstanding shares, assuming any dilutive effects of options and restricted stock units calculated using the treasury stock method. Under the treasury stock method, an increase in the fair market value of our Class A common stock results in a greater dilutive effect from outstanding options, stock purchase rights and restricted stock units. Additionally, the exercise of employee stock options and stock purchase rights and the vesting of restricted stock units results in a further dilutive effect on net income per share.

2.    Supplemental Financial Information

Net Revenue

The following table presents details of our product revenue:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
         2011             2010             2009      

Product sales through direct sales force

     76.8     77.6     78.8

Product sales maintained under fulfillment distributor arrangements

     7.5        7.9        8.1   

Product sales through distributors

     15.7        14.5        13.1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     100.0     100.0     100.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Inventory

The following table presents details of our inventory:

 

     December 31,  
         2011              2010      
     (In millions)  

Work in process

   $ 135       $ 279   

Finished goods

     286         319   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 421       $ 598   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-13


Table of Contents

Property and Equipment

The following table presents details of our property and equipment:

 

     Useful Life      December 31,  
            2011             2010      
     (In years)      (In millions)  

Leasehold improvements

     1 to 10       $ 212      $ 173   

Office furniture and equipment

     3 to 7         38        29   

Machinery and equipment

     5         396        313   

Computer software and equipment

     2 to 5         128        142   

Construction in progress

     N/A         26        14   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 
        800        671   

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization

        (432     (405
     

 

 

   

 

 

 
      $ 368      $ 266   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Goodwill

The following table summarizes the activity related to the carrying value of our goodwill:

 

    Reportable Segments     Foreign
Currency
    Consolidated  
    Broadband
Communications
    Mobile &
Wireless
    Infrastructure &
Networking
     
    (In millions)  

Goodwill

  $ 483      $ 802      $ 1,874      $      $ 3,159   

Accumulated impairment losses

           (543     (1,286            (1,829
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Goodwill at December 31, 2009

  $ 483      $ 259      $ 588      $      $ 1,330   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Goodwill recorded in connection with acquisitions

    111        188        36               335   

Contingent consideration

    1                             1   

Effects of foreign currency translation

                         11        11   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Goodwill at December 31, 2010

  $ 595      $ 447      $ 624      $ 11      $ 1,677   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Goodwill recorded in connection with acquisitions

           23        111               134   

Escrow related and other

    2                             2   

Effects of foreign currency translation

                         (26     (26
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Goodwill at December 31, 2011

  $ 597      $ 470      $ 735      $ (15   $ 1,787   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

For a detailed discussion of our annual impairment assessment of goodwill, see Note 10.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

Purchased Intangible Assets

The following table presents details of our purchased intangible assets:

 

    December 31,
2011
    December 31,
2010
 
        Gross         Accumulated
Amortization &
    Impairments    
        Net             Gross         Accumulated
Amortization &
    Impairments    
        Net      
    (In millions)  

Developed technology

  $ 587      $ (282   $ 305      $ 481      $ (236   $ 245   

In-process research and development

    59               59        56               56   

Customer relationships

    173        (117     56        154        (102     52   

Customer backlog

    10        (10            10        (8     2   

Other

    13        (10     3        11        (9     2   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $ 842      $ (419   $ 423      $ 712      $ (355   $ 357   
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

Effects of foreign currency translation

        (23         9   
     

 

 

       

 

 

 
      $ 400          $ 366   
     

 

 

       

 

 

 

For a detailed discussion of our various impairments of purchased intangible assets, see Note 10.

The following table presents details of the amortization of purchased intangible assets included in the cost of product revenue and other operating expense categories:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
         2011              2010              2009      
     (In millions)  

Cost of product revenue

   $ 54       $ 31       $ 16   

Other operating expenses

     30         28         15   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 84       $ 59       $ 31   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following table presents details of the estimated future amortization of existing purchased intangible assets, including IPR&D. If we acquire additional purchased intangible assets in the future, our cost of product revenue or operating expenses will be increased by the amortization of those assets.

 

    Purchased Intangible Assets Amortization by Year  
        2012             2013             2014             2015             2016             Thereafter             Total      
    (In millions)  

Cost of product revenue

  $ 77      $ 72      $ 60      $ 46      $ 33      $ 56      $ 344   

Other operating expenses

    27        10        4        4        4        7        56   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $ 104      $ 82      $ 64      $ 50      $ 37      $ 63      $ 400   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-15


Table of Contents

Accrued Liabilities

The following table presents details of our accrued liabilities:

 

     December 31,  
         2011              2010      
     (In millions)  

Accrued rebates

   $ 317       $ 270   

Accrued royalties

     18         19   

Accrued settlement charges

     28         17   

Accrued legal costs

     16         28   

Accrued taxes

     16         14   

Warranty reserve

     14         13   

Restructuring liabilities

     6           

Other

     46         43   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 461       $ 404   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other Long-Term Liabilities

The following table presents details of our other long-term liabilities, which excludes long-term debt:

 

     December 31,  
         2011              2010      
     (In millions)  

Deferred rent

   $ 48       $ 39   

Accrued taxes

     24         29   

Deferred tax liabilities

     80         35   

Restructuring liabilities

     2           

Accrued settlement charges

     48         38   

Other long-term liabilities

     22         9   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 224       $ 150   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Accrued Rebate Activity

The following table summarizes the activity related to accrued rebates:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
         2011             2010      
     (In millions)  

Beginning balance

   $ 270      $ 162   

Charged as a reduction to revenue

     643        526   

Reversal of unclaimed rebates

     (13     (4

Payments

     (583     (414
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance

   $ 317      $ 270   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-16


Table of Contents

Warranty Reserve Activity

The following table summarizes the activity related to warranty reserve:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
           2011                 2010        
     (In millions)  

Beginning balance

   $ 13      $ 10   

Charged to costs and expenses

     11        8   

Payments

     (10     (5
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance

   $ 14      $ 13   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Restructuring Activity

As part of our regular portfolio management review process and in light of our decision to significantly reduce our investment in our digital television and Blu-ray Disc lines of business within our Broadband Communications operating segment, in September 2011 we implemented a restructuring plan to reduce our worldwide headcount by approximately 300 employees. We recorded $16 million in net restructuring costs in 2011, of which $12 million was related to severance and other charges associated with our reduction in workforce across multiple locations and functions, and $4 million was related to the closure of three of our facilities. We currently expect to complete this plan and record additional costs of approximately $1 million in the three months ended March 31, 2012.

The following table summarizes activity related to our current and long-term restructuring liabilities during the 2011 (in millions):

 

         Total      

Restructuring liabilities at December 31, 2010

   $   

Charged to expense

     16   

Cash payments

     (8
  

 

 

 

Restructuring liabilities at December 31, 2011

   $ 8   
  

 

 

 

Computation of Net Income Per Share

The following table presents the computation of net income per share:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
         2011              2010              2009      
     (In millions, except per share data)  

Numerator: Net income

   $ 927       $ 1,082       $ 65   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Denominator for net income per share (basic)

     539         508         494   

Effect of dilutive securities:

        

Stock awards

     24         37         19   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Denominator for net income per share (diluted)

     563         545         513   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income per share (basic)

   $ 1.72       $ 2.13       $ 0.13   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income per share (diluted)

   $ 1.65       $ 1.99       $ 0.13   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income per share (diluted) does not include the effect of anti-dilutive common share equivalents resulting from outstanding equity awards. There were 18 million, 20 million and 73 million anti-dilutive common share equivalents in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

 

F-17


Table of Contents

Income from the Qualcomm Agreement

As part of the Qualcomm Agreement, each party granted certain rights under its patent portfolio to the other party including, in certain circumstances, under future patents issued within one to four years after April 26, 2009. The term of the Qualcomm Agreement commenced April 26, 2009 and will continue until the expiration of the last to expire of the covered patents. In addition, certain existing patents were assigned by Broadcom to Qualcomm with Broadcom retaining a royalty-free license under these patents. The Qualcomm Agreement also resulted in the parties dismissing with prejudice all outstanding litigation between them, and in Broadcom withdrawing its complaints with foreign competition authorities. Under the terms of the agreement, Qualcomm is expected to make payments to Broadcom totaling $891 million, of which $632 million has been paid through December 31, 2011. The remaining balance of $259 million is expected to be paid in six equal and successive quarterly payments of $43 million each, continuing in the three months ending March 31, 2012 and concluding in the three months ending June 30, 2013.

We allocated the payment due us under the Qualcomm Agreement amongst several elements. In 2009 we recorded a gain from the settlement of litigation related to intellectual property of $65 million, which was recorded as a reduction in settlement costs and approximated the value of the settlements determined by the United States District Court for the Central District of California.

The fair value associated with the transfer of intellectual property rights, as well as the settlement of other outstanding litigation, of $826 million, has been accounted for as a single unit of accounting and recognized within net revenue over the Qualcomm Agreement’s performance period of four years; recognition is limited to the lesser of the cumulative straight-line amortization over the four year performance period or the cumulative cash proceeds received. As a result, income from the Qualcomm Agreement will never be recorded ahead of cash payments received. We also recognized income from the Qualcomm Agreement of $31 million in 2009 related to previous payments made to us by Qualcomm for shipments from May 2007 through December 31, 2008, related to a court-ordered permanent injunction. We had deferred the recognition of these amounts, which were received during 2008, due to continuing litigation appeals. These appeals were resolved through the Qualcomm Agreement.

Income from the Qualcomm Agreement is expected to be recognized as follows:

 

         2012              2013              Thereafter              Total      
     (In millions)  

Income from Qualcomm Agreement

   $ 186       $ 86       $       $ 272   

At December 31, 2011 we had deferred income of $13 million related to the Qualcomm Agreement related to the initial payment by Qualcomm of $200 million in April 2009.

Charitable Contributions

In April 2009 we established the Broadcom Foundation, or the Foundation, to support science, technology, engineering and mathematics programs, as well as a broad range of community services. In June 2009 we made an unrestricted grant of $50 million to the Foundation upon receiving a determination letter from the Internal Revenue Service of the exemption from federal income taxation under Section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. In June 2011 we contributed an additional $25 million to the Foundation. Approximately $2 million of the $25 million contribution came from Dr. Henry Samueli, our Chief Technical Officer and member of the Board of Directors, who made such payment to Broadcom Corporation in connection with the settlement of the shareholder derivative litigation as further described in Note 12. These payments were recorded as operating expenses in consolidated statements of income in 2009 and 2011.

Supplemental Cash Flow Information

In 2011 we paid $1 million related to share repurchases that had not settled by December 31, 2010. In 2011 we received $4 million related to stock option exercises that had not settled by December 31, 2010. In 2010 we received $1 million related to stock option exercises that had not settled by December 31, 2009.

At December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 we had billings of $43 million, $12 million and $8 million, respectively, for capital equipment that were accrued. The amounts accrued for capital equipment purchases have been excluded from the consolidated statements of cash flows and were paid in the subsequent period.

 

F-18


Table of Contents

3.    Business Combinations

From January 1, 2009 through December 31, 2011 we completed a number of acquisitions. The consolidated financial statements include the results of operations of these acquired companies commencing as of their respective acquisition dates.

 

Company Acquired

 

Date

Acquired

 

Business

  Cash
Consideration
Paid
    Cash
Assumed
    Equity
Consideration
Paid
    Assumed
Debt
    Contingent
Consideration
Maximum
    Contingent
Consideration
Fair Value
 
            (In millions)  

2011 Acquisitions

               

SC Square Ltd.

  May 2011   Security software   $ 40      $      $      $      $      $   

Provigent, Inc.

  Apr. 2011   Microwave backhaul systems     314        10        4                        

Other

  Various       3                                      
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
      $ 357      $ 10      $ 4      $      $      $   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

2010 Acquisitions

               

Gigle Networks, Inc.

  Dec. 2010   SoC solutions for home networking over power lines   $ 73      $ 1      $ 2      $      $ 8      $ 1   

Percello Ltd.

  Nov. 2010   SoC solutions for femtocells     85        2        3               12          
Beceem Communications, Inc.   Nov. 2010   SoC solutions for LTE and WiMAX 4G connectivity     301        12        23                        
Innovision Research & Technology PLC   Jul. 2010   Near-field communication (NFC)     50        2                               

Teknovus, Inc.

  Mar. 2010   Ethernet passive optical network (EPON) chipsets & software     109        9               15                 

Other

  Various       7                                      
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
      $ 625      $ 26      $ 28      $ 15      $ 20      $ 1   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

2009 Acquisitions

               

Dune Networks, Inc.

  Dec. 2009   Switch fabric solutions for data center networking equipment   $ 185      $ 28      $ 14      $      $      $   

Other

  Various       8                             2        1   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
      $ 193      $ 28      $ 14      $      $ 2      $ 1   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Acquisitions

      $ 1,175      $ 64      $ 46      $ 15      $ 22      $ 2   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Substantially all of the equity consideration paid will be recognized as stock-based compensation expense over three to four years. Certain of the cash consideration in the above acquisitions is currently held in escrow pursuant to the terms of the acquisition agreements and is reflected in goodwill as we believe the likelihood of the escrow fund being utilized by us is remote.

Our primary reasons for the above acquisitions were to enter into or expand our market share in the relevant wired and wireless communications markets, reduce the time required to develop new technologies and products and bring them to market, incorporate enhanced functionality into and complement our existing product offerings, augment our engineering workforce, and enhance our technological capabilities. The principal factor that resulted in recognition of goodwill was that the purchase price for each acquisition was based on cash flow projections assuming the integration of any acquired technology and products with our products, which is of considerably greater value than utilizing each acquired company’s technology or product on a standalone basis.

 

F-19


Table of Contents

We allocated the purchase price of these acquisitions to tangible assets, liabilities and identifiable intangible assets acquired based on their estimated fair values. The excess of the purchase price over the aggregate fair values was recorded as goodwill. The fair value assigned to identifiable intangible assets acquired was based on estimates and assumptions made by management at the time of acquisition. Based upon those calculations, the purchase prices for the acquisitions were allocated as follows:

 

     2011
Acquisitions
    2010
Acquisitions
    2009
Acquisitions
 
     (In millions)  

Fair Market Values

      

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 11      $ 26      $ 28   

Accounts receivable, net

     12        24        5   

Inventory

     30        27        8   

Prepaid and other current assets

     4        5        1   

Property and equipment, net

     3        6        1   

Other assets

            5          

Goodwill

     134        336        53   

Purchased intangible assets

     233        266        136   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets acquired

     427        695        232   

Accounts payable

     (7     (14     (2

Wages and related benefits

     (4     (8     (3

Debt

            (15       

Accrued liabilities

     (2     (15     (29

Long-term liabilities

     (57     (13       
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities assumed

     (70     (65     (34
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Purchase price allocation

   $ 357      $ 630      $ 198   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

     Useful
Life
     2011
Acquisitions
     2010
Acquisitions
     2009
Acquisitions
 
     (In years)      (In millions)  

Purchased Intangible Assets:

           

Developed technology

     1 - 13       $ 148       $ 156       $ 58   

In-process research and development

     2 - 10         45         55         51   

Customer relationships

     1 - 8         37         47         27   

Other

     1 - 10         3         8           
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
      $ 233       $ 266       $ 136   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Purchased Intangible Assets

Developed technology represents patented technology and completed technology. Patented technology is the fundamental technology that survives multiple product iterations, while completed technology is specific to certain products acquired: both of these technologies have passed technological feasibility. We generally use a relief-from-royalty method to value patented technology, based on market royalties for similar fundamental technologies. The relief-from-royalty method estimates the cost savings that accrue to the owner of an intangible asset that would otherwise be payable as royalties or license fees on revenues earned through the use of the asset. The royalty rate used is based on an analysis of empirical, market-derived royalty rates for guideline intangible assets. Typically, revenue is projected over the expected remaining useful life of the patented technology. The market-derived royalty rate is then applied to estimate the royalty savings. To value completed technology, we generally use a multi-period excess earnings approach which calculates the value based on the risk-adjusted present value of the cash flows specific to the products, allowing for a reasonable return.

 

F-20


Table of Contents

Customer relationships represent the fair value of future projected revenue that will be derived from the sale of products to existing customers of the acquired companies.

In-Process Research and Development

The fair value of the IPR&D for our acquisitions was determined using the income approach. Under the income approach, the expected future cash flows from each project under development are estimated and discounted to their net present values at an appropriate risk-adjusted rate of return. Significant factors considered in the calculation of the rate of return are the weighted average cost of capital, the return on assets, as well as the risks inherent in the development process, including the likelihood of achieving technological success and market acceptance. Each project was analyzed to determine the unique technological innovations, the existence and reliance on patented technology, the existence of any alternative future use or current technological feasibility, and the complexity, cost and time to complete the remaining development. Future cash flows for each project were estimated based on forecasted revenue and costs, taking into account the expected product life cycles, market penetration and growth rates. We believe the amounts recorded as IPR&D, as well as developed technology, represented the fair values and approximate the amounts a market participant would pay for these projects as of the respective acquisition dates.

The following table summarizes the significant assumptions underlying the valuations of the ongoing development projects that were in process at the date of acquisition and were capitalized as IPR&D in 2011, 2010 and 2009:

 

Company Acquired

 

Development Projects

  Weighted
Average
Estimated
Percent
Complete
    Average
Estimated
Time to
Complete
    Estimated
Cost to
Complete
    Risk
Adjusted
Discount
Rate
    IPR&D  
              (In years)     (In millions)           (In millions)  

2011 Acquisitions

           

Provigent, Inc.

  Microwave     41     2.1      $ 74        21   $ 45   

2010 Acquisitions

           

Gigle Networks

  Powerline Communication Solutions     12     1.4        10        18     5   

Percello

  LTE/Femtocell solutions     10     3.2        10        17     10   

Beceem Communications

  LTE/WiMAX     51     1.1        32        22     29   

Teknovus

  Ethernet Passive Optical Network (EPON) chipsets and software     11     0.9        19        26     11   

2009 Acquisitions

           

Dune Networks

  High-density switching line card solutions     85     1.0        2        21     50   

At December 31, 2011 all development projects from our Provigent, Teknovus, Percello and Gigle acquisitions were still in process. In 2011 and 2010 we reclassified $3 million and $51 million, respectively, of IPR&D costs to developed technology, primarily related to our acquisition of Dune Networks, Inc., and such costs will be now be amortized to cost of product revenue. Research and development costs to bring the products of the acquired companies to technological feasibility are not expected to have a material impact on our results of operations or financial condition. Actual results to date have been consistent, in all material respects, with our assumptions at the time of the acquisitions.

Contingent Earn-out Consideration

In connection with certain of our acquisitions, additional cash consideration of up to $20 million may be paid to former shareholders upon satisfaction of certain future performance goals. In connection with this contingent earn-out consideration, we originally recorded an estimated $1 million liability. In 2011 we recorded a change in contingent earn-out consideration of $1 million and reversed the associated liability. This benefit is reflected in selling, general and administrative expenses. As of December 31, 2011 we do not have any liabilities recorded in connection with any remaining contingent earn-out consideration.

 

F-21


Table of Contents

Supplemental Pro Forma Data (Unaudited)

The unaudited pro forma statements of income data below gives effect to the 2011 and 2010 acquisitions, described above, as if they had occurred at the beginning of the year prior to their respective acquisition dates. The following data includes the amortization of purchased intangible assets, the amortization of inventory valuation step-up and stock-based compensation expense. This pro forma data is presented for informational purposes only and does not purport to be indicative of the results of future operations or of the results that would have occurred had the acquisitions taken place in the periods noted above.

 

     Year Ended
December  31,
 
         2011              2010      
     (In millions, except per share data)  

Pro forma net revenue

   $ 7,412       $ 6,971   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Pro forma net income

   $ 911       $ 988   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Pro forma net income per share (basic)

   $ 1.69       $ 1.94   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Pro forma net income per share (diluted)

   $ 1.62       $ 1.81   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Pending Acquisition

In September 2011 we signed a definitive agreement to acquire NetLogic Microsystems, Inc., or NetLogic, a publicly traded company that is a leader in high performance intelligent semiconductor solutions for next generation networks. The expected purchase consideration is approximately $3.7 billion, net of cash assumed, based on the shares outstanding on September 11, 2011.

Under the agreement, each issued and outstanding share of NetLogic common stock (other than (i) shares held by Broadcom, NetLogic or any of their respective wholly owned subsidiaries and (ii) shares held by NetLogic stockholders who perfect their appraisal rights) will be converted into the right to receive $50 in cash. The agreement further provides for, subject to certain limited exceptions, (i) the assumption of all in-the-money options to acquire NetLogic common stock outstanding immediately prior to the effective time of the Merger held by employees, (ii) the cash-out of all in-the-money stock options held by non-employees, (iii) the conversion of all unvested restricted stock units held by NetLogic employees into Broadcom restricted stock units and (iv) the cash-out of all unvested restricted stock units held by persons other than NetLogic employees.

The transaction has been approved by the Broadcom and NetLogic boards of directors and is subject to customary closing conditions, including the receipt of clearance by the Chinese Ministry of Commerce under the Chinese Antimonopoly Law. There are no financing contingencies related to the acquisition. The transaction is expected to close in the first half of 2012.

 

F-22


Table of Contents

4.    Cash, Cash Equivalents and Marketable Securities

The following tables present our cash and marketable securities’ costs, gross unrealized gains, gross unrealized losses and fair value by major security type recorded as cash and cash equivalents or short-term or long-term marketable securities:

 

     December 31, 2011  
     Cost      Gross
Unrealized
Gains
     Gross
Unrealized
Losses
    Fair Value      Cash and
Cash Equivalents
     Short-Term
Marketable
Securities
     Long-Term
Marketable
Securities
 

Cash

   $ 154       $       $      $ 154       $ 154       $       $   

Level 1:

                   

Bank deposits

     2,717                        2,717         2,716                 1   

Money market funds

     914                        914         914                   

U.S. treasury and and agency obligations

     469                        469                 90         379   

Corporate bonds

     7                        7                 7           
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Subtotal

     4,107                        4,107         3,630         97         380   

Level 2:

                   

Commercial paper

     381                        381         311         70           

Corporate bonds

     543         1         (2     542         51         211         280   

Asset-backed securities and other

     21                        21                 5         16   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Subtotal

     945         1         (2     944         362         286         296   

Level 3:

                   

None

                                                      
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 5,206       $ 1       $ (2   $ 5,205       $ 4,146       $ 383       $ 676   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     December 31, 2010  
     Cost      Gross
Unrealized
Gains
     Gross
Unrealized
Losses
    Fair Value      Cash and
Cash Equivalents
     Short-Term
Marketable
Securities
     Long-Term
Marketable
Securities
 

Cash

   $ 103       $       $      $ 103       $ 103       $       $   

Level 1:

                   

Bank deposits

     455                        455         455                   

Money market funds

     641                        641         641                   

U.S. treasury and and agency obligations

     1,953         2         (5     1,950         4         586         1,360   

Corporate bonds

     20                        20                 13         7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Subtotal

     3,069         2         (5     3,066         1,100         599         1,367   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Level 2:

                   

Commercial paper

     782                        782         419         363           

Corporate bonds

     107                        107                 73         34   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Subtotal

     889                        889         419         436         34   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Level 3:

                   

None

                                                      
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 4,061       $ 2       $ (5   $ 4,058       $ 1,622       $ 1,035       $ 1,401   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-23


Table of Contents

There were no transfers between Level 1, Level 2 or Level 3 securities in 2011 or 2010. All of our long-term marketable securities had maturities of between one and three years in duration at December 31, 2011. Our cash, cash equivalent and marketable securities at December 31, 2011 consisted of $3.28 billion held domestically, with the remaining balance of $1.93 billion held by foreign subsidiaries.

At December 31, 2011 we had 140 investments that were in an unrealized loss position for less than 12 months. Our gross unrealized losses of $2 million at December 31, 2011 were due to changes in interest rates. We have determined that the gross unrealized losses on these investments at December 31, 2011 are temporary in nature. We evaluate securities for other-than-temporary impairment on a quarterly basis. Impairment is evaluated considering numerous factors, and their relative significance varies depending on the situation. Factors considered include the length of time and extent to which fair value has been less than the cost basis, the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer, and our intent and ability to hold the investment in order to allow for an anticipated recovery in fair value.

5.    Income Taxes

For financial reporting purposes, income (loss) before income taxes includes the following components:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
         2011             2010              2009      
     (In millions)  

United States

   $ (132   $ 229       $ (366

Foreign

     1,088        868         438   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 956      $ 1,097       $ 72   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

A reconciliation of the provision for income taxes at the federal statutory rate compared to our provision for income taxes follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
         2011             2010             2009      
     (In millions)  

Statutory federal provision for income taxes

   $ 335      $ 384      $ 25   

Increase (decrease) in taxes resulting from:

      

Tax credits

     (140     (90     (39

Valuation allowance changes

     154        52        120   

Tax rate differential on foreign earnings

     (353     (270     (139

Stock-based compensation expense (benefit)

     (1     (81     40   

Other

     34        20          
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Provision for income taxes

   $ 29      $ 15      $ 7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-24


Table of Contents

The income tax provision consists of the following components:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
         2011             2010             2009      
     (In millions)  

Current:

      

Federal

   $      $ (4   $ (2

State

     (1     (3       

Foreign

     23        21        14   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     22        14        12   

Deferred:

      

Federal

                     

State

                     

Foreign

     7        1        (5
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     7        1        (5
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 29      $ 15      $ 7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. Significant components of our deferred taxes were as follows:

 

     December 31,  
         2011             2010      
     (In millions)  

Deferred tax assets:

    

Research and development tax credit carryforwards

   $ 966      $ 761   

Foreign tax credit carryforwards

     56        44   

Capitalized research and development costs

     135        133   

Net operating loss carryforwards

     259        496   

Reserves and accruals not currently deductible for tax purposes

     66        61   

Stock-based compensation

     108        123   

Other

     83        98   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross deferred tax assets

     1,673        1,716   

Valuation allowance

     (1,631     (1,621
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred tax assets, net

     42        95   

Deferred tax liabilities:

    

Purchased intangible assets

     (104     (112
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax liabilities

   $ (62   $ (17
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-25


Table of Contents

At December 31, 2011 and 2010, we had valuation allowances of approximately $1.57 billion and $1.58 billion against certain U.S. deferred tax assets, and valuation allowances of approximately $60 million and $40 million against deferred tax assets of certain foreign subsidiaries, respectively, to reflect the deferred tax asset at the net amount that is more likely than not to be realized.

We operate under tax holidays in Singapore, which are effective through March 2014. The tax holidays are conditional upon our meeting certain employment and investment thresholds. The impact of the Singapore tax holidays decreased Singapore taxes by $368 million, $330 million and $225 million for 2011, 2010 and 2009 respectively.

We utilize the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes. We record net deferred tax assets to the extent we believe these assets will more likely than not be realized. In making such determination, we consider all available positive and negative evidence, including scheduled reversals of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income, tax planning strategies and recent financial performance. Forming a conclusion that a valuation allowance is not required is difficult when there is negative evidence such as cumulative losses in recent years. As a result of our recent cumulative tax losses in the U.S. and certain foreign jurisdictions, and the full utilization of our loss carryback opportunities, we have concluded that a full valuation allowance should be recorded in such jurisdictions. In certain other foreign jurisdictions where we do not have cumulative losses, we had net deferred tax liabilities of $62 million and $17 million at December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively.

Our deferred tax assets at December 31, 2011 and 2010 do not include $677 million and $632 million, respectively, of excess tax benefits from employee stock option exercises that are a component of our net operating loss carryovers, research and development credits, and capitalized research and development expenses. Shareholders’ equity will be increased by $677 million if and when such excess tax benefits are ultimately realized.

If and when recognized, the tax benefits relating to any reversal of the valuation allowance on deferred tax assets at December 31, 2011 will be accounted for as follows: approximately $1.62 billion will be recognized as a reduction of income tax expense and $11 million will be recorded as an increase in shareholder’s equity. In 2011 we recorded a $45 million increase in foreign net deferred tax liabilities relating to acquisitions.

At December 31, 2011 for our income tax filings we had federal, state, United Kingdom, Israel and Spain net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $2.19 billion, $2.05 billion, $126 million, $29 million and $12 million, respectively. A valuation allowance has been provided on substantially all of these loss carryforwards. If unutilized, the federal net operating loss carryforwards will expire between 2019 and 2031, the state net operating loss carryforwards will expire between 2012 and 2031, and the Spain net operating loss carryforwards will expire between 2021 and 2025. The United Kingdom and Israel net operating losses have no expiration date. At December 31, 2011 we had Canada scientific research and experimental development expenditures of $30 million available for tax deduction in future tax years. These future tax deductions can be carried forward indefinitely. At December 31, 2011, we also had $8 million of Israel research and development expenditures which are deductible over the next two tax years. Also, for federal purposes, we had approximately $50 million and $2 million of charitable and capital loss carryovers, respectively. Charitable contributions are limited to 10% of taxable income and will expire in 2014 if not utilized. Capital losses may only be utilized to offset capital gains and will expire in 2012 if not utilized.

At December 31, 2011 for our income tax filings we had foreign tax credit carryforwards of approximately $56 million, and federal, state, Canada and Spain research and development credit carryforwards of approximately $691 million, $634 million, $31 million and $7 million, respectively. A valuation allowance has been provided on substantially all of these credit carryforwards. These foreign tax credit carryforwards expire between 2016 and 2021, and these research and development credit carryforwards expire between 2019 and 2031, if not previously utilized. Certain state research and development credit carryforwards have no expiration date.

In 2010, we acquired companies with significant net operating loss and research and development credit carryforwards. These attributes are offset with a full valuation allowance against the related deferred tax assets at December 31, 2010. Internal Revenue Code Sections 382 and 383 can limit the amount of net operating losses and credits that can be utilized if certain changes to a company’s ownership occur. We determined that there were no material limitations resulting from Internal Revenue Code Sections 382 and 383 with respect to these acquired tax attributes.

 

F-26


Table of Contents

At December 31, 2011, deferred taxes have not been provided on the excess of book basis over tax basis in the amount of approximately $2.11 billion in the shares of certain foreign subsidiaries because their bases differences are not expected to reverse in the foreseeable future and are considered permanent in duration. These bases differences arose primarily through the undistributed book earnings of these foreign subsidiaries that we intend to reinvest indefinitely. The bases differences could reverse through a sale of the subsidiaries, the receipt of dividends from the subsidiaries, or various other events. We believe that U.S. income taxes and foreign withholding taxes would be substantially offset upon reversal of this excess book basis due to the existence of domestic net operating loss and credit carryforwards.

The following table summarizes the activity related to our unrecognized tax benefits:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
         2011             2010             2009      
     (In millions)  

Beginning balance

   $ 187      $ 401      $ 21   

Increases in current year

     59        38        7   

Expiration of the statutes of limitation for the assessment of taxes

     (3     (3     (4

Increases (decreases) related to prior year tax positions

     (31     (249     377   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance

   $ 212      $ 187      $ 401   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The unrecognized tax benefits of $212 million at December 31, 2011 included $36 million of tax benefits that, if recognized, would reduce our annual effective tax rate. Approximately $2 million of the tax benefit, if recognized, would be credited to shareholder’s equity. The remaining $174 million, if recognized, would not result in a tax benefit since it would be fully offset with a valuation allowance. We reversed penalties and interest related to unrecognized tax benefits of $4 million and $1 million, respectively, during 2011, resulting from the expiration of statutes of limitation. We also accrued potential penalties and interest of $2 million and $1 million, respectively, related to these unrecognized tax benefits during 2011, and in total, as of December 31, 2011, we recorded a liability for potential penalties and interest of $11 million and $3 million, respectively. We recognize potential accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits within the consolidated statements of income as income tax expense.

In 2011 we had an increase in unrecognized tax benefits of approximately $59 million, primarily relating to transactions with certain foreign subsidiaries. In 2010 we had a decrease in unrecognized tax benefits of approximately $273 million relating to increases to our federal and state net operating loss carryforwards, capitalized research and development costs, and tax credit carryforwards for previous years primarily resulting from the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Ninth Circuit March 22, 2010 ruling in the case between Xilinx, Inc. and the Commissioner of Internal Revenue and recorded $23 million of unrecognized tax benefits resulting from a 2010 change in judgment regarding certain tax accruals. In addition, we had an increase in unrecognized tax benefits of approximately $38 million in 2010 primarily relating to transactions with certain foreign subsidiaries. We do not expect our unrecognized tax benefits to change significantly over the next twelve months.

On May 27, 2009, the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Ninth Circuit in the case between Xilinx, Inc. and the Commissioner of Internal Revenue overturned a 2005 U.S. Tax Court ruling regarding treatment of certain compensation expenses under a Company’s research and development cost-sharing arrangements with affiliates. The Court of Appeals originally held that related parties to such an arrangement must share stock-based compensation expenses, notwithstanding the fact that unrelated parties in such an arrangement would not share such costs. As a result of this May 27, 2009 decision, we reduced our gross deferred tax assets for federal and state net operating loss carryforwards and capitalized research and development costs, increased our deferred tax assets for certain tax credits, and increased our tax provision in 2009 by approximately $3 million. However, on January 13, 2010, the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Ninth Circuit withdrew its May 27, 2009 ruling in the Xilinx case and subsequently issued a new decision in favor of Xilinx on March 22, 2010, thereby affirming the August 30, 2005 decision of the U.S. Tax Court. Consequently, during the quarter ended March 31, 2010, we reversed the amounts we had previously recorded in 2009 related to the court’s May 27, 2009 decision. As a result, in the quarter ended March 31, 2010, we reduced our tax provision by approximately $3 million and adjusted certain of our gross deferred tax assets. Included in these adjustments was an increase in our federal and state net operating loss carryforwards of approximately

 

F-27


Table of Contents

$665 million and $455 million, respectively, an increase of federal and state capitalized research and development costs of approximately $10 million each, an increase in our deferred tax assets relating to stock-based compensation of approximately $65 million, and a decrease in certain tax credits of approximately $10 million. These changes in our gross deferred tax assets were fully offset by a valuation allowance adjustment, and therefore did not result in any change in our net deferred tax assets or our income tax expense for the three months ended March 31, 2010. In addition to the adjustments related to the March 22, 2010 Xilinx decision, in the three months ended March 31, 2010, we reduced our federal and state net operating losses by approximately $60 million for adjustments to our intercompany charges to foreign affiliates for the years ended 2001 to 2009. This reduction to our net operating losses was fully offset by a corresponding adjustment to the valuation allowance for deferred tax assets resulting in no net change to net deferred tax assets in our consolidated balance sheet and no adjustment to our income tax expense.

We file federal, state, and foreign income tax returns in jurisdictions with varying statutes of limitation. The 2007 through 2011 tax years generally remain open subject to assessment of tax by federal and most state tax authorities. In significant foreign jurisdictions, the 2002 through 2011 tax years generally remain subject to examination by their respective tax authorities. Our income tax returns for the 2007, 2008 and 2009 tax years are currently under examination by the Internal Revenue Service, or (“IRS”), beginning in the quarter ended December 31, 2011. We do not expect that the results of these examinations will have a material effect on our financial condition or results of operations. On June 30, 2011 we concluded the IRS examination of our income tax returns for 2004 through 2006, executed a closing agreement covering the 2001 through 2006 tax years, and agreed to certain adjustments for the 2001 through 2006 tax years, primarily related to intercompany transfer pricing transactions. Those audit adjustments were offset by federal net operating losses and credits, and did not result in any income tax expense or cash tax liability for the Company. As a result of the IRS examination, taking into account effects on post-audit periods, we reduced our federal and state net operating losses by approximately $620 million and $430 million, respectively, and we reduced amounts relating to federal and state uncertain tax benefits by approximately $180 million and $100 million, respectively, as of June 30, 2011. This reduction in federal and state net operating loss carryforwards was fully offset with a reduction in our valuation allowance for deferred tax assets, and had no impact on our operating results or financial position.

In December, 2011 legislation was enacted in Israel which increased tax rates for 2012 and later years. As a result of this legislation, we recorded a $13 million tax provision in 2011 for the effect of this tax rate increase on our Israel net deferred tax liabilities, which were principally related to purchased intangible assets. In December, 2010 the Tax Relief, Unemployment Insurance Reauthorization and Job Creation Act of 2010 was enacted. A provision in this legislation provided for the extension of the research and development tax credit for qualifying expenditures paid or incurred from January 1, 2010 through December 31, 2011. As a result of this new legislation, we generated federal research and development tax credits of $118 million and $145 million for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. These tax credits, if unutilized, will carry forward to future periods. No tax benefit was recorded for these carryovers since we have a full valuation allowance on our U.S. deferred tax assets.

6.    Long-Term Debt

Senior Notes

The following table presents details of our long-term debt liabilities:

 

     December 31,  
           2011                 2010        
     (In millions)  

1.500% fixed-rate notes, due 2013

   $ 300      $ 300   

2.375% fixed-rate notes, due 2015

     400        400   

2.700% fixed-rate notes, due 2018

     500          
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     1,200      $ 700   

Unaccreted discount

     (4     (3
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 1,196      $ 697   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-28


Table of Contents

In November 2010 we issued senior unsecured notes in an aggregate principal amount of $700 million. These notes consist of $300 million aggregate principal amount which mature in November 2013, or the 2013 Notes, and bear interest at a fixed rate of 1.500% per annum, and $400 million aggregate principal amount which mature in November 2015, or the 2015 Notes, and bear interest at a fixed rate of 2.375% per annum. Interest is payable in cash semi-annually in arrears on May 1 and November 1 of each year, beginning on May 1, 2011. The 2013 Notes were issued at an effective yield of 1.605% and an original issue discount at 99.694% and the 2015 Notes were issued at an effective yield of 2.494% and an original issue discount at 99.444%.

In September 2011 we entered into and completed an exchange offer registration statement to issue registered notes with substantially identical terms as the original 2013 and 2015 Notes. Nearly all of the original notes were exchanged. The exchange offer was made in order to satisfy certain obligations of Broadcom contained in a Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of November 1, 2010.

In November 2011 we issued senior unsecured notes in aggregate principal amount of $500 million which mature in November 2018 and bear interest at a fixed rate of 2.700% per annum, or the 2018 Notes. Interest is payable in cash semi-annually in arrears on May 1 and November 1 of each year, beginning on May 1, 2012. The 2018 Notes were issued at an effective yield of 2.762% and an original issue discount at 99.609%.

The 2018 Notes are subject to a mandatory redemption in the event Broadcom’s proposed acquisition of NetLogic is not consummated on or prior to August 31, 2012, or if prior to August 31 2012, the Agreement and Plan of Merger is terminated. In such an event, the 2018 Notes will be redeemed for cash at a price equal to 101% of the aggregate principle amount plus accrued and unpaid interest.

We may redeem the 2013 Notes, the 2015 Notes or 2018 Notes, or the Notes at any time, subject to a specified make-whole premium as defined in the indenture governing the respective Notes. In the event of a change of control triggering event, each holder of the Notes will have the right to require us to purchase for cash all or a portion of their Notes at a redemption price of 101% of the aggregate principal amount of such Notes plus accrued and unpaid interest. Default can be triggered by any missed interest or principal payment, breach of covenant, or in certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization.

The Notes contain a number of restrictive covenants, including, but not limited to, restrictions on our ability to grant liens on assets; enter into sale and lease-back transactions; or merge, consolidate or sell assets. Failure to comply with these covenants, or any other event of default, could result in acceleration of the principal amount and accrued but unpaid interest on the Notes.

These Notes are recorded as long-term debt, net of original issue discount. The discount and debt issuance costs associated with the issuance of the Notes are amortized to interest expense over their respective terms. The effective rates for the fixed-rate debt include the interest on the notes and the accretion of the original issue discount. Based on the market prices, the fair value of our Notes was $1.22 billion and $687 million as of December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively.

Relative to our overall indebtedness, the Notes rank in right of payment (i) equal with all of our other existing and future senior unsecured indebtedness (ii) senior to all of our existing and future subordinated indebtedness, and (iii) effectively subordinated to all of our subsidiaries’ existing and future indebtedness and other obligations (including secured and unsecured obligations) and subordinated to our existing and future secured indebtedness and other obligations, to the extent of the assets securing such indebtedness and other obligations.

Credit Facility

In November 2010 we entered into a credit facility with certain institutional lenders that provides for unsecured revolving facility loans, swing line loans and letters of credit in an aggregate amount of up to $500 million. We amended this credit facility in October 2011 primarily to extend the maturity date by two years to November 19, 2016, at which time all outstanding revolving facility loans (if any) and accrued and unpaid interest must be repaid.

 

F-29


Table of Contents

The amendment to the credit facility also decreased the interest rate margins applicable to loans made under the credit facility and the commitment fee paid on the amount of the unused commitments. We did not draw on our credit facility in 2011 or 2010.

Any advances under a Eurodollar Rate Committed Loan will accrue interest at the British Bankers Association LIBOR, or BBA LIBOR, plus the Applicable Rate. Any advances under a US Dollar Base Rate Committed Loan will accrue interest at rates that are equal to the Applicable Rate plus the higher of (a) the Federal Funds Rate plus 0.5%, (b) Bank of America’s “prime rate” as announced from time to time, or (c) BBA LIBOR plus 1.0%. The Applicable Rate is based on our senior debt credit ratings as published by Standard & Poor’s Rating Services and Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and can range between 0.625% and 1.500% for Eurodollar Rate Committed Loans and 0.000% to 0.500% for US Dollar Base Rate Committed Loans. We are also required to pay a commitment fee on the actual daily unused amount of commitments. We may also, upon the agreement of the existing lenders, increase the commitments under the credit facility by up to an additional $100 million. Borrowings of swing line loans bear interest at a rate equivalent to the US Dollar Base Rate Committed Loans noted above.

The credit facility contains customary representations, warranties and covenants. Financial covenants require us to maintain a consolidated leverage ratio of no more than 3.25 to 1.00 and a consolidated interest coverage ratio of no less than 3.00 to 1.00.

7.    Commitments and Other Contractual Obligations

The following table summarizes our commitments and other contractual obligations as of December 31, 2011:

 

     Payment Obligations by Year  
     2012      2013      2014      2015      2016      Thereafter      Total  
     (In millions)  

Operating leases

   $ 121       $ 120       $ 90       $ 76       $ 69       $ 123       $ 599   

Inventory and related purchase obligations

     468                                                 468   

Other obligations

     147         35         31         30         23         3         269   

Long-term debt and related interest

     27         328         23         423         13         527         1,341   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 763       $ 483       $ 144       $ 529       $ 105       $ 653       $ 2,677   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Facilities rent expense in 2011, 2010 and 2009 was $84 million, $71 million and $70 million, respectively.

Inventory and related purchase obligations represent purchase commitments for silicon wafers and assembly and test services. We depend upon third party subcontractors to manufacture our silicon wafers and provide assembly and test services. Due to lengthy subcontractor lead times, we must order these materials and services from subcontractors well in advance. We expect to receive and pay for these materials and services within the ensuing six months. Our subcontractor relationships typically allow for the cancellation of outstanding purchase orders, but require payment of all expenses incurred through the date of cancellation.

Other obligations represent purchase commitments for lab test equipment, computer hardware, information systems infrastructure, mask and prototyping costs, intellectual property licensing arrangements and other commitments made in the ordinary course of business.

For purposes of the table above, obligations for the purchase of goods or services are defined as agreements that are enforceable and legally binding and that specify all significant terms, including: fixed or minimum quantities to be purchased; fixed, minimum or variable price provisions; and the approximate timing of the transaction. Our purchase orders are based on current manufacturing needs and are typically fulfilled by our vendors within a relatively short time horizon. We have additional purchase orders (not included in the table above) that represent authorizations to purchase rather than binding agreements. We do not have significant agreements for the purchase of inventories or other goods specifying minimum quantities or set prices that exceed our expected requirements.

 

F-30


Table of Contents

8.    Shareholders’ Equity

Common Stock

At December 31, 2011 we had 2.5 billion authorized shares of Class A common stock and 400 million authorized shares of Class B common stock. The shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock are substantially identical, except that holders of Class A common stock are entitled to one vote for each share held, and holders of Class B common stock are entitled to ten votes for each share held, on all matters submitted to a vote of the shareholders. In addition, holders of Class B common stock are entitled to vote separately on the proposed issuance of additional shares of Class B common stock in certain circumstances. The shares of Class B common stock are not publicly traded. Each share of Class B common stock is convertible at any time at the option of the holder into one share of Class A common stock and in most instances automatically converts upon sale or other transfer. The Class A common stock and Class B common stock are sometimes collectively referred to herein as “common stock.” In 2011, 2010 and 2009, 1 million, 3 million and 6 million shares, respectively, of Class B common stock were automatically converted into a like number of shares of Class A common stock upon sale or other transfer pursuant to the terms of our Articles of Incorporation.

Share Repurchase Programs

From time to time our Board of Directors has authorized various programs to repurchase shares of our Class A common stock depending on market conditions and other factors. In February 2010 we announced that our Board of Directors had authorized an evergreen share repurchase program intended to offset dilution of incremental grants of stock awards associated with our stock incentive plans. The maximum number of shares of our Class A common stock that may be repurchased in any one year (including under an ASR or other arrangement) is equal to the total number of shares issued pursuant to our equity awards in the previous year and the current year. Our February 2010 share repurchase program does not have an expiration date and may be suspended at any time at the discretion of the Board of Directors.

In February 2011 we entered into an accelerated share repurchase, or ASR, agreement to repurchase $300 million of our Class A common stock, which was recorded as a reduction to shareholders’ equity. Under the ASR program we received and cancelled 7 million shares of our Class A common stock with a weighted average price of $42.64 per share.

In addition to the shares repurchased under the ASR in February 2011, we repurchased 10 million shares of our Class A common stock at a weighted average price of $36.84 per share in 2011. We repurchased 9 million and 15 million shares of our Class A common stock at a weighted average prices of $30.86 and $28.12 per share in 2010 and 2009, respectively.

Repurchases under our share repurchase programs were and are intended to be made in open market or privately negotiated transactions in compliance with Rule 10b-18 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act.

Quarterly Dividend

In January 2010 our Board of Directors adopted a dividend policy pursuant to which we intend to pay quarterly cash dividends on our common stock. Our Board of Directors declared quarterly cash dividends of $0.08 per common share payable to holders of our common stock in each quarter of 2010. In January 2011 our Board of Directors adopted an amendment to the existing dividend policy pursuant to which we increased the quarterly cash dividends by 12.5% to $0.09 per common share ($0.36 per share on an annual basis) and declared quarterly cash dividend of $0.09 per share payable to holders of our common stock in each quarter of 2011. In 2011 and 2010 we paid $194 million and $163 million, respectively, in dividends to holders of our Class A and Class B common stock. These dividends were paid from U.S. domestic sources other than our retained earnings and are accounted for as reductions of shareholders’ equity.

 

F-31


Table of Contents

Registration Statements

We have a Form S-3 universal shelf registration statement and a Form S-4 acquisition shelf registration statement on file with the SEC. The universal shelf registration statement on Form S-3 permits Broadcom to sell, in one or more public offerings, shares of our Class A common stock, shares of preferred stock or debt securities, or any combination of such securities, for proceeds in an aggregate amount of up to $1.5 billion. The 2018 Notes with an aggregate principal amount of $500 million that we issued in November 2011 (more fully described in Note 6) were issued pursuant to the Form S-3. The Form S-3 will expire in accordance with applicable SEC rules on February 27, 2012. The acquisition shelf registration statement on Form S-4 enables us to issue up to 30 million shares of our Class A common stock in one or more acquisition transactions. These transactions may include the acquisition of assets, businesses or securities by any form of business combination. To date no securities have been issued pursuant to the S-4 registration statement, which does not have an expiration date mandated by SEC rules.

9.    Employee Benefit Plans

Employee Stock Purchase Plan

We have an employee stock purchase plan, or ESPP, for all eligible employees. Under the ESPP, employees may purchase shares of our Class A common stock at six-month intervals at 85% of fair market value (calculated in the manner provided in the plan). Employees purchase such stock using payroll deductions, which may not exceed 15% of their total cash compensation. Shares of Class A common stock are offered under the ESPP through a series of successive offering periods, generally with a maximum duration of 24 months, subject to an additional 3-month extension under certain circumstances. The plan imposes certain limitations upon an employee’s right to acquire Class A common stock, including the following: (i) no employee may purchase more than 9,000 shares of Class A common stock on any one purchase date, (ii) no employee may be granted rights to purchase more than $25,000 worth of Class A common stock for each calendar year that such rights are at any time outstanding, and (iii) the maximum number of shares of Class A common stock purchasable in total by all participants in the ESPP on any purchase date is limited to 4 million shares. The number of shares of Class A common stock reserved for issuance under the plan automatically increases in January each year. The increase is equal to a percentage of the total number of shares of common stock outstanding on the last trading day of the immediately preceding year, subject to an annual share limit.

In 2011, 2010 and 2009, 4 million, 6 million and 6 million shares, respectively, were issued under this plan at average per share prices of $29.93, $15.21 and $14.59, respectively. At December 31, 2011, 14 million shares were available for future issuance under this plan.

Stock Incentive Plans

We have in effect stock incentive plans under which incentive stock options have been granted to employees and restricted stock units and non-qualified stock options have been granted to employees and non-employee members of the Board of Directors. Our 1998 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended and restated, or 1998 Plan, is the successor equity incentive program to our 1994 Stock Option Plan, or 1994 Plan and our 1998 Special Stock Option Plan, together, the Predecessor Plans. The number of shares of Class A common stock reserved for issuance under the 1998 Plan automatically increases in January each year. The increase is equal to 4.5% of the total number of shares of common stock outstanding on the last trading day of the immediately preceding year, subject to an annual share limit.

The Board of Directors or the Plan Administrator determines eligibility, vesting schedules and exercise prices for options granted under the plans. Options granted generally have a term of 10 years, and in the case of new hires generally vest and become exercisable at the rate of 25% after one year and ratably on a monthly basis over a period of 36 months thereafter; subsequent option grants to existing employees generally vest and become exercisable ratably on a monthly basis over a period of 48 months measured from the date of grant. However, certain options that have been granted under our 1998 Plan or that were assumed by us in connection with certain of our acquisitions provide that the vesting of the options granted thereunder will accelerate in whole or in part upon the occurrence of certain specified events.

 

F-32


Table of Contents

In addition, we grant restricted stock units to certain employees as part of our regular annual employee equity compensation review program as well as to selected new hires and to non-employee members of the Board of Directors. Restricted stock units are share awards that entitle the holder to receive freely tradable shares of our Class A common stock upon vesting. Generally, restricted stock units vest ratably on a quarterly basis over 16 quarters from the date of grant. On a limited basis, we grant certain restricted stock units that vest in their entirety after three years.

In January 2011 the Compensation Committee adopted a Performance Restricted Stock Units Incentive Award Program, or the PRSU Program. In 2011 we granted 0.2 million PRSUs that were based on 2010 performance targets under the PRSU Program. Under the terms of the PRSU Program, the award recipients were also awarded grants of the same number of PRSUs to be made in the subsequent two calendar years on the basis of having met the 2010 performance targets.

In connection with certain acquisitions, we have assumed stock options granted under stock option plans or agreements established by the acquired company. As of December 31, 2011, 1 million shares of Class A common stock were reserved for issuance upon exercise of outstanding options assumed under these stock option plans.

Combined Incentive Plan Activity

Activity under all stock option incentive plans is set forth below:

 

     Options Outstanding  
     Number of
Shares
    Exercise
Price Range
per Share
     Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
per Share
     Weighted
Average
Grant-Date
Fair Value
per Share
 
     (In millions)                      

Balance at December 31, 2008

     122      $ .01 - 81.50       $ 25.42       $ 15.66   

Options granted under the 1998 Plan

     3        17.83 - 29.07         23.26         10.91   

Options cancelled

     (4     .01 - 48.63         31.12         15.71   

Options exercised

     (8     .01 - 31.08         17.93         13.23   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2009

     113        .01 - 81.50         25.71         15.71   

Options granted under the 1998 Plan

     3        29.39 - 42.34         29.64         9.43   

Options issued in connection with acquisitions

     1        0.55 - 41.57         14.26         25.76   

Options cancelled

     (1     .01 - 81.50         36.47         15.24   

Options exercised

     (38     .01 - 44.99         22.56         16.88   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2010

     78        .01 - 48.63         27.05         15.05   

Options granted under the 1998 Plan

            45.82         45.82         11.72   

Options cancelled

     (2     0.55 - 48.63         30.08         11.87   

Options exercised

     (10     .01 - 45.05         23.48         15.86   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2011

     66      $ .01 - 48.63       $ 27.47       $ 15.10   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

At December 31, 2011 outstanding options to purchase 63 million shares were exercisable with an average per share exercise price of $27.57. The weighted average remaining contractual lives of options outstanding and of options exercisable as of December 31, 2011 were 3.7 years and 3.6 years, respectively.

The total pretax intrinsic value of options exercised in 2011 was $163 million. This intrinsic value represents the difference between the fair market value of our Class A common stock on the date of exercise and the exercise price of each option. Based on the closing price of our Class A common stock of $29.36 on December 31, 2011, the total pretax intrinsic value of all outstanding options was $300 million. The total pretax intrinsic value of exercisable options at December 31, 2011 was $286 million.

 

F-33


Table of Contents

Restricted stock unit activity is set forth below:

 

     Restricted Stock  Units
Outstanding
 
     Number of
        Shares         
    Weighted
Average
Grant-Date

Fair Value
        per Share        
 
     (In millions)        

Balance at December 31, 2008

     28      $ 27.61   

Restricted stock units granted

     14        24.06   

Restricted stock units cancelled

     (2     24.51   

Restricted stock units vested

     (11     28.84   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2009

     29        25.58   

Restricted stock units granted

     13        30.91   

Restricted stock units cancelled

     (1     26.04   

Restricted stock units vested

     (13     27.44   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2010

     28        27.17   

Restricted stock units granted

     10        42.45   

Restricted stock units cancelled

     (2     31.63   

Restricted stock units vested

     (14     28.84   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2011

     22      $ 32.88   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The total pretax intrinsic value of restricted stock units that vested in 2011 was $397 million. Based on the closing price of our Class A common stock of $29.36 on December 31, 2011, the total pretax intrinsic value of all outstanding restricted stock units was $659 million.

The per share fair values of stock options granted in connection with stock incentive plans and rights granted in connection with the employee stock purchase plan have been estimated with the following weighted average assumptions:

 

     Employee Stock Options     Employee Stock Purchase Rights  
         2011             2010             2009             2011             2010             2009      

Expected life (in years)

     3.60        4.08        4.98        1.70        1.23        0.92   

Implied volatility

     0.34        0.39        0.53        0.37        0.39        0.53   

Risk-free interest rate

     1.56     1.61     1.83     0.50     0.25     0.46

Expected dividend yield

     0.80     1.00     0.00     0.99     0.76     0.00

Weighted average fair value

   $ 11.72      $ 13.47      $ 10.91      $ 11.01      $ 11.83      $ 7.39   

Stock-Based Compensation Expense

The following table presents details of total stock-based compensation expense that is included in each functional line item on our consolidated statements of income:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
         2011              2010              2009      
     (In millions)  

Cost of product revenue

   $ 24       $ 23       $ 25   

Research and development

     364         341         352   

Selling, general and administrative

     126         119         120   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 514       $ 483       $ 497   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-34


Table of Contents

The following table presents details of unearned stock-based compensation currently estimated to be expensed in 2012 through 2015 related to unvested share-based payment awards at December 31, 2011:

 

         2012              2013              2014              2015              Total      
     (In millions)  

Unearned stock-based compensation

   $ 357       $ 228       $ 119       $ 21       $ 725   

The weighted-average period over which the unearned stock-based compensation is expected to be recognized is 1.3 years.

If there are any modifications or cancellations of the underlying unvested awards, we may be required to accelerate, increase or cancel any remaining unearned stock-based compensation expense. Future stock-based compensation expense and unearned stock-based compensation will increase to the extent that we grant additional equity awards or assume unvested equity awards in connection with acquisitions.

Shares Reserved For Future Issuance

We had the following shares of common stock reserved for future issuance upon the exercise or issuance of equity instruments:

 

     Number of Shares  
     (In millions)  

Stock options outstanding

     66   

Authorized for future grants under stock incentive plans

     112   

Authorized for future issuance under stock purchase plan

     14   

Restricted stock units outstanding

     22   
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2011

     214   
  

 

 

 

401(k) Savings and Investment Plan

We sponsor a defined contribution 401(k) savings and investment plan, established in 1996, covering substantially all of our U.S. employees, subject to certain eligibility requirements. At our discretion, we may make contributions to this plan. We have a limited matching contribution policy under which we made $14 million, $11 million and $7 million in contributions to participants in this plan in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

10.    Goodwill and Long-Lived Assets

In 2011 we made a qualitative assessment of whether goodwill impairment exists. Since we did not determine that it was more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, we were not required to perform the current two-step goodwill impairment test. At December 31, 2011 the book value of the Company was $6.52 billion while the market capitalization was $15.99 billion. We performed annual impairment assessments of the carrying value of goodwill in October 2010 and 2009. We compared the carrying value of each of our reporting units that existed at those times to its estimated fair value.

We estimated the fair values of our reporting units primarily using the income approach valuation methodology that includes the discounted cash flow method, taking into consideration the market approach and certain market multiples as a validation of the values derived using the discounted cash flow methodology. The discounted cash flows for each reporting unit were based on discrete financial forecasts developed by management for planning purposes. Cash flows beyond the discrete forecasts were estimated using a terminal value calculation, which incorporated historical and forecasted financial trends for each identified reporting unit and considered perpetual earnings growth rates for publicly traded peer companies. Future cash flows were discounted to present value by incorporating appropriate present value techniques.

 

F-35


Table of Contents

Specifically, the income approach valuations included the following assumptions for 2010 and 2009:

 

     2010     2009  

Discount Rate

     12.0% - 17.7     12.0% - 17.5

Perpetual Growth Rate

     4.0     4.0

Tax

     17.0     17.0

Risk Free Rate

     3.4     4.0

Peer Company Beta

     1.26 - 1.52        1.24 - 1.69   

Upon completion of the October 2011, 2010 and 2009 annual impairment assessments, we determined no impairment was indicated as the estimated fair value of each of the reporting units exceeded its respective carrying value.

In 2011 we recorded a purchased intangible impairments charge of $74 million related to our acquisition of Beceem. The primary factor contributing to this impairment charge was a reduction in the forecasted cash flows related to WiMAX products, as wireless service providers have accelerated their adoption of competing Long Term Evolution, or LTE, products. In addition we recorded other impairment charges of $18 million in 2011.

In 2010 we recorded an impairment charge of $19 million, primarily related to a technology license that was acquired in 2008 from Sunext Design, Inc. In 2009 we recorded impairment charges to customer relationships, developed technology and certain other assets of $19 million related to the acquisition of the DTV Business of AMD in 2008. The primary factor contributing to these impairment charges was the continued reduction in our revenue outlook for these businesses, and the related decrease to the estimated cash flows identified with the impaired assets.

In determining the amount of these impairment charges we calculated fair values as of the impairment date for acquired developed technology, IPR&D and customer relationships. The fair value for the first two assets was determined using the multiple period excess earnings method, which method is described above in Note 3. The fair value of acquired customer relationships was based on the benefit derived from the incremental revenue and related cash flow as a direct result of the customer relationship. The fair values were determined using significant unobservable inputs categorized as Level 3 inputs.

11.    Settlement Costs (Gains), Net

In 2011 we recorded settlement gains of $55 million primarily related to the settlement of the federal consolidated shareholder derivative action, or the Derivative Settlement, partially offset by net settlement costs of $37 million related to patent infringement claims, resulting in net settlement gains of $18 million. In 2010 we recorded settlement costs of $53 million primarily related to licensing and settlement agreements and certain employment tax items. In 2009 we incurred settlement costs of $184 million, partially offset by settlement gains of $66 million, resulting in $118 million of net settlement costs.

On March 18, 2011 Broadcom announced that the remaining defendants in the federal consolidated shareholder derivative action relating to the company’s historical stock option accounting practices entered into a settlement. On May 23, 2011, the District Court entered an order granting final approval of the Derivative Settlement. Pursuant to the Derivative Settlement:

 

  -  

Broadcom received a payment from Henry T. Nicholas, III, our former President and Chief Executive Officer and former Co-Chairman of the Board, of approximately $27 million;

 

  -  

Broadcom cancelled unexercised Broadcom stock options held by Dr. Henry Samueli, our Chief Technical Officer and member of our Board of Directors, valued at approximately $14 million, using a Black-Scholes analysis based on the closing price of Broadcom’s Class A common stock on the date the settlement was deemed final (such stock options were originally valued at $24 million for purposes of the settlement (using the same methodology used to value equity granted to employees in the February annual focal compensation review)); and

 

  -  

Dr. Samueli contributed approximately $2 million in cash to the Broadcom Foundation (through Broadcom Corporation).

 

F-36


Table of Contents

We entered into a stipulation and agreement of settlement of the Stock Option Class Actions dated as of April 30, 2010, which provides for the claims against Broadcom and its current and former officers and directors to be dismissed with prejudice and released in exchange for a $161 million cash payment by Broadcom. We recorded the settlement amount as a one-time charge in our statement of income for the three months and year ended December 31, 2009 and subsequent payment was made in June 2010 into a settlement fund.

We recorded settlement gains of $65 million related to the Qualcomm Agreement in 2009. For a further discussion of this agreement, see Note 2. In addition, we recorded settlement costs of $12 million related to a payment to the Israeli government associated with a post-acquisition technology transfer fee related to our acquisition of Dune Networks. We also recorded $11 million in settlement costs in 2009 for estimated settlements associated with certain employment tax items, other employment matters and a patent infringement claim.

For further discussion of litigation matters, see Note 12.

12.    Litigation

We and certain of our subsidiaries are currently parties to various legal proceedings, including those noted in this section. Unless otherwise noted below, during the period presented we have not: recorded any accrual for loss contingencies associated with such legal proceedings; determined that an unfavorable outcome is probable or reasonably possible; or determined that the amount or range of any possible loss is reasonably estimable. We are engaged in numerous other legal actions not described below arising in the ordinary course of our business and, while there can be no assurance, we believe that the ultimate outcome of these actions will not have a material adverse effect on our operating results, liquidity or financial position.

From time to time we may conclude it is in the best interests of our shareholders, employees, and customers to settle one or more litigation matters, and any such settlement could include substantial payments; however, other than as noted below, we have not reached this conclusion with respect to any particular matter at this time. There are a variety of factors that influence our decisions to settle and the amount we may choose to pay, including the strength of our case, developments in the litigation, the behavior of other interested parties, the demand on management time and the possible distraction of our employees associated with the case and/or the possibility that we may be subject to an injunction or other equitable remedy. It is difficult to predict whether a settlement is possible, the amount of an appropriate settlement or when is the opportune time to settle a matter in light of the numerous factors that go into the settlement decision.

Intellectual Property Proceedings

In September 2009 we filed a complaint in the United States District Court for the Central District of California against Emulex Corporation, or Emulex, alleging infringement of ten patents generally relating to networking technologies. In subsequent filings, we added two additional patents and withdrew six patents, bringing the total to six asserted patents. In its answers, Emulex denied liability and asserted counterclaims seeking a declaratory judgment that the asserted patents are invalid and not infringed. A trial occurred in September and October 2011, and the Court heard post-trial motions in December 2011.

The Court has found that all six asserted Broadcom patents are not invalid. The Court further found Emulex infringed U.S. Patent No. 7,058,150 and 7,471,691. On January 6, 2012, we filed a motion for injunctive relief on the ‘150 and ‘691 patents, which motion is scheduled to be heard in March 2012. On the remaining four patents, the jury found one patent not infringed and failed to reach a verdict on the other three, resulting in a mistrial on those three patents. The Court has not yet scheduled a new trial on the three patents.

In November 2009 we filed a complaint in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Texas against the Commonwealth Scientific and Industrial Research Organisation, or CSIRO, seeking a declaratory judgment that a certain U.S. patent number is invalid, unenforceable and not infringed. CSIRO has answered the complaint and counterclaimed for infringement against Broadcom wireless LAN products and seeking damages, attorney’s fees, and an injunction. In connection with an ex parte reexamination, the Patent Office has issued a Reexamination Certificate allowing the original claims of CSIRO’s patent and adding some amended claims. However, the Patent Office subsequently initiated a reexamination and rejected all effective claims of the patent-in-suit, including the amended claims. Trial has been set for April 2012.

 

F-37


Table of Contents

In August 2010, Broadcom filed a motion to intervene (i.e., to be added as a party) in U.S. Ethernet Innovations, LLC v. Acer, Inc. , Case No. 10-cv-03724-JW (N.D. Cal.). In this case, U.S. Ethernet Innovations, LLC, or USEI, filed a patent infringement complaint alleging that numerous companies, including certain Broadcom customers, infringe four patents relating generally to Ethernet technology. USEI seeks monetary damages, attorney’s fees, and an injunction. Defendants have filed answers denying the allegations in USEI’s complaint and asserting counterclaims for declaratory judgment that USEI’s patents are invalid, unenforceable, and not infringed. Broadcom contends that it has a license related to USEI’s patents and is seeking to assert this license as a defense. In December 2010, the Court granted Broadcom’s motion to intervene. A claims construction hearing was held on October 21, 2011, and no trial date has been set.

Since December 2006 Broadcom and its subsidiary, Global Locate, Inc., were engaged in various litigation matters with SiRF Technology, Inc., which company was later acquired by CSR plc. On January 10, 2011, Broadcom and CSR announced that the parties had settled all outstanding litigation between themselves and their subsidiaries. The consideration received and to be received under the agreement was allocated on a relative fair value basis between a settlement gain and patent licensing royalty revenue. Revenue derived from the patent license will be recognized as licensing revenue.

Since December 2010, Broadcom was engaged in litigation with Rambus, Inc. in the United States District Court for the Northern District of California and the United States International Trade Commission. In the district court, Rambus alleged that certain Broadcom products infringe nineteen patents relating generally to memory controller and high speed interface technologies. In the International Trade Commission Rambus asserted that Broadcom engaged in unfair trade practices by importing certain memory controllers and devices having certain accused interface technologies that allegedly infringe six patents. On December 22, 2011 the parties settled all outstanding litigation, and signed a five year patent license, whereby we were required to pay certain amounts for alleged prior infringement and the licensing of intellectual property. On December 29, 2011, the United States District Court entered a dismissal of the litigation between Rambus and Broadcom. Also on December 29, 2011, Rambus and Broadcom filed a joint motion to terminate the International Trade Commission investigation as to Broadcom, which was granted by the Administrative Law Judge on January 17, 2012, and is currently pending with the Commission. The settlement was treated as a multiple element arrangement and the consideration was allocated to alleged prior infringement and licensing of intellectual property for future use. The consideration allocated to alleged prior infringement was recognized as a settlement cost in our consolidated statement of income in 2011.

We and our subsidiaries are also involved in other intellectual property proceedings, claims and litigation. We will disclose the nature of any such matter if we believe it to be material. Particularly in the early stages of such proceedings, an assessment of materiality may be complicated by limited information, including, without limitation, limited information about the patents-in-suit and Broadcom products against which the patents are being asserted. Accordingly, our assessment of materiality may change in the future based upon availability of discovery and further developments in the proceedings at issue. Some of these intellectual property proceedings may involve, for example, “non-practicing entities” asserting claims addressing certain of our products. The resolution of intellectual property litigation can include, among other things, payment of damages, royalties, or other amounts, which could adversely, impact our product gross margins in future periods, or could prevent us from manufacturing or selling some of our products or limit or restrict the type of work that employees may perform for us. In addition, from time to time we are approached by holders of intellectual property, including non-practicing entities, to engage in discussions about our obtaining licenses to their intellectual property. We will disclose the nature of any such discussion if we determine that (i) it is probable an intellectual property holder will assert a claim of infringement, (ii) there is a reasonable possibility the outcome (assuming assertion) will be unfavorable, and (iii) the resulting liability would be material to our financial condition.

Other Litigation

In November 2009 Emulex filed a complaint in the Central District of California against Broadcom alleging violation of the antitrust laws, defamation, and unfair competition. The complaint seeks injunctive relief and monetary damages, including treble damages and attorneys’ fees. In January 2010, Emulex filed an amended complaint in which Emulex removed, among other things, the claim of unfair competition. In February 2010, we

 

F-38


Table of Contents

filed motions to dismiss the case and a motion to strike. In June 2010, the District Court granted in part and denied in part our motion to dismiss and denied our motion to strike. In July 2010, we filed a notice of appeal of the District Court’s denial of our motion to strike. In November 2010, the parties agreed to a voluntary stay of the appeal. Trial has been scheduled for January 2013.

In April 2011 Motorola Mobility, Inc., or MMI, filed a third-party complaint against Broadcom in the U.S. District Court for the District of Colorado, alleging that we breached a duty to defend, indemnify, and hold MMI harmless for certain patent infringement claims that MMI is defending. In the same action, MMI is defending itself against claims for patent infringement brought by Biax Corporation involving certain U.S. patents. In December 2011 we entered into a settlement agreement with MMI, pursuant to which MMI filed a motion to dismiss its claims against Broadcom without prejudice. On January 6, 2012 the Court granted MMI’s motion to dismiss.

As previously reported in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010, in 2006 a number of purported Broadcom shareholders filed putative shareholder derivative actions in state and federal court against Broadcom, each of the then members of our Board of Directors and certain current or former officers, alleging, among other things, that the defendants improperly dated certain Broadcom employee stock option grants. In August 2009 Broadcom plaintiffs and certain defendants executed a Stipulation and Agreement of Partial Settlement in the federal derivative action, which resolved all claims except those against three individuals: Dr. Henry T. Nicholas, III, our former President and Chief Executive Officer and former Co-Chairman of the Board, William J. Ruehle, our former Chief Financial Officer, and Dr. Henry Samueli, our Chief Technical Officer and member of our Board of Directors.

In March 2011, Broadcom, plaintiffs and the three remaining defendants executed a Stipulation and Agreement of Settlement, or Derivative Settlement, in the federal derivative action. On May 23, 2011, the District Court entered an order granting final approval of the Derivative Settlement. Pursuant to the Derivative Settlement, among other things: (i) Broadcom received a payment from Dr. Nicholas of approximately $27 million, which was recorded as a settlement gain in our consolidated statements of income; (ii) Broadcom cancelled unexercised Broadcom stock options held by Dr. Samueli valued at approximately $14 million, using a Black-Scholes analysis based on the closing price of Broadcom’s Class A common stock on the date the settlement was deemed final, which amount was recorded as a settlement gain in our consolidated statements of income; (iii) Dr. Samueli contributed approximately $2 million in cash to the Broadcom Foundation (through Broadcom Corporation), which was recorded as a settlement gain in our consolidated statements of income; (iv) Mr. Ruehle executed and filed a Notice of Dismissal with Prejudice of an action filed by him against Broadcom , which sought damages in excess of $26 million; and (v) Dr. Nicholas, Mr. Ruehle and Dr. Samueli were dismissed with prejudice from the federal consolidated shareholder derivative litigation.

Upon Court approval of the Derivative Settlement, Broadcom paid plaintiffs’ counsel $25 million of the settlement proceeds for attorneys’ fees, expenses, and costs, which was recorded as an operating expense in the consolidated statements of income. In addition, Broadcom contributed approximately $25 million to the Broadcom Foundation (which included the $2 million payment from Dr. Samueli discussed above). Such amount was recorded as a charitable contribution in the consolidated statements of income. On July 1, 2011, the plaintiffs in the state derivative action filed a request for dismissal with prejudice of that action. The Court entered an order dismissing the state derivative action on July 8, 2011.

In April 2008 we delivered a Notice of Arbitration and Arbitration Claim to our former independent registered public accounting firm Ernst & Young LLP, or E&Y, and certain related parties. The arbitration relates to the issues that led to the restatement of Broadcom’s financial statements for the periods from 1998 through March 31, 2006 as disclosed in an amended Annual Report on Form 10-K/A for the year ended December 31, 2005 and an amended Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q/A for the three months ended March 31, 2006, each filed with the SEC January 23, 2007. In May 2008 E&Y delivered a Notice of Defense and Counterclaim. The arbitration hearing has been scheduled for October 2012.

In September 2011, two lawsuits were filed by stockholders of NetLogic Microsystems Inc. purporting to assert claims arising from Broadcom’s entry into a definitive merger agreement with NetLogic under which a subsidiary of Broadcom, I&N Acquisition Corp., will be merged with and into NetLogic. On November 11, 2011, all parties to

 

F-39


Table of Contents

these actions, captioned New Jersey Carpenters’ Pension Fund v. Broyles et al., (Cal. Super. Ct. County of Santa Clara, Case No. 1-11-CV-209381) (referred to as the California Action), and Danielo v. NetLogic Microsystems, et al., (Del. Ct. of Chancery, Case No. 6881-VCG) (referred to as the Delaware Action), executed a Memorandum of Understanding, or MOU, respecting a proposed settlement of the claims in each of those actions. The terms of the proposed settlement required NetLogic to make certain supplemental disclosures regarding the Merger in a Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission by NetLogic on November 14, 2011, and contemplate the payment by NetLogic of attorneys fees’ and costs to counsel representing the plaintiffs in the amount of $795,000, or such lower amount as the Court may order. The terms of the MOU also provide for a general stay of proceedings in both actions, excluding proceedings related to finalizing and seeking court approval of the proposed settlement and any necessary confirmatory discovery. The parties in the California Action are currently negotiating the terms of a Stipulation of Settlement to present to the Court for preliminary approval. Under the terms of the MOU and the stipulation, the Delaware Action will be voluntarily dismissed with prejudice upon the Court’s final approval of the stipulation in the California Action.

General

We and our subsidiaries are also involved in other legal proceedings, claims and litigation arising in the ordinary course of business. We will disclose the nature of any such matter if we believe it to be material.

The pending proceedings described above involve complex questions of fact and law and may require the expenditure of significant funds and the diversion of other resources to prosecute and defend. The results of legal proceedings are inherently uncertain, and material adverse outcomes are possible. From time to time we may enter into confidential discussions regarding the potential settlement of pending intellectual property or other litigation or other proceedings; however, there can be no assurance that any such discussions will occur or will result in a settlement. In the course of such settlement discussions, if we conclude that a settlement is probable and the settlement amount is estimable we may record settlement costs, notwithstanding not having reached a final settlement agreement. In the three months ended September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2011 we recorded net settlement costs of $27 million and $5 million, respectively, related to the actual and potential settlements of patent infringement claims referenced above. Upon the occurrence of certain events, we may be required to record additional settlement costs of up to $20 million. The settlement of any pending litigation or other proceeding could require us to incur substantial settlement payments and costs. Furthermore, the settlement of any intellectual property proceeding may require us to grant a license to certain of our intellectual property rights to the other party under a cross-license agreement. If any of those events were to occur, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected. See Note 11 for an additional breakout of our settlement costs (gains).

13.    Business Enterprise Segments, Significant Customer, Supplier and Geographical Information

Business Enterprise Segments

Broadcom has three reportable segments consistent with our target markets. Our three reportable segments are: Broadband Communications (Home), Mobile & Wireless (Hand) and Infrastructure & Networking (Infrastructure). Our Chief Executive Officer, who is our chief operating decision maker, or CODM, reviews financial information at the reporting segment level. In January 2011, our Mobile Platforms and Wireless Connectivity businesses were combined for internal reporting purposes, which aligns with our externally reported Mobile & Wireless segment.

We also report an “All Other” category that primarily includes licensing revenue from our agreement with Verizon Wireless and income from the Qualcomm Agreement since they are principally the result of corporate efforts. “All Other” also includes operating expenses that we do not allocate to our other operating segments as these expenses are not included in the segment operating performance measures evaluated by our CODM. Operating costs and expenses that are not allocated include stock-based compensation, amortization of purchased intangible assets, impairment of goodwill and other long-lived assets, net settlement costs, net restructuring costs, charitable contributions, employer payroll tax on certain stock option exercises, and other miscellaneous expenses related to corporate allocations that were either over or under the original projections at the beginning of the year. We include stock-based compensation and acquisition-related items in the “All Other” category as decisions regarding equity

 

F-40


Table of Contents

compensation are made at the corporate level and our CODM reviews reportable segment performance exclusive of these charges. In 2010, we reclassified the amortization of acquired inventory valuation step-up from its respective reportable segment into the “All Other” category, as these charges are the result of acquisition accounting and we believe these amounts should not be included when measuring our reportable segments’ operating performance. Prior period amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current period presentation. Our CODM does not review information regarding total assets, interest income or income taxes on an operating segment basis. The accounting policies for segment reporting are the same as for Broadcom as a whole.

The following tables present details of our reportable segments and the “All Other” category:

 

     Reportable Segments               
     Broadband
Communications
     Mobile &
     Wireless    
     Infrastructure &
       Networking
     All
    Other     
    Consolidated  
     (In millions)  

Year ended December 31, 2011

             

Net revenue

   $ 2,039       $ 3,484       $ 1,658       $ 208      $ 7,389   

Operating income (loss)

     391         573         545         (556     953   

Year ended December 31, 2010

             

Net revenue

   $ 2,134       $ 2,889       $ 1,588       $ 207      $ 6,818   

Operating income (loss)

     447         526         578         (469     1,082   

Year ended December 31, 2009

             

Net revenue

   $ 1,525       $ 1,720       $ 1,056       $ 189      $ 4,490   

Operating income (loss)

     180         117         288         (529     56   

 

Included in the “All Other” category:    Year Ended December 31,  
         2011             2010             2009      
     (In millions)  

Net revenue

   $ 208      $ 207      $ 189   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Stock-based compensation

   $ 514      $ 483      $ 497   

Amortization of purchased intangible assets

     84        59        31   

Amortization of acquired inventory valuation step-up

     24        10        9   

Impairment of long-lived assets

     92        19        19   

Settlement costs (gains), net

     (18     53        118   

Restructuring costs, net

     16               7   

Charitable contributions

     25               50   

Non-recurring legal fees

     25               12   

Change in contingent earnout liability

     (1              

Employer payroll tax on certain stock option exercises

     8        13        5   

Miscellaneous corporate allocation variances

     (5     39        (30
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other operating costs and expenses

   $ 764      $ 676      $ 718   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating loss for the “All Other” category

   $ (556   $ (469   $ (529
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-41


Table of Contents

Significant Customer, Supplier and Geographical Information

Sales to our significant customers, including sales to their manufacturing subcontractors, as a percentage of net revenue were as follows:

 

     Year Ended
December  31,
 
     2011     2010     2009  

Apple

     13.1     10.9     *   

Samsung

     10.0        10.0        10.3

Five largest customers as a group

     42.6        38.6        34.6   

 

* Less than 10% of net revenue.

No other customer represented more than 10% of our annual net revenue in these years.

Product revenue derived from shipments to international destinations, as a percentage of product revenue was as follows:

 

     Year Ended
December  31,
 
     2011     2010     2009  

China (exclusive of Hong Kong)

     33.4     30.4     28.3

Hong Kong

     26.4        26.0        24.8   

Singapore, Taiwan and Japan

     22.9        25.3        26.3   

Europe

     1.8        2.4        2.7   

Other

     14.0        13.1        12.7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     98.5     97.2     94.8
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

We do not own or operate a fabrication facility. Four independent third-party foundries located in Asia manufacture a majority of our semiconductor devices in current production. Any sudden demand for an increased amount of semiconductor devices or sudden reduction or elimination of any existing source or sources of semiconductor devices could result in a material delay in the shipment of our products. In addition, substantially all of our products are assembled and tested by one of six independent third-party subcontractors in Asia. We do not have long-term agreements with any of these suppliers. Any problems associated with the fabrication facilities or the delivery, quality or cost of our products could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

We have an international distribution center that includes engineering design and administrative facilities in Singapore as well as engineering design facilities in Belgium, Canada, China, Denmark, France, Greece, India, Israel, Japan, Korea, the Netherlands, Taiwan and the United Kingdom. At December 31, 2011, $105 million, or approximately 25.8%, of our tangible long-lived assets were located outside the United States.

 

F-42


Table of Contents

14.    Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited)

The following table presents our unaudited quarterly financial data. In our opinion, this information has been prepared on a basis consistent with that of our audited consolidated financial statements and all necessary material adjustments, consisting of normal recurring accruals and adjustments, have been included to present fairly the unaudited quarterly financial data. Our quarterly results of operations for these periods are not necessarily indicative of future results of operations.

 

     Total Net
Revenue
     Gross
Profit
     Net
Income
    Diluted Net
Income
Per Share
 
     (In millions, except per share data)  

Year Ended December 31, 2011

          

Fourth Quarter

   $ 1,820       $ 926       $ 254      $ 0.45   

Third Quarter

     1,957         997         270 (1)       0.48   

Second Quarter

     1,796         919         175 (2)       0.31   

First Quarter

     1,816         921         228        0.40   

Year Ended December 31, 2010

          

Fourth Quarter

   $ 1,945       $ 990       $ 266 (3)     $ 0.47   

Third Quarter

     1,806         934         328        0.60   

Second Quarter

     1,605         843         278        0.52   

First Quarter

     1,462         767         210        0.40   

 

(1) Includes settlement costs of $27 million and a restructuring charge of $17 million.

 

(2) Includes settlement gains of $45 million, an impairment of long-lived assets charge of $74 million, a charitable contribution of $25 million and non-recurring legal expenses of $25 million.

 

(3) Includes settlement costs of $49 million and an impairment of long-lived assets charge of $17 million.

15.    Subsequent Events

In January 2012 our Board of Directors adopted an amendment to the existing dividend policy pursuant to which we intend to increase the quarterly cash dividend by 11.1% to $0.10 per share ($0.40 per share on an annual basis) and declared a quarterly cash dividend of $0.10 per share payable to holders of our common stock.

 

F-43


Table of Contents

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

Exhibit Index

 

         Where Located

Exhibit

 Number

  

Description

  Form    File No.    Exhibit
No.
     Filing Date      Filed
Herewith
2.1    Agreement and plan of Merger, dated as of September 11, 2011, by and among Broadcom, NetLogic Microsystems and I&N Acquisition Corp.   8-K    000-
23993
     2.1         09/12/2011      
3.1    Second Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation filed with the California Secretary of State on June 8, 2006   8-K    000-
23993
     3.1         08/10/2006      
3.4    Bylaws as amended through December 21, 2007   8-K    000-
23993
     3.1         12/21/2007      
4.1    Indenture, dated November 1, 2010, between the registrant and Wilmington Trust FSB   8-K    000-
23993
     4.1         11/01/2010      
4.2    Supplemental Indenture, dated November 1, 2010, between the registrant and Wilmington Trust FSB, including the forms of Broadcom’s 1.500% Senior Notes due 2013 and 2.375% Senior Notes due 2015.   8-K    000-
23993
     4.2         11/01/2010      
4.3    Second Supplemental Indenture, dated November 9, 2011, between the registrant and Wilmington Trust, National Association, including the form of Broadcom’s 2.700% Senior Notes due 2018.   8-K    000-
23993
     4.1         11/09/2011      
10.1*    Performance Bonus Plan (as amended and restated March 5, 2010)   8-K    000-
23993
     99.1         03/09/2010      
10.2*    Letter Agreement between the registrant and Scott A. McGregor dated October 25, 2004   10-K/A    000-
23993
     10.4         01/23/2007      
10.3*    Fourth Amendment dated August 9, 2010 to Letter Agreement between the registrant and Scott A. McGregor   10-Q    000-
23993
     10.1         10/26/2010      
10.4*    Letter Agreement between the registrant and Eric K. Brandt dated March 11, 2007   10-Q    000-
23993
     10.1         05/01/2007      
10.5*    Third Amendment dated August 9, 2010 to Letter Agreement between the registrant and Eric K. Brandt   10-Q    000-
23993
     10.2         10/26/2010      
10.6*    Form of Revised Letter Agreement for Change in Control Severance Benefit Program dated August 9, 2010 between the registrant and each of the following executive officers: Neil Kim, Thomas F. Lagatta, Daniel A. Marotta, and Robert A. Rango   10-Q    000-
23993
     10.5         10/26/2010      
10.7*    Revised Letter Agreement for Change in Control Severance Benefit Program dated August 9, 2010 between the registrant and Robert L. Tirva   10-Q    000-
23993
     10.6         10/26/2010      
10.8*    Letter Agreement between the registrant and Arthur Chong dated October 27, 2008   10-K    000-
23993
     10.11         02/04/2009      


Table of Contents
         Where Located

Exhibit

Number

  

Description

  Form    File No.    Exhibit
No.
     Filing Date      Filed
Herewith
  10.9*    Amendment dated August 9, 2010 to Letter Agreement between the registrant and Arthur Chong   10-Q    000-
23993
     10.3         10/26/2010      
  10.10*    Letter Agreement between the registrant and Rajiv Ramaswami dated January 8, 2010   10-Q    000-
23993
     10.1         04/27/2010      
  10.11*    Amendment dated August 9, 2010 to Letter Agreement between the registrant and Rajiv Ramaswami   10-Q    000-
23993
     10.4         10/26/2010      
  10.12*    Severance Benefit Plan for Vice Presidents and Above and Summary Plan Description effective June 1, 2010   8-K    000-
23993
     10.1         05/07/2010      
  10.13*    Stock Option Amendment Agreement between the registrant and Thomas F. Lagatta dated December 29, 2006   10-K    000-
23993
     10.10         02/20/2007      
  10.14*    1998 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended and restated November 11, 2010   10-K    000-
23993
     10.14         02/02/2011      
  10.15*    1998 Stock Incentive Plan form of Notice of Grant of Stock Option for executive officers   10-K    000-
23993
     10.17         02/04/2009      
  10.16*    1998 Stock Incentive Plan form of Stock Option Agreement for executive officers   10-K    000-
23993
     10.21         02/04/2009      
  10.17*    1998 Stock Incentive Plan form of Automatic Stock Option Agreement for Non-Employee Directors (under prior Director Automatic Grant Program)   10-Q    000-
23993
     10.2         11/09/2004      
  10.18*    1998 Stock Incentive Plan form of Restricted Stock Unit Issuance Agreement for Scott A. McGregor   10-K    000-
23993
     10.18         02/02/2011      
  10.19*    1998 Stock Incentive Plan form of Restricted Stock Unit Issuance Agreement for executive officers other than Scott A. McGregor   10-K    000-
23993
     10.19         02/02/2011      
  10.20*    1998 Stock Incentive Plan form of Restricted Stock Unit Issuance Agreement for executive officers (for RSUs governed by the Special RSU Program)   10-K    000-
23993
     10.20         02/02/2011      
  10.21*    1998 Stock Incentive Plan form of Restricted Stock Unit Issuance Agreement for Non-Employee Directors (Annual Award)   10-K    000-
23993
     10.29         02/04/2009      
  10.22*    1998 Stock Incentive Plan form of Restricted Stock Unit Issuance Agreement for Non-Employee Directors (Pro-rated Awards)   10-K    000-
23993
     10.30         02/04/2009      
  10.23*    1998 Stock Incentive Plan form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement for Non-Employee Directors (Initial Awards under prior Director Automatic Grant Program)   10-Q    000-
23993
     10.3         05/04/2005      
  10.24    1999 Special Stock Option Plan (as amended and restated July 18, 2003)   10-Q    000-
23993
     10.2         08/11/2003      
  10.25    1999 Special Stock Option Plan form of Notice of Grant of Stock Option   S-8    333-
93457
     99.2         12/22/1999      


Table of Contents
         Where Located  

Exhibit

Number

  

Description

  Form    File No.    Exhibit
No.
     Filing Date      Filed
Herewith
 
    10.26    1999 Special Stock Option Plan form of Stock Option Agreement   10-Q    000-
23993
     10.2.1         08/11/2003      
    10.27*    Restricted Stock Units Incentive Award Program   8-K    000-
23993
     10.1         01/20/2011      
    10.28*    Restricted Stock Unit Incentive Award Program — Form of Award Letter   8-K    000-
23993
     10.2         01/20/2011      
    10.29*   

Form of Indemnification Agreement for Directors, Elected Officers and certain

employees or agents of the registrant

  8-K    000-
23993
     10.1         06/24/2008      
    10.30††    Settlement and Patent License and Non-Assert Agreement by and between Qualcomm Incorporated and the registrant   8-K/A    000-
23993
     10.1         07/23/2009      
    10.31    Credit Agreement, dated as of November 19, 2010, among the registrant, Bank of America, N.A. and the other lenders party thereto.   8-K    000-
23993
     10.1         11/22/2010      
    10.32    First Amendment to Credit Agreement with Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent, swing line lender and L/C issuer, and the lenders party thereto   8-K    000-
2393
     10.1         11/01/2011      
    10.33    Letter agreement dated February 1, 2011 by and between Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated and the Registrant Regarding a Fixed Collared Accelerated Share Repurchase Transaction.                 X   
    10.34    Lease Agreement dated February 1, 2000 between Conejo Valley Development Corporation and the registrant   10-K    000-
23993
     10.17         03/19/2002      
    10.35    First Amendment dated July 1, 2009 to Lease Agreement dated February 1, 2000 between Conejo Valley Development Corporation and the registrant.   10-K    000-
23993
     10.30         02/03/2010      
    10.36    Lease Agreement dated May 18, 2000 between M-D Downtown Sunnyvale, LLC and the registrant   10-K    000-
23993
     10.21         03/31/2003      
    10.37    Amendment dated September 30, 2005 to Lease Agreement dated May 18, 2000 between M-D Downtown Sunnyvale, LLC and the registrant   10-K    000-
23993
     10.43         02/04/2009      
    10.38    Second Amendment dated October 15, 2010 to Lease Agreement dated May 18, 2000 between M-D Downtown Sunnyvale, LLC and the registrant   10-K    000-
23993
     10.36         02/02/2011      
    10.39††    Lease Agreement dated December 17, 2004 between Irvine Commercial Property Company and the registrant   10-K    000-
23993
     10.38         03/01/2005      
    10.40    First Amendment, Second Amendment, and Third Amendment dated June 7, 2005, April 9, 2007 and April 9, 2007, respectively, to Lease dated December 17, 2004 between Irvine Commercial Property Company LLC and the registrant   10-Q    000-
23993
     10.2         10/24/2007      


Table of Contents
         Where Located  

Exhibit

Number

  

Description

  Form    File No.    Exhibit
No.
     Filing Date      Filed
Herewith
 
  10.41    Fourth Amendment dated November 19, 2007 to Lease dated December 17, 2004 between Irvine Commercial Property Company LLC and the registrant   10-K    000-
23993
     10.43         01/28/2008      
  10.42    Lease Agreement dated October 31, 2007 between Irvine Commercial Property Company LLC and the registrant   10-K    000-
23993
     10.44         01/28/2008      
  10.43    First Amendment dated November 12, 2008 to Lease Agreement dated October 31, 2007 between Irvine Commercial Property Company LLC and the registrant   10-K    000-
23993
     10.49         02/04/2009      
  10.44    Second Amendment, Third Amendment, and Fourth Amendment dated July 30, 2010, September 14, 2010 and November 15, 2010, respectively, to Lease Agreement dated October 31, 2007 between Irvine Commercial Property Company LLC and the registrant   10-K    000-
23993
     10.42         02/02/2011      
  10.45    Fifth and Sixth Amendment dated April 24, 2011 and August 2, 2011, respectively to Lease Agreement dated October 31, 2007 between Irvine Commercial Property Company LLC and the registrant                 X   
  21.1    Subsidiaries of the Company                 X   
  23.1    Consent of KPMG LLP                 X   
  31.1    Certification of the Chief Executive Officer, as required pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002                 X   
  31.2    Certification of the Chief Financial Officer, as required pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002                 X   
  32.1    Certifications of the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as required pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002                 X   
101.INS    XBRL Instance Document                 X   
101.SCH    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document                 X   
101.CAL    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document                 X   
101.LAB    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document                 X   
101.PRE    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document                 X   
101.DEF    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document                 X   

 

 

* A contract, compensatory plan or arrangement in which directors or executive officers are eligible to participate.

 

†† Confidential treatment has previously been granted by the SEC for certain portions of the referenced exhibit pursuant to Rule 406 under the Securities Act.


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this Report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

B ROADCOM C ORPORATION
By:   /s/    S COTT A. M C G REGOR
 

Scott A. McGregor

President and Chief Executive Officer

Date: February 1, 2012

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this Report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated:

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/    S COTT A. M C G REGOR

Scott A. McGregor

   President and Chief Executive Officer and
Director (Principal Executive Officer)
  February 1, 2012

/s/    H ENRY S AMUELI

Henry Samueli, Ph.D.

   Chief Technical Officer and Director   February 1, 2012

/s/    E RIC K. B RANDT

Eric K. Brandt

   Executive Vice President, Chief Financial
Officer (Principal Financial Officer)
  February 1, 2012

/s/    R OBERT L. T IRVA

Robert L. Tirva

  

Senior Vice President, Corporate Controller

(Principal Accounting Officer)

  February 1, 2012

/s/    R OBERT J. F INOCCHIO , J R .

Robert J. Finocchio, Jr.

   Director   February 1, 2012

/s/    N ANCY H. H ANDEL

Nancy H. Handel

   Director   February 1, 2012

/s/    E DDY W. H ARTENSTEIN

Eddy W. Hartenstein

   Director   February 1, 2012

/s/    M ARIA M. K LAWE

Maria M. Klawe, Ph.D.

   Director   February 1, 2012

/s/    J OHN E. M AJOR

John E. Major

   Chairman of the Board   February 1, 2012

/s/    W ILLIAM T. M ORROW

William T. Morrow

   Director   February 1, 2012

/s/    J OHN A.C. S WAINSON

John A.C. Swainson

   Director   February 1, 2012

/s/    R OBERT E. S WITZ

Robert E. Switz

   Director   February 1, 2012


Table of Contents

SCHEDULE II — CONSOLIDATED VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS

CONSOLIDATED VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS

BROADCOM CORPORATION

 

Description

  Balance at
Beginning of
          Year           
    Charged (Credited)
to Costs and
            Expenses            
    Charged to
Other
     Accounts    
        Deductions         Balance at
End of
        Year        
 
    (In millions)  

Year ended December 31, 2011:

         

Deducted from asset accounts:

         

Allowance for doubtful accounts

  $ 9      $      $      $      $ 9   

Sales returns

    14        37               (41     10   

Restructuring liabilities

           16               (8     8   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ 23      $ 53      $      $ (49   $ 27   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Year ended December 31, 2010:

         

Deducted from asset accounts:

         

Allowance for doubtful accounts

  $ 7      $ 2      $      $      $ 9   

Sales returns

    4        31               (21     14   

Restructuring liabilities

    1                      (1       
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ 12      $ 33      $      $ (22   $ 23   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Year ended December 31, 2009:

         

Deducted from asset accounts:

         

Allowance for doubtful accounts

  $ 6      $ 1      $      $      $ 7   

Sales returns

    4        23               (23     4   

Restructuring liabilities

    4        13               (16     1   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ 14      $ 37      $      $ (39   $ 12   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

S-1


Table of Contents

Exhibit Index

 

         

Where Located

Exhibit

 Number

  

Description

  

Form

  

File No.

  

Exhibit

No.

  

Filing Date

  

Filed

Herewith

2.1    Agreement and plan of Merger, dated as of September 11, 2011, by and among Broadcom, NetLogic Microsystems and I&N Acquisition Corp.    8-K   

000-

23993

   2.1    09/12/2011   
3.1    Second Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation filed with the California Secretary of State on June 8, 2006    8-K    000- 23993    3.1    08/10/2006   
3.4    Bylaws as amended through December 21, 2007    8-K    000- 23993    3.1    12/21/2007   
4.1    Indenture, dated November 1, 2010, between the registrant and Wilmington Trust FSB    8-K    000- 23993    4.1    11/01/2010   
4.2    Supplemental Indenture, dated November 1, 2010, between the registrant and Wilmington Trust FSB, including the forms of Broadcom’s 1.500% Senior Notes due 2013 and 2.375% Senior Notes due 2015.    8-K    000- 23993    4.2    11/01/2010   
4.3    Second Supplemental Indenture, dated November 9, 2011, between the registrant and Wilmington Trust, National Association, including the form of Broadcom’s 2.700% Senior Notes due 2018.    8-K   

000-

23993

   4.1    11/09/2011   
10.1*    Performance Bonus Plan (as amended and restated March 5, 2010)    8-K    000- 23993    99.1    03/09/2010   
10.2*    Letter Agreement between the registrant and Scott A. McGregor dated October 25, 2004    10-K/A    000- 23993    10.4    01/23/2007   
10.3*    Fourth Amendment dated August 9, 2010 to Letter Agreement between the registrant and Scott A. McGregor    10-Q    000- 23993    10.1    10/26/2010   
10.4*    Letter Agreement between the registrant and Eric K. Brandt dated March 11, 2007    10-Q    000- 23993    10.1    05/01/2007   
10.5*    Third Amendment dated August 9, 2010 to Letter Agreement between the registrant and Eric K. Brandt    10-Q    000- 23993    10.2    10/26/2010   
10.6*    Form of Revised Letter Agreement for Change in Control Severance Benefit Program dated August 9, 2010 between the registrant and each of the following executive officers: Neil Kim, Thomas F. Lagatta, Daniel A. Marotta, and Robert A. Rango    10-Q    000- 23993    10.5    10/26/2010   
10.7*    Revised Letter Agreement for Change in Control Severance Benefit Program dated August 9, 2010 between the registrant and Robert L. Tirva    10-Q    000- 23993    10.6    10/26/2010   
10.8*    Letter Agreement between the registrant and Arthur Chong dated October 27, 2008    10-K    000- 23993    10.11    02/04/2009   
10.9*    Amendment dated August 9, 2010 to Letter Agreement between the registrant and Arthur Chong    10-Q    000- 23993    10.3    10/26/2010   


Table of Contents
         

Where Located

Exhibit

 Number

  

Description

  

Form

  

File No.

  

Exhibit

No.

  

Filing Date

  

Filed

Herewith

10.10*    Letter Agreement between the registrant and Rajiv Ramaswami dated January 8, 2010    10-Q    000- 23993    10.1    04/27/2010   
10.11*    Amendment dated August 9, 2010 to Letter Agreement between the registrant and Rajiv Ramaswami    10-Q   

000-

23993

   10.4    10/26/2010   
10.12*    Severance Benefit Plan for Vice Presidents and Above and Summary Plan Description effective June 1, 2010    8-K    000- 23993    10.1    05/07/2010   
10.13*    Stock Option Amendment Agreement between the registrant and Thomas F. Lagatta dated December 29, 2006    10-K    000- 23993    10.10    02/20/2007   
10.14*    1998 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended and restated November 11, 2010    10-K    000- 23993    10.14    02/02/2011   
10.15*    1998 Stock Incentive Plan form of Notice of Grant of Stock Option for executive officers    10-K    000- 23993    10.17    02/04/2009   
10.16*    1998 Stock Incentive Plan form of Stock Option Agreement for executive officers    10-K    000- 23993    10.21    02/04/2009   
10.17*    1998 Stock Incentive Plan form of Automatic Stock Option Agreement for Non-Employee Directors (under prior Director Automatic Grant Program)    10-Q    000- 23993    10.2    11/09/2004   
10.18*    1998 Stock Incentive Plan form of Restricted Stock Unit Issuance Agreement for Scott A. McGregor    10-K    000- 23993    10.18    02/02/2011   
10.19*    1998 Stock Incentive Plan form of Restricted Stock Unit Issuance Agreement for executive officers other than Scott A. McGregor    10-K    000- 23993    10.19    02/02/2011   
10.20*    1998 Stock Incentive Plan form of Restricted Stock Unit Issuance Agreement for executive officers (for RSUs governed by the Special RSU Program)    10-K    000- 23993    10.20    02/02/2011   
10.21*    1998 Stock Incentive Plan form of Restricted Stock Unit Issuance Agreement for Non-Employee Directors (Annual Award)    10-K    000- 23993    10.29    02/04/2009   
10.22*    1998 Stock Incentive Plan form of Restricted Stock Unit Issuance Agreement for Non-Employee Directors (Pro-rated Awards)    10-K    000- 23993    10.30    02/04/2009   
10.23*    1998 Stock Incentive Plan form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement for Non-Employee Directors (Initial Awards under prior Director Automatic Grant Program)    10-Q    000- 23993    10.3    05/04/2005   
10.24    1999 Special Stock Option Plan (as amended and restated July 18, 2003)    10-Q    000- 23993    10.2    08/11/2003   
10.25    1999 Special Stock Option Plan form of Notice of Grant of Stock Option    S-8    333- 93457    99.2    12/22/1999   
10.26    1999 Special Stock Option Plan form of Stock Option Agreement    10-Q    000- 23993    10.2.1    08/11/2003   
10.27*    Restricted Stock Units Incentive Award Program    8-K    000- 23993    10.1    01/20/2011   
10.28*    Restricted Stock Unit Incentive Award Program — Form of Award Letter    8-K    000- 23993    10.2    01/20/2011   


Table of Contents
         

Where Located

Exhibit

  Number

  

Description

  

Form

  

File No.

  

Exhibit

No.

  

Filing Date

  

Filed

Herewith

10.29*   

Form of Indemnification Agreement for Directors, Elected Officers and certain

employees or agents of the registrant

   8-K    000- 23993    10.1    06/24/2008   
10.30††    Settlement and Patent License and Non-Assert Agreement by and between Qualcomm Incorporated and the registrant    8-K/A    000- 23993    10.1    07/23/2009   
10.31    Credit Agreement, dated as of November 19, 2010, among the registrant, Bank of America, N.A. and the other lenders party thereto.    8-K    000- 23993    10.1    11/22/2010   
10.32    First Amendment to Credit Agreement with Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent, swing line lender and L/C issuer, and the lenders party thereto    8-K    000- 2393    10.1    11/01/2011   
10.33    Letter agreement dated February 1, 2011 by and between Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated and the Registrant Regarding a Fixed Collared Accelerated Share Repurchase Transaction.                X
10.34    Lease Agreement dated February 1, 2000 between Conejo Valley Development Corporation and the registrant    10-K    000- 23993    10.17    03/19/2002   
10.35    First Amendment dated July 1, 2009 to Lease Agreement dated February 1, 2000 between Conejo Valley Development Corporation and the registrant.    10-K    000- 23993    10.30    02/03/2010   
10.36    Lease Agreement dated May 18, 2000 between M-D Downtown Sunnyvale, LLC and the registrant    10-K    000- 23993    10.21    03/31/2003   
10.37    Amendment dated September 30, 2005 to Lease Agreement dated May 18, 2000 between M-D Downtown Sunnyvale, LLC and the registrant    10-K    000- 23993    10.43    02/04/2009   
10.38    Second Amendment dated October 15, 2010 to Lease Agreement dated May 18, 2000 between M-D Downtown Sunnyvale, LLC and the registrant    10-K   

000-

23993

   10.36    02/02/2011   
10.39††    Lease Agreement dated December 17, 2004 between Irvine Commercial Property Company and the registrant    10-K    000- 23993    10.38    03/01/2005   
10.40    First Amendment, Second Amendment, and Third Amendment dated June 7, 2005, April 9, 2007 and April 9, 2007, respectively, to Lease dated December 17, 2004 between Irvine Commercial Property Company LLC and the registrant    10-Q    000- 23993    10.2    10/24/2007   
10.41    Fourth Amendment dated November 19, 2007 to Lease dated December 17, 2004 between Irvine Commercial Property Company LLC and the registrant    10-K    000- 23993    10.43    01/28/2008   


Table of Contents
         

Where Located

Exhibit

 Number

  

Description

  

Form

  

File No.

  

Exhibit

No.

  

Filing Date

  

Filed

Herewith

  10.42    Lease Agreement dated October 31, 2007 between Irvine Commercial Property Company LLC and the registrant    10-K    000- 23993    10.44    01/28/2008   
  10.43    First Amendment dated November 12, 2008 to Lease Agreement dated October 31, 2007 between Irvine Commercial Property Company LLC and the registrant    10-K    000- 23993    10.49    02/04/2009   
  10.44    Second Amendment, Third Amendment, and Fourth Amendment dated July 30, 2010, September 14, 2010 and November 15, 2010, respectively, to Lease Agreement dated October 31, 2007 between Irvine Commercial Property Company LLC and the registrant    10-K   

000-

23993

   10.42    02/02/2011   
  10.45    Fifth and Sixth Amendment dated April 24, 2011 and August 2, 2011, respectively to Lease Agreement dated October 31, 2007 between Irvine Commercial Property Company LLC and the registrant                X
  21.1    Subsidiaries of the Company                X
  23.1    Consent of KPMG LLP                X
  31.1    Certification of the Chief Executive Officer, as required pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002                X
  31.2    Certification of the Chief Financial Officer, as required pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002                X
  32.1    Certifications of the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as required pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002                X
101.INS    XBRL Instance Document               

X

101.SCH    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document               

X

101.CAL    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document               

X

101.LAB    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document               

X

101.PRE    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document               

X

101.DEF    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document               

X

 

* A contract, compensatory plan or arrangement in which directors or executive officers are eligible to participate.

 

†† Confidential treatment has previously been granted by the SEC for certain portions of the referenced exhibit pursuant to Rule 406 under the Securities Act.

Exhibit 10.33

 

  Reference Number: [    ]   Account Number: [    ]

 

LOGO   

MORGAN STANLEY & CO. INCORPORATED

1585 BROADWAY

NEW YORK, NY 10036-8293

(212) 761-4000

February 1, 2011                                    

Fixed Dollar Collared Accelerated Share Repurchase Transaction

Broadcom Corporation

5300 California Avenue

Irvine, CA 92617-3038

 

Dear Sir/Madam:

The purpose of this letter agreement (this “Confirmation”) is to confirm the terms and conditions of the Transaction entered into between Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated (“MSCO”) and Broadcom Corporation (the “Issuer”) on the Trade Date specified below (the “Transaction”). This confirmation constitutes a “Confirmation” as referred to in the ISDA Master Agreement specified below.

The definitions and provisions contained in the 2002 ISDA Equity Derivatives Definitions (as published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc. (“ISDA”)) (the “Equity Definitions”) are incorporated into this Confirmation. In the event of any inconsistency between the Equity Definitions and this Confirmation, this Confirmation will govern. Any reference to a currency shall have the meaning contained in Annex A to the 1998 ISDA FX and Currency Option Definitions, as published by ISDA.

1. This Confirmation evidences a complete and binding agreement between MSCO and Issuer as to the terms of the Transaction to which this Confirmation relates. This Confirmation shall be subject to an agreement (the “ Agreement ”) in the form of the 2002 ISDA Master Agreement (the “ ISDA Form ”) as if MSCO and Issuer had executed an agreement in such form without any Schedule. For the avoidance of doubt, the Transaction shall be the only transaction under the Agreement.

2. The terms of the particular Transaction to which this Confirmation relates are as follows:

GENERAL TERMS:

 

Trade Date:

As specified in Schedule I

 

Buyer:

Issuer

 

Seller:

MSCO

 

Shares:

Common Stock of Issuer (Ticker: “BRCM”)

 

Number of Shares:

The number of Shares delivered in accordance with Physical Settlement below.


Tranches:

The Transaction will be divided into multiple Tranches, each with the terms set forth in this Confirmation, and in particular with the Prepayment Amount, Observation Dates, the Scheduled Valuation Date and the Lock-Out Date set forth in Schedule I. The payments and deliveries to be made upon settlement of the Transaction will be determined separately for each Tranche as if each Tranche were a separate Transaction under the Agreement.

 

Forward Price:

A price per Share (as determined by the Calculation Agent) equal to (i) Mean of 10b-18 VWAPs minus (ii) the Discount Percentage (as specified in Schedule I) multiplied by the Mean of 10b-18 VWAPs; provided, however, that if the Forward Price would otherwise be: (A) greater than the Forward Cap Price, the Forward Price shall equal the Forward Cap Price (as specified in Schedule I), or (B) less than the Forward Floor Price, the Forward Price shall equal the Forward Floor Price (as specified in Schedule I)

 

10b-18 VWAP:

For each Observation Date that is a Trading Day during the Calculation Period or the Initial Hedge Period, a price per share (as determined by the Calculation Agent) equal to the volume-weighted average price of the Rule 10b-18 eligible trades in the Shares for the entirety of such Trading Day as determined by reference to the screen entitled “BRCM.UQ <Equity> AQR SEC” or any successor page as reported by Bloomberg L.P. (without regard to pre-open or after hours trading outside of any regular trading session for such Trading Day or block trades (as defined in Rule 10b-18(b)(5) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”)) on such Trading Day).

 

Mean of 10b-18 VWAPs:

The arithmetic mean of the 10b-18 VWAP on each Observation Date that is a Trading Day during the Calculation Period.

 

Observation Dates:

As specified in Schedule I.

 

Calculation Period:

The period from and including the first Observation Date that is a Trading Day that occurs after the Initial Hedge Completion Date to but excluding the relevant Valuation Date; provided, however, that if the Valuation Date is the Scheduled Valuation Date, then the Valuation Date shall be included in the Calculation Period.

Trading Day:

Any Exchange Business Day that is not a Disrupted Day.

 

Initial Shares:

As specified in Schedule I

 

Initial Share Delivery Date:

The First Exchange Business Day following the Trade Date. On the Initial Share Delivery Date, Seller shall deliver a number of Shares equal to the Initial Shares to Buyer in accordance with Section 9.4 of the Equity Definitions, with the Initial Share Delivery Date deemed to be a “Settlement Date” for purposes of such Section 9.4.


Initial Hedge Period:

The period from and including the first Observation Date that is a Trading Day that occurs after the Trade Date (the “Initial Hedge Start Date”) to and including the Initial Hedge Completion Date

 

Initial Hedge Completion Date:

The Observation Date on which MSCO completes its initial hedge, as determined by MSCO in its good faith and commercially reasonable discretion, but in no event shall the Initial Hedge Completion Date occur later than the third Trading Day after the Initial Hedge Start Date.

 

  On or prior to the Exchange Business Day following the Initial Hedge Completion Date for any Tranche, MSCO shall provide Issuer with written notice specifying the first day of the Calculation Period and the Initial Hedge Period Reference Price, the Forward Cap Price and the Forward Floor Price (with such prices expressed in USD) for such Tranche.

 

Initial Hedge Period Reference Price:

An amount in USD equal to the arithmetic mean (not a weighted average) of the 10b-18 VWAP on each Observation Date that is a Trading Day from, and including, the first Observation Date that is a Trading Day immediately following the Trade Date to, and including, the Initial Hedge Completion Date.

 

Additional Shares:

A number of Shares equal to (i) the Prepayment Amount (as defined below) divided by the Forward Cap Price (as specified in Schedule I) minus (ii) the Initial Shares delivered to Issuer by MSCO.

 

Additional Share Delivery Date:

One Exchange Business Day following the Initial Hedge Completion Date. On the Additional Share Delivery Date, Seller shall deliver a number of shares equal to the Additional Shares to Buyer in accordance with Section 9.4 of the Equity Definitions, with the Additional Share Delivery Date deemed to be a “Settlement Date” for purposes of such Section 9.4.

 

Prepayment:

Applicable

 

Prepayment Amount:

As specified in Schedule I

 

Commission Amount:

As specified in Schedule I

 

Adjustment Amount:

As specified in Schedule I

 

Structuring Fee:

As specified in Schedule I

 

Prepayment Date:

The First Exchange Business Day following the Trade Date. On the Prepayment Date, Buyer shall pay to Seller the Prepayment Amount, the Commission Amount, the Adjustment Amount and the Structuring Fee.


Exchange:

NASDAQ GS

 

Related Exchange:

The primary exchange on which options or futures on the relevant Shares are traded.

 

Market Disruption Event:

The definition of “Market Disruption Event” in Section 6.3(a) of the Equity Definitions is hereby amended by replacing the words “at any time during the one-hour period that ends at the relevant Valuation Time” in the third line thereof with the words “at any time on any Observation Date during the Calculation Period or Initial Hedge Period or” after the word “material”.

 

  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Equity Definitions, if any Observation Date in the Calculation Period or the Initial Hedge Period is a Disrupted Day, the Calculation Agent shall have the option in its good faith and commercially reasonable discretion either (i) to determine the weighting of each Rule 10b-18 eligible transaction in the Shares on the relevant Disrupted Day using its commercially reasonable judgment for purposes of calculating the Forward Price, as applicable, (ii) to elect to extend the Calculation Period or the Initial Hedge Period by a number of Observation Dates equal to the number of Disrupted Days during the Calculation Period or the Initial Hedge Period or (iii) to suspend the Calculation Period or the Initial Hedge Period, as appropriate, until the circumstances giving rise to such suspension have ceased, in either case, by delivering notice in writing to Issuer of (x) the circumstances giving rise to such Disrupted Day and (y) any such weighting, extension or suspension as soon as reasonably practicable after the occurrence of such Disrupted Day and, with respect to a Disrupted Day arising with respect to any Requirements (as defined in Section 10), shall subsequently notify Issuer on the day Seller believes that the circumstances giving rise to such Disrupted Day have changed. For the avoidance of doubt, (I) if Calculation Agent elects the option described in clause (i) above, then such Disrupted Day shall be deemed to be a Trading Day for purposes of calculating the Forward Price or the Initial Hedge Period Reference Price, as the case may be and (II) any adjustments made by Calculation Agent as a result of any Disrupted Day shall be Fair Value Adjustments (as defined below).

VALUATION:

 

Valuation Time:

The Scheduled Closing Time on the relevant Exchange

 

Valuation Date:

The earlier of (i) the Scheduled Valuation Date (as specified in Schedule I) and (ii) any date after the Lock-Out Date (as specified in Schedule I) specified by MSCO to Issuer by 9:00pm EST on such date as a Valuation Date, in each case, subject to extension in accordance with “Market Disruption Event” above or Section 9 or Section 10 below; provided, however, that if a Valuation Date occurs pursuant to clause


 

(ii) above, then (A) the Calculation Period for this Transaction (or portion thereof) shall be deemed to end as of the Trading Day immediately preceding the relevant Valuation Date and (B) MSCO shall have the right to specify a Valuation Date with respect to any portion of this Transaction as it selects (any such Valuation Date on a portion of this Transaction for less than the full Prepayment Amount, a “Partial Acceleration Date”); provided, however, that MSCO can only elect to declare a Partial Acceleration Date if the portion of the transaction subject to the Partial Acceleration Date is in an increment of USD25,000,000.

 

  In the case of a Partial Acceleration Date, MSCO shall specify in its notice to Issuer designating a Valuation Date in connection with a Partial Acceleration Date the percentage of the Prepayment Amount that is subject to such Valuation Date and Calculation Agent shall adjust all terms of this Transaction as it deems reasonable in a good faith and commercially reasonable manner in order to take into account the occurrence of any Partial Acceleration Date (including cumulative adjustments to take into account all Partial Acceleration Dates that occur during the term of this Transaction).

 

  On each Valuation Date, Calculation Agent shall calculate the Settlement Amount.

SETTLEMENT TERMS:

 

Physical Settlement:

Applicable.

 

  On the relevant Settlement Date, Seller shall deliver to Buyer a number of Shares equal to (a) (i) the Prepayment Amount divided by (ii) the Forward Price as determined on the relevant Valuation Date, minus (b) the Initial Shares minus (c) the Additional Shares, rounded to the nearest whole number of Shares (such number of Shares, the “Settlement Amount”).

 

Settlement Currency:

USD

 

Settlement Date:

Three Exchange Business Days after the relevant Valuation Date, or if such date is not a Clearance System Business Day or if there is a Settlement Disruption Event on such day, the immediately succeeding Clearance System Business Day on which there is no Settlement Disruption Event.

SHARE ADJUSTMENTS:

 

Potential Adjustment Event:

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 11.2(e) of the Equity Definitions, each of (i) an Extraordinary Dividend, (ii) any issuance of Shares in connection with a Compensatory Plan (as defined in Section 11(a)), or (iii) any repurchases of Shares hereunder or under any other plan or transaction of Issuer shall not constitute a Potential Adjustment Event.


Extraordinary Dividend:

Any dividend or distribution on the Shares with an ex-dividend date occurring during the period from and including the Trade Date to and including the Valuation Date (other than any dividend or distribution of the type described in Section 11.2(e)(i) or Section 11.2(e)(ii)(A) or (B) of the Equity Definitions) (a “ Dividend ”) that is either (i) a non-regularly scheduled Dividend or (ii) the amount or value of which (as determined by the Calculation Agent) exceeds the Ordinary Dividend Amount.

 

Ordinary Dividend Amount:

For any calendar quarter, USD 0.09

 

Agreement Regarding Dividends:

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Confirmation, the Definitions, or the Agreement to the contrary, in calculating any adjustment pursuant to Article 11 of the Equity Definitions or any amount payable in respect of any termination or cancellation of the Transaction pursuant to Article 12 of the Equity Definitions or Section 6 of the Agreement, the Calculation Agent shall not take into account changes to any dividends since the Trade Date. For the avoidance of doubt, if an Early Termination Date occurs in respect of the Transaction, the amount payable pursuant to Section 6 of the Agreement in respect of such Early Termination Date shall be determined without regard to the difference between actual dividends declared (including Extraordinary Dividends) and expected dividends as of the Trade Date.

 

Method of Adjustment:

Calculation Agent Adjustment; provided that if Seller suspends trading in the Shares for all or any portion of a Trading Day within the Calculation Period, the suspension shall be treated as a Potential Adjustment Event subject to Calculation Agent Adjustment. In the case of a suspension arising as a result of any Requirements (as defined in Section 10), the Calculation Agent shall make such adjustments prior to the period of suspension, if it is practical to do so. Otherwise, and in all cases of a suspension as contemplated under “Market Disruption Event” above, the Calculation Agent shall make such adjustments promptly following the period of suspension.

 

  With respect to any Potential Adjustment Event, all adjustments made by the Calculation Agent pursuant to “Calculation Agent Adjustment” shall be Fair Value Adjustments. “Fair Value Adjustments” means, in respect of any event, adjustments to any relevant terms of the Transaction as necessary to preserve as nearly as practicable the fair value of such Transaction to MSCO prior to such event, where the Calculation Agent, in making Fair Value Adjustments, shall take into account any increase or decrease in such fair value to MSCO as a result of the relevant event, based on stock price volatility, interest rates, strike price, stock loan rate, liquidity and VWAP averaging dates.


EXTRAORDINARY EVENTS:

Consequences of Merger Events:

 

Share-for-Share:

Modified Calculation Agent Adjustment

 

Share-for-Other:

Cancellation and Payment on that portion of the Other Consideration that consists of cash; Modified Calculation Agent Adjustment on the remainder of the Other Consideration

 

Share-for-Combined:

Modified Calculation Agent Adjustment

 

Tender Offer:

Applicable

CONSEQUENCES OF TENDER OFFERS:

 

Share-for-Share:

Modified Calculation Agent Adjustment

 

Share-for-Other:

Modified Calculation Agent Adjustment

 

Share-for-Combined:

Modified Calculation Agent Adjustment

For purposes of this Transaction, the definition of Merger Date in Section 12.1(c) shall be amended to read, “Merger Date shall mean the Announcement Date.” For purposes of this Transaction, the definition of Tender Offer Date in Section 12.1(e) shall be amended to read, “Tender Offer Date shall mean the Announcement Date.”

 

Composition of Combined Consideration:

Applicable

 

Nationalization, Insolvency or Delisting:

Cancellation and Payment (Calculation Agent Determination)

With respect to any consequences of an Extraordinary Event to which Modified Calculation Agent Adjustment applies, any adjustments made by the Calculation Agent pursuant to “Modified Calculation Agent Adjustment” shall be Fair Value Adjustments.

Additional Disruption Events:

 

Change in Law:

Applicable; provided that the parties agree that, for the avoidance of doubt, for purposes of Section 12.9(a)(ii) of the Equity Definitions, “any applicable law or regulation” shall include the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010, any rules and regulations promulgated thereunder and any similar law or regulation, without regard to Section 739 of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010 or any similar legal certainty provision in any legislation enacted, or rule or regulation promulgated and the consequences specified in Section 12.9(b)(i) of the Equity Definitions shall apply to any Change in Law arising from any such act, rule or regulation”.

 

Failure to Deliver:

Applicable


Insolvency Filing:

Applicable

 

Hedging Disruption:

Applicable

 

Increased Cost of Hedging:

Not Applicable

 

Loss of Stock Borrow:

Applicable

Maximum Stock Loan Rate:

100bps

 

Increased Cost of Stock Borrow:

Applicable

Initial Stock Loan Rate:

25bps

 

Determining Party:

For all Extraordinary Events, MSCO; provided that, upon receipt of written request from Issuer, Determining Party shall promptly (but in no event later than within seven Scheduled Trading Days from the receipt of such request) provide Issuer with a written explanation describing in reasonable detail any determination made by it (including any quotations, market data or information from internal sources used in making such determinations, but without disclosing MSCO’s proprietary models).

 

Hedging Party:

For all Additional Disruption Events, MSCO

 

Non-Reliance:

Applicable

AGREEMENTS AND ACKNOWLEDGMENTS:

 

Regarding Hedging Activities:

Applicable

 

Additional Acknowledgments:

Applicable

 

3. Calculation Agent:

MSCO; provided that, upon receipt of written request from Issuer, Calculation Agent shall promptly (but in no event later than within seven Scheduled Trading Days from the receipt of such request) provide Issuer with a written explanation describing in reasonable detail any calculation, adjustment or determination made by it (including any quotations, market data or information from internal sources used in making such calculations, adjustments or determinations, but without disclosing MSCO’s proprietary models).

 

4. Account Details:

To be provided.

5.     (a) Nationalization, Insolvency or Delisting. The words “the Transaction will be cancelled,” in the first line of Section 12.6(c)(ii) are replaced with the words “MSCO will have the right to cancel this Transaction,”.

(b) Additional Termination Event. The declaration of any Extraordinary Dividend by Issuer during the period from and including the Trade Date to but excluding the final Valuation Date shall constitute an Additional Termination Event with this Transaction as the only “Affected Transaction” and Issuer as the sole “Affected Party”.


(c) For the avoidance of doubt, this Transaction shall be deemed to be a “Share Forward Transaction” for purposes of the Equity Definitions; provided , however , that in Section 9.2(a)(iii) of the Equity Definitions the words “the Excess Dividend Amount, if any, and” shall be deleted.

(d) The proviso appearing in parentheses beginning on the fifth row from the end of Section 11.2(c) is removed.

6. Certain Payments and Deliveries by MSCO. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, or in the Equity Definitions, if at any time (i) an Early Termination Date occurs and MSCO would be required to make a payment pursuant to Sections 6(d) and 6(e) of the Agreement, (ii) a Tender Offer occurs and MSCO would be required to make a payment pursuant to Sections 12.3 and 12.7 of the Equity Definitions, (iii) a Merger Event occurs and MSCO would be required to make a payment pursuant to Sections 12.2 and 12.7 of the Equity Definitions (iv) an Additional Disruption Event occurs and MSCO would be required to make a payment pursuant to Sections 12.8 and 12.9 of the Equity Definitions or (v) a Nationalization, Insolvency or Delisting occurs and MSCO would be required to make a payment pursuant to Sections 12.6 and 12.7 of the Equity Definitions, then Issuer shall have the option to require MSCO to make such payment in cash or to settle such payment amount in Shares (or, in the case of a Merger Event, a number of units, each comprising the number or amount of the securities or property that a hypothetical holder of one Share would receive in such Merger Event (each such unit, an “ Alternative Delivery Unit ” and, the securities or property comprising such unit, “ Alternative Delivery Property ”)) (any such payment described in Sections 6(i), (ii), (iii), (iv) or (v) above, an “ MSCO Payment Amount ”). If Issuer elects for MSCO to settle an MSCO Payment Amount in Shares or Alternative Delivery Property, then on the date such MSCO Payment Amount is due, a Settlement Balance shall be established with an initial balance equal to the MSCO Payment Amount. On such date, MSCO shall commence purchasing Shares or Alternative Delivery Property for delivery to Issuer. At the end of each Trading Day on which MSCO purchases Shares or Alternative Delivery Property pursuant to this Section 6, MSCO shall reduce the Settlement Balance by the amount, determined in a good faith and commercially reasonable manner, paid by MSCO to purchase the Shares or Alternative Delivery Property purchased on such Trading Day. MSCO shall deliver any Shares or Alternative Delivery Property purchased on a Trading Day to Issuer on the third Exchange Business Day following the relevant Trading Day. MSCO shall continue purchasing Shares or Alternative Delivery Property until the Settlement Balance has been reduced to zero.

7. Certain Payments and Deliveries by Issuer. (a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, or in the Equity Definitions, if at any time (i) an Early Termination Date occurs and Issuer would be required to make a payment pursuant to Sections 6(d) and 6(e) of the Agreement, (ii) a Tender Offer occurs and Issuer would be required to make a payment pursuant to Sections 12.3 and 12.7 of the Equity Definitions, (iii) a Merger Event occurs and Issuer would be required to make a payment pursuant to Sections 12.2 and 12.7 of the Equity Definitions, (iv) an Additional Disruption Event occurs and Issuer would be required to make a payment pursuant to Sections 12.8 and 12.9 of the Equity Definitions or (v) a Nationalization, Insolvency or Delisting occurs and Issuer would be required to make a payment pursuant to Sections 12.6 and 12.7 of the Equity Definitions (any such payment described in Sections 7(i), (ii), (iii), (iv) or (v) above, an “ Early Settlement Payment ”), then Issuer shall have the option, in lieu of making such cash payment, to settle its payment obligations under Sections 7(i), (ii), (iii), (iv) or (v) above in Shares or Alternative Delivery Property (such Shares or Alternative Delivery Property, the “ Early Settlement Shares ”). In order to elect to deliver Early Settlement Shares, (i) Issuer must notify MSCO of its election by no later than 4 p.m. EST on the date that is three Exchange Business Days before the date that the Early Settlement Payment is due, (ii) must specify whether such Early Settlement Shares are to be sold by means of a registered offering or by means of a private placement and (iii) the conditions described in Section 8 below must be satisfied on each day Early Settlement Shares are to be sold by Seller in connection with Buyer’s election to deliver Early Settlement Shares in connection with the settlement of an Early Settlement Payment.

(b) For the avoidance of doubt, nothing in this Confirmation shall be interpreted as requiring Issuer to deliver cash in respect of the settlement of the Transaction contemplated by this Confirmation following payment by Issuer of the relevant Prepayment Amount, except in circumstances where the required cash settlement thereof is permitted for classification of the contract as equity by ASC 815-40, Derivatives and Hedging – Contracts in Entity’s Own Equity as in effect on the Trade Date (including, without limitation, where Issuer so elects to deliver cash or fails timely to elect to deliver Shares or Early Settlement Shares in respect of the settlement of the Transaction).


8. Conditions to Delivery of Early Settlement Shares.

Issuer may only deliver Early Settlement Shares and Make-Whole Shares (as defined below) subject to satisfaction of the following conditions:

(a) If Issuer timely elects to deliver Early Settlement Shares and Make-Whole Shares by means of a registered offering, the following provisions shall apply:

(i) On the later of (A) the Trading Day following the Issuer’s election to deliver Early Settlement Shares and any Make-Whole Shares by means of a registered offering (the “ Registration Notice Date ”), and (B) the date on which the Registration Statement is declared effective by the SEC or becomes effective (the “ Registered Share Delivery Date ”), the Issuer shall deliver to MSCO a number of Early Settlement Shares equal to the quotient of (I) the relevant Early Settlement Payment divided by (II) the market value per Share on the date of such delivery as reasonably determined by the Calculation Agent.

(ii) Promptly following the Registration Notice Date, the Issuer shall file with the SEC a registration statement (“ Registration Statement ”) covering the public resale by MSCO of the Early Settlement Shares and any Make-Whole Shares (collectively, the “ Registered Securities ”) on a continuous or delayed basis pursuant to Rule 415 (or any similar or successor rule), if available, under the Securities Act; provided that no such filing shall be required pursuant to this paragraph (ii) if the Issuer shall have filed a similar registration statement with unused capacity at least equal to the relevant Early Settlement Payment and such registration statement has become effective or been declared effective by the SEC on or prior to the Registration Notice Date and no stop order is in effect with respect to such registration statement as of the Registration Notice Date. The Issuer shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to file an automatic shelf registration statement or have the Registration Statement declared effective by the SEC as promptly as possible.

(iii) Promptly following the Registration Notice Date, the Issuer shall afford MSCO a reasonable opportunity to conduct a due diligence investigation with respect to the Issuer customary in scope for underwritten offerings of equity securities of similar size by similar issuers (including, without limitation, the availability of senior management to respond to questions regarding the business and financial condition of the Issuer and the right to have made available to MSCO for inspection all financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and other information reasonably requested by MSCO), and MSCO shall be satisfied in all material respects with the results of such due diligence investigation of the Issuer. For the avoidance of doubt, the Issuer shall not have the right to deliver Shares pursuant to this Section 8(a) (and the conditions to delivery of Early Settlement Shares specified in this Section 8(a) shall not be satisfied) until MSCO is satisfied in all material respects with the results of such due diligence investigation of the Issuer.

(iv) From the effectiveness of the Registration Statement until all Registered Securities have been sold by MSCO, the Issuer shall, at the request of MSCO, make available to MSCO a printed prospectus relating to the Registered Securities in form and substance (including, without limitation, any sections describing the plan of distribution) reasonably satisfactory to MSCO (a “ Prospectus ”, which term shall include any prospectus supplement thereto), in such quantities as MSCO shall reasonably request.

(v) The Issuer shall use its commercially reasonable best efforts to prevent the issuance of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or of any order preventing or suspending the use of any Prospectus and, if any such order is issued, to obtain the lifting thereof as soon thereafter as is possible. If the Registration Statement, the Prospectus or any document incorporated therein by reference contains a misstatement of a material fact or omits to state a material


fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make any statement therein not misleading, the Issuer shall as promptly as practicable file any required document and prepare and furnish to MSCO a reasonable number of copies of such supplement or amendment thereto as may be necessary so that the Prospectus, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of the Registered Securities will not contain a misstatement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make any statement therein not misleading.

(vi) On or prior to the Registered Share Delivery Date, the Issuer shall enter into an agreement (a “ Transfer Agreement ”) with MSCO (or any affiliate of MSCO designated by MSCO) in connection with the public resale of the Registered Securities, substantially similar to underwriting agreements customary for underwritten offerings of equity securities of similar size by similar issuers, in form and substance satisfactory to MSCO (or such affiliate), which Transfer Agreement shall (without limitation of the foregoing):

(A) contain provisions substantially similar to those contained in such underwriting agreements relating to the indemnification of, and contribution in connection with the liability of, MSCO and its affiliates,

(B) provide for delivery to MSCO (or such affiliate) of customary opinions (including, without limitation, accounting comfort letters, opinions relating to the due authorization, valid issuance and fully paid and non-assessable nature of the Registered Securities and the lack of material misstatements and omissions in the Registration Statement, the Prospectus and the Issuer’s filings under the Exchange Act of 1934, as amended and modified (the “ Exchange Act ”)); and

(C) provide for the payment by the Issuer of all fees and expenses in connection with such resale, including all registration costs and all fees and expenses of counsel for MSCO (or such affiliate), but such Transfer Agreement shall not provide for any underwriter discount or commission.

(vii) On the Registered Share Delivery Date, a balance (the “ Settlement Balance ”) shall be established with an initial balance equal to the applicable amount of the relevant Early Settlement Payment. Following the delivery of Early Settlement Shares or any Make-Whole Shares, Seller shall sell all such Early Settlement Shares or Make-Whole Shares in a good faith and commercially reasonable manner.

(viii) At the end of each day upon which sales have been made, the Settlement Balance shall be (A) reduced by an amount equal to the aggregate proceeds received by MSCO upon settlement of the sale of such Share, and (B) increased by an amount (as reasonably determined by the Calculation Agent) equal to MSCO’s commercially reasonable funding cost with respect to the then-current Settlement Balance as of the close of business on such day.

(ix) If, on any date, the Settlement Balance has been reduced to zero but not all of the Early Settlement Shares have been sold, no additional Early Settlement Shares shall be sold and MSCO shall promptly deliver to the Issuer (A) any remaining Early Settlement Shares and (B) if the Settlement Balance has been reduced to an amount less than zero, an amount in cash equal to the absolute value of the then-current Settlement Balance.

(x) If, on any date, all of the Early Settlement Shares have been sold and the Settlement Balance has not been reduced to zero, the Issuer shall promptly deliver to MSCO an additional number of Shares (“Make-Whole Shares”) equal to (A) the Settlement Balance as of such date divided by (B) the market value per Share on the date of such delivery as reasonably determined by the Calculation Agent. This clause (x) shall be applied successively until the Settlement Balance is reduced to zero.


(xi) If at any time the number of Shares covered by the Registration Statement is less than the number of Registered Securities required to be delivered pursuant to this Section 8(a), the Issuer shall, at the request of MSCO, file additional registration statement(s) to register the sale of all Registered Securities required to be delivered to MSCO.

(xii) The Issuer shall cooperate with MSCO and use all commercially reasonable efforts to take any other action necessary to effect the intent of the provisions set forth in this Section 8(a).

(b) If Issuer timely elects to deliver Early Settlement Shares and Make-Whole Shares by means of a private placement, the following provisions shall apply:

(i) all Early Settlement Shares and Make-Whole Shares shall be delivered to the Seller (or any affiliate of the Seller designated by the Seller) pursuant to the exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act provided by Section 4(2) thereof;

(ii) Seller and any potential purchaser of any such Shares from the Seller (or any affiliate of the Seller designated by the Seller) identified by Seller shall have been afforded a commercially reasonable opportunity to conduct a due diligence investigation with respect to Issuer customary in scope for private placements of equity securities of similar size by similar issuers (including, without limitation, the right to have made available to them for inspection all financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and other information reasonably requested by them) and Buyer shall not disclose material non-public information in connection with such due diligence investigation; and

(iii) an agreement (a “ Private Placement Agreement ”) shall have been entered into between Issuer and the Seller (or any affiliate of the Seller designated by the Seller) in connection with the private placement of such Shares by Issuer to the Seller (or any such affiliate) and the private resale of such Shares by the Seller (or any such affiliate), substantially similar to private placement purchase agreements customary for private placements of equity securities of similar size by similar issuers, in form and substance commercially reasonably satisfactory to the Seller and the Issuer, which Private Placement Agreement shall include, without limitation, provisions substantially similar to those contained in such private placement purchase agreements relating to the indemnification of, and contribution in connection with the liability of, the Seller and its affiliates, and shall provide for the payment by Issuer of all fees and expenses in connection with such resale, including all reasonable fees and expenses of one counsel for the Seller but not including any underwriter or broker discounts and commissions, and shall contain representations, warranties and agreements of Issuer and Seller reasonably necessary or advisable to establish and maintain the availability of an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act for such resales.

(iv) If Issuer elects to deliver Early Settlement Shares to satisfy its payment obligation of an Early Settlement Payment, neither Issuer nor Seller shall take or cause to be taken any action that would make unavailable either (i) the exemption set forth in Section 4(2) of the Securities Act for the sale of any Early Settlement Shares or Make-Whole Shares by Issuer to the Seller or (ii) an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act reasonably acceptable to the Seller for resales of Early Settlement Shares and Make-Whole Shares by the Seller.

(v) On the date requested by MSCO, (A) Issuer shall deliver a number of Early Settlement Shares equal to the quotient of (I) the relevant Early Settlement Payment divided by (II) a per share value, determined by MSCO in a commercially reasonable manner and which may be based on indicative bids from institutional “accredited investors” (as defined in Rule 501 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”)) and (B) the provisions of Sections 8(a)(vii) –(x) shall apply to the Early Settlement Shares delivered pursuant to this Section 8(b)(v). For purposes of applying the foregoing, the Registered Share Delivery Date referred to in 8(a)(vii) shall be the date on which Issuer delivers the Early Settlement Shares.


(c) The provisions of Section 8(b) shall apply to any then-current Settlement Balance if (i) on any given day, Issuer cannot satisfy any of the conditions of Section 8(a) or (ii) for a period of at least ten (10) consecutive Exchange Business Days, MSCO has determined that it is inadvisable to effect sales of Registered Securities.

(d) If Issuer elects to deliver Early Settlement Shares to satisfy its payment obligation of an Early Settlement Payment, then, if necessary, Issuer shall use its commercially reasonable best efforts to cause the number of authorized but unissued Shares of Common Stock to be increased to an amount sufficient to permit Issuer to fulfill its obligations to satisfy its payment obligation of an Early Settlement Payment by delivering Early Settlement Shares.

9. Special Provisions for Merger Events. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in the Equity Definitions, to the extent that an Announcement Date for a potential Merger Transaction occurs during the term of this Transaction and such Announcement Date does not cause this Transaction to terminate in whole under the provisions of “Extraordinary Event” in paragraph 2 above:

(a) As soon as practicable following the public announcement of such potential Merger Transaction, Issuer shall provide MSCO with written notice of such announcement;

(b) Promptly after request from MSCO, Issuer shall provide MSCO with written notice specifying (i) Issuer’s average daily Rule 10b-18 Purchases (as defined in Rule 10b-18 under the Exchange Act (“ Rule 10b-18 ”)) during the three full calendar months immediately preceding the Announcement Date that were not effected through MSCO or its affiliates and (ii) the number of Shares purchased pursuant to the block purchase proviso in Rule 10b-18(b)(4) under the Exchange Act for the three full calendar months preceding the Announcement Date. Such written notice shall be deemed to be a certification by Issuer to MSCO that such information is true and correct. Issuer understands that MSCO will use this information in calculating the trading volume for purposes of Rule 10b-18; and

(c) Issuer acknowledges that any notice delivered under this Section 9 may cause a deemed Market Disruption Event to occur pursuant to Section 10; accordingly, Issuer acknowledges that its delivery of such notice must comply with the standards set forth in Section 12(c).

Merger Transaction ” means any merger, acquisition or similar transaction involving a recapitalization of Issuer as contemplated by Rule 10b-18(a)(13)(iv) under the Exchange Act.

10. Seller Adjustments. In the event that Seller determines in its good faith and commercially reasonable discretion, based on advice of counsel, that it is appropriate with regard to any legal, regulatory or self-regulatory requirements or related policies and procedures (whether or not such requirements, policies or procedures are imposed by law or have been voluntarily adopted by Seller, and including, without limitation, Rule 10b-18, Rule 10b-5, Regulation 13D-G and Regulation 14E, “ Requirements ”), for Seller to refrain from purchasing Shares or to purchase fewer than the number of Shares Seller would otherwise purchase on any Trading Day during the duration of this Transaction, then Seller may elect to deem that a Market Disruption Event has occurred and will be continuing on such Trading Day, which shall be a Disrupted Day for purposes of “Market Disruption Event” above; provided that if any such deemed Market Disruption Event results in the Scheduled Valuation Date being postponed to a date that is on or after June 30, 2011 then such postponement will constitute an Additional Termination Event, with (i) Issuer as the sole “Affected Party”, (ii) the Transaction as the sole “Affected Transaction” and (iii) such date as the Early Termination Date.

11. Covenants.

 

(a) The Buyer covenants and agrees:

(i) that during the term of this Agreement, neither it nor any “affiliated purchaser” (as defined in Rule 10b-18 under the Exchange Act) shall directly or indirectly (which shall be deemed to include the writing or purchase of any cash-settled derivative instrument) purchase Shares (or any security convertible into or exchangeable for Shares) without the prior written approval of Seller (including, without limitation, any Rule 10b-18 purchases of blocks (as defined in Rule 10b-18 under the Exchange Act)), except through MSCO;


(ii) that it shall report the Transaction to the extent required under the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder;

(iii) that as of (i) the Trade Date and (ii) the date of any election by Issuer that Shares or Alternative Delivery Property be delivered by it or by MSCO pursuant to Section 6 or 7, Issuer is in compliance with its reporting obligations under the Exchange Act and its most recent Annual Report on Form 10-K;

(iv) that it is not relying, and has not relied, upon Seller or any of its representatives or advisors with respect to the legal, accounting, tax or other implications of this Agreement and that it has conducted its own analyses of the legal, accounting, tax and other implications of this Agreement, and that Seller and its affiliates may from time to time effect transactions for their own account or the account of customers and hold positions in securities or options on securities of the Buyer and that Seller and its affiliates may continue to conduct such transactions during the term of this Agreement; and

(v) that the Shares are not, and Issuer will not cause the Shares to be, subject to a “restricted period” (as defined in Regulation M promulgated under the Exchange Act) at any time during the Regulation M Period (as defined below) unless Issuer has provided written notice to MSCO of such restricted period not later than the Scheduled Trading Day immediately preceding the first day of such “restricted period” (such event, a “Regulation M Event”); Issuer acknowledges that any such notice may cause a deemed Market Disruption Event to occur pursuant to Section 10; accordingly, Issuer acknowledges that its delivery of such notice must comply with the standards set forth in Section 12(c); provided, however, that Issuer may only declare up to 3 Regulation M Events during the Regulation M Period. “ Regulation M Period ” means, the period commencing on the first day of the Initial Hedge Period and ending on the earliest of (i) the Scheduled Valuation Date, (ii) the third Exchange Business Day immediately following the last day of the Calculation Period, or such earlier day as elected by MSCO and notified to Issuer (or, if later, the Lock-out Date), and (iii) in the event Section 6 applies to a Transaction, and Issuer elects to require MSCO to deliver Shares or Alternative Delivery Property pursuant to such Section 6, the date reasonably determined by the Calculation Agent and notified to Issuer,

provided that this Section 11(a) shall not (i) limit the Buyer’s ability, pursuant to its employee incentive plan or dividend reinvestment program, to re-acquire Shares in connection with the related equity transactions, (ii) limit Buyer’s ability to withhold shares to cover tax liabilities associated with such equity transactions or (iii) limit Buyer’s ability to grant stock and options to “affiliated purchasers” (as defined in Rule 10b-18) or the ability of such affiliated purchasers to acquire such stock or options, in connection with the Buyer’s compensation policies for directors, officers and employees or any agreements with respect to the compensation of directors, officers or employees of any entities that are acquisition targets of Issuer, and in connection with any such purchase Buyer will be deemed to represent to Seller that such purchase does not constitute a “Rule 10b-18 Purchase” (as defined in Rule 10b-18) (any such incentive or compensatory plan, program or policy of Issuer, a “ Compensatory Plan ”).

(b) On each day during the term of the Transaction, on which MSCO effects any purchases of Shares with respect to the Transaction (other than purchases in connection with any dynamic adjustments to MSCO’s hedge position in respect of the market risk associated with the equity options embedded in the Transaction), it shall effect all purchases of Shares made for the purpose of covering any short position in Shares that was established for the purposes of hedging MSCO’s equity price risk in respect of the Transaction, in a manner that MSCO reasonably believes, based on the representations, warranties and agreements of Issuer set forth herein, would comply with the limitations set forth in clauses (b)(1), (b)(2), (b)(3), (b)(4) and (c) of Rule 10b-18, as if MSCO were the “Issuer” or an “affiliated purchaser” (as such term is defined in Rule 10b-18) of Issuer and such rule were applicable to such purchases; provided , however , that it is understood and agreed that Seller will not be obligated to comply with this paragraph in connection with Seller’s ability to declare a Valuation Date other than the Scheduled Valuation Date or if an Event of Default, Additional Disruption Event, Extraordinary Event or Additional Termination Event occurs.


12. Representations, Warranties and Acknowledgments.

(a) The Buyer hereby represents and warrants to Seller as of the Trade Date that:

(i) as of the date hereof, the Buyer is not in possession of any material, non-public information with respect to the Buyer or any of its securities;

(ii) the transactions contemplated by this Confirmation have been authorized under Buyer’s publicly announced program to repurchase Shares;

(iii) the Buyer is not entering into this Agreement (x) to facilitate a distribution of the Shares (or any security convertible into or exchangeable for Shares) or (y) in connection with a future issuance of securities, in either case, except in connection with a Compensatory Plan or other publicly disclosed transaction;

(iv) the Buyer is not entering into this Agreement to create actual or apparent trading activity in the Shares (or any security convertible into or exchangeable for Shares) or to raise or depress the price of the Shares (or any security convertible into or exchangeable for Shares);

(v) it will not be engaged in an “issuer tender offer” as such term is defined in Rule 13e-4 under the Exchange Act nor is it aware of any third party tender offer with respect to the Shares within the meaning of Rule 13e-1 under the Exchange Act; and

(vi) the Buyer is as of the date hereof, and after giving effect to the transactions contemplated hereby will be, Solvent. As used in this paragraph, the term “Solvent” means, with respect to a particular date, that on such date (A) the present fair market value (or present fair saleable value) of the assets of the Buyer is not less than the total amount required to pay the liabilities of the Buyer on its total existing debts and liabilities (including contingent liabilities) as they become absolute and matured, (B) the Buyer is able to realize upon its assets and pay its debts and other liabilities, contingent obligations and commitments as they mature and become due in the normal course of business, (C) assuming consummation of the transactions as contemplated by this Agreement, the Buyer is not incurring debts or liabilities beyond its ability to pay as such debts and liabilities mature, (D) the Buyer is not engaged in any business or transaction, and does not propose to engage in any business or transaction, for which its property would constitute unreasonably small capital after giving due consideration to the prevailing practice in the industry in which the Buyer is engaged and (E) the Buyer is not a defendant in any civil action that could reasonably be expected to result in a judgment that Buyer is or would become unable to satisfy.

(b) Seller and the Buyer each hereby acknowledges that any transactions by Seller in the Shares will be undertaken by Seller, as the case may be, as principal for its own account. All of the actions to be taken by Seller in connection with this Agreement, shall be taken by Seller independently and without any advance or subsequent consultation with the Buyer.

(c) 10b5-1 Plan.

(i) Each of MSCO and Issuer is entering into this Confirmation and the Transaction hereunder in good faith and not as part of a plan or scheme to evade the prohibitions of Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act (“ Rule 10b5-1 ”) or any other antifraud or anti-manipulation provisions of the federal or applicable state securities laws and, with respect to Issuer, that it has not entered into or altered and will not enter into or alter any corresponding or hedging transaction or position with respect to the Shares. Each of MSCO and Issuer acknowledges that it is the intent of the parties that the Transaction entered into under this Confirmation comply with the requirements of paragraphs (c)(1)(i)(A) and (B) of Rule 10b5-1 and the Transaction entered into under this Confirmation be interpreted to comply with the requirements of Rule 10b5-1(c).


(ii) Issuer will not seek to control or influence MSCO’s decision to make any “purchases or sales” (within the meaning of Rule 10b5-1(c)(1)(i)(B)(3)) under the Transaction entered into under this Confirmation, including, without limitation, MSCO’s decision to enter into or unwind any Hedge Positions in respect of the Transaction. Issuer represents and warrants that it has consulted with its own advisors as to the legal aspects of its adoption and implementation of this Confirmation under Rule 10b5-1.

(iii) Each of MSCO and Issuer hereby acknowledges and agrees that any amendment, modification, waiver or termination of this Confirmation must be effected in accordance with the requirements for the amendment or termination of a “plan” as defined in Rule 10b5-1(c). Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, any such amendment, modification, waiver or termination shall be made in good faith and not as part of a plan or scheme to evade the prohibitions of Rule 10b-5, and no such amendment, modification or waiver shall be made at any time at which Issuer is aware of any material non-public information regarding Issuer or the Shares.

13. Acknowledgements of Buyer Regarding Hedging and Market Activity. Buyer agrees, understands and acknowledges that:

 

  (a) during the period from (and including) the Trade Date to (and including) the Settlement Date, Seller and its affiliates may buy or sell Shares or other securities or buy or sell options or futures contracts or enter into swaps or other derivative securities in order to adjust its hedge position with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Transaction;

 

  (b) Seller and its affiliates also may be active in the market for the Shares other than in connection with hedging activities in relation to the transactions contemplated by this Transaction;

 

  (c) Seller shall make its own determination as to whether, when and in what manner any hedging or market activities in the Issuer’s securities shall be conducted and shall do so in a manner that it deems appropriate to hedge its price and market risk with respect to 10b-18 VWAP; and

 

  (d) any market activities of Seller and its affiliates with respect to the Shares may affect the market price and volatility of the Shares, as well as the 10b-18 VWAP, each in a manner that may be adverse to Buyer.

14. In the event that Seller becomes involved in any capacity in any action, proceeding or investigation brought by or against any person in connection with any matter referred to in this Agreement to the extent that such action, proceeding or investigation results from the breach by the Buyer of any of its representations, warranties or covenants hereunder, the Buyer will reimburse Seller for its reasonable legal and other expenses (including the cost of any investigation and preparation) incurred in connection therewith. The Buyer also will indemnify and hold Seller harmless against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities to which it may become subject in connection with any matter referred to in this Agreement to the extent any such loss, claim, damage or liability results from the breach by the Buyer of any of its representations, warranties or covenants hereunder, except to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage or liability results from the gross negligence or bad faith of Seller in effecting the transactions which are the subject of this Agreement; provided, however , that if it is determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final judgment that Seller is not entitled to be indemnified hereunder in connection with such matter, then Seller shall reimburse the Buyer for any expenses paid pursuant to the first sentence of this Section 14. If for any reason the foregoing indemnification is unavailable to Seller or insufficient to hold it harmless, then the Buyer shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by Seller as a result of such loss, claim, damage or liability in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the Buyer on one hand and Seller on the other hand with respect to such loss, claim, damage, or liability and any other relevant equitable considerations. The reimbursement, indemnity and contribution obligations of the Buyer under this Section 14 shall be in addition to any liability which the Buyer may otherwise have, shall extend upon the same terms and conditions to any affiliate of Seller and the partners, directors, officers, agents, employees and controlling persons (if any), as the case may be, of Seller and any such affiliate and shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of any successors, assigns, heirs and personal representatives of the Buyer, Seller, any such affiliate and any such person. The Buyer also agrees that neither Seller nor any of such affiliates, partners, directors, officers, agents, employees or controlling persons shall have any liability to the Buyer for or in connection with any matter referred to in this Agreement except to the extent that any losses,


claims, damages, liabilities or expenses incurred by the Buyer result from the gross negligence or bad faith of Seller in effecting the transactions that are the subject of this Agreement. The foregoing provisions shall survive any termination or completion of this Agreement. For the purposes of this Section 14, the term “Seller” shall include MSCO and its affiliates. The foregoing reimbursement, indemnity and contribution obligations of the Buyer shall be paid promptly in cash.

15. The parties hereto agree and acknowledge that Seller is a “financial participant” within the meaning of Section 101(22) of Title 11 of the United States Code (the “ Bankruptcy Code ”). The parties hereto further agree and acknowledge that this Transaction is either (i) a “securities contract” as such term is defined in Section 741(7) of the Bankruptcy Code, in which case each payment and delivery made pursuant to this Transaction is a “settlement payment”, as such term is defined in Section 741(8) of the Bankruptcy Code, and that Seller is entitled to the protections afforded by, among other sections, Sections 362(b)(6), 546(e) and 555 of the Bankruptcy Code, or (ii) a “swap agreement”, as such term is defined in Section 101(53B) of the Bankruptcy Code, in which case each party is a “swap participant”, as such term is defined in Section 101(53C) of the Bankruptcy Code, and that Seller is entitled to the protections afforded by, among other sections, Sections 362(b)(17), 546(g) and 560 of the Bankruptcy Code.

16. Seller and Issuer hereby agree and acknowledge that Seller has authorized the Issuer and each of its employees, representatives and other agents to disclose this Transaction, including the tax treatment and tax structure thereof and all materials relating thereto, to any and all persons, and there are no express or implied agreements, arrangements or understandings to the contrary, and authorizes the Issuer to use any information that the Issuer receives or has received with respect to this Transaction in any manner.

17. Treatment in Bankruptcy; No Setoff; No Collateral.

(a) In the event the Buyer becomes the subject of proceedings (“ Bankruptcy Proceedings ”) under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code or any other applicable bankruptcy or insolvency statute from time to time in effect, any rights or claims of Seller hereunder in respect of this transaction shall rank for all purposes no higher than, but on a parity with, the rights or claims of holders of Shares, and Seller hereby agrees that its rights and claims hereunder shall be subordinated to those of all parties with claims or rights against the Buyer (other than common stockholders) to the extent necessary to assure such ranking. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, after the commencement of Bankruptcy Proceedings, the claims of Seller hereunder shall for all purposes have rights equivalent to the rights of a holder of a percentage of the Shares equal to the aggregate amount of such claims (the “ Claim Amount ”) taken as a percentage of the sum of (i) the Claim Amount and (ii) the aggregate fair market value of all outstanding Shares on the record date for distributions made to the holders of such Shares in the related Bankruptcy Proceedings. Notwithstanding any right it might otherwise have to assert a higher priority claim in any such Bankruptcy Proceedings, Seller shall be entitled to receive a distribution solely to the extent and only in the form that a holder of such percentage of the Shares would be entitled to receive in such Bankruptcy Proceedings, and, from and after the commencement of such Bankruptcy Proceedings, Seller expressly waives (i) any other rights or distributions to which it might otherwise be entitled in such Bankruptcy Proceedings in respect of its rights and claims hereunder and (ii) any rights of setoff it might otherwise be entitled to assert in respect of such rights and claims.

(b) Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement or any other agreement between the parties to the contrary, neither the obligations of the Buyer nor the obligations of Seller hereunder are secured by any collateral, security interest, pledge or lien.

18. Share Cap. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, in no event shall the Buyer be required to deliver to Seller a number of Shares that exceeds the Share Cap (as specified in Schedule I), subject to reduction by the number of Shares delivered hereunder by the Buyer on any prior date.


19. Illegality. The parties agree that for the avoidance of doubt, for purposes of Section 5(b)(i) of the Agreement, “any applicable law” shall include the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010, any rules and regulations promulgated thereunder and any similar law or regulation, without regard to Section 739 of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010 or any similar legal certainty provision in any legislation enacted, or rule or regulation promulgated, on or after the Trade Date, and the consequences specified in the Agreement, including without limitation, the consequences specified in Section 6 of the Agreement, shall apply to any Illegality arising from any such act, rule or regulation.

20. Account Details:

 

      Account for Payments to MSCO:

Citibank NY

 

  ABA # XXXXX

 

  Morgan Stanley

 

  A/C #XXXXXX

 

  Broadcom Corporation

 

  A/C # XXXXXX

 

      Account for Payments to Issuer:

To be provided by Issuer

21. Contact Details for Purposes of Giving Notice:

 

      If to MSCO:

Anthony Cicia
Email: Anthony.Cicia@morganstanley.com
Phone: 212-761-7959

      If to Issuer:

22. Governing law: The laws of the State of New York.

EACH PARTY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY AND ALL RIGHTS TO TRIAL BY JURY WITH RESPECT TO ANY LEGAL PROCEEDINGS ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS CONFIRMATION OR ANY TRANSACTION CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.


 

Please confirm that the foregoing correctly sets forth the terms of our agreement by executing this Confirmation and returning it to us by facsimile to the number provided on the attached facsimile cover page.

Confirmed as of the date first written above:

 

BROADCOM CORPORATION     MORGAN STANLEY & CO. INCORPORATED
By:   /s/    Eric Brandt     By:   /s/    Serkan Savasoglu
  Name: Eric Brandt       Name: Serkan Savasoglu
  Title: EVP and CFO       Title: Managing Director


Schedule I

This Schedule I, dated February 1, 2011 may be amended and/or superseded from time to time by mutual agreement of both parties. For the purposes of this Transaction, the following terms shall have the following values/meanings:

Tranche #1:

1. The Trade Date shall be February 2, 2011

2. The Forward Cap Price equals 110% of the Initial Hedge Period Reference Price

3. The Forward Floor Price equals 95% of the Initial Hedge Period Reference Price

4. The Discount Percentage equals 1.55%

5. The Initial Shares equal 2,177,339.

6. The Prepayment Amount equals USD 150,000,000.

7. The Commission Amount equals zero

8. The Adjustment Amount equals zero

9. The Structuring Fee equals zero

10. The Scheduled Valuation Date shall mean the 66 th Scheduled Trading Day following the Initial Hedge Completion Date.

11. The Lock-Out Date shall mean the 19 th Scheduled Trading Day following the Initial Hedge Completion Date; provided that under any circumstances where the Calculation Period is extended, the Lock-Out Date shall be postponed by an equal number of Observation Dates.

12. Observation Dates: Until (and including) the Initial Hedge Completion Date, each Scheduled Trading Day; thereafter, until (and including) the later of the Lock-Out Date or the “Lock-Out Date” in respect of Tranche 2, alternate Scheduled Trading Days beginning on the Scheduled Trading Day immediately following the Initial Hedge Completion Date; thereafter, each Scheduled Trading Day.

Tranche #2:

1. The Trade Date shall be February 2, 2011

2. The Forward Cap Price equals 110% of the Initial Hedge Period Reference Price

3. The Forward Floor Price equals 95% of the Initial Hedge Period Reference Price

4. The Discount Percentage equals 1.55%

5. The Initial Shares equal 2,177,339.

6. The Prepayment Amount equals USD 150,000,000.

7. The Commission Amount equals zero

8. The Adjustment Amount equals zero


9. The Structuring Fee equals zero

10. The Scheduled Valuation Date shall mean the 66 th Scheduled Trading Day following the Initial Hedge Completion Date.

11. The Lock-Out Date shall mean 19 th Scheduled Trading Day following the Initial Hedge Completion Date; provided that under any circumstances where the Calculation Period is extended, the Lock-Out Date shall be postponed by an equal number of Observation Dates.

12. Observation Dates: Until (and including) the Initial Hedge Completion Date, each Scheduled Trading Day; thereafter, until (and including) the later of the Lock-Out Date or the “Lock-Out Date” in respect of Tranche 1, alternate Scheduled Trading Days beginning on the second Scheduled Trading Day immediately following the Initial Hedge Completion Date; thereafter, each Scheduled Trading Day.

GENERAL:

The Share Cap (applicable to both Tranches in aggregate) shall equal the lesser of (i) 12.96 million Shares and (ii) 20% of the total number of Shares that Issuer has outstanding as of any day.


AGREED AND ACKNOWLEDGED (as of the date listed above)
BROADCOM CORPORATION
  /s/    Eric Brandt
  Name: Eric Brandt
  Title: EVP and CFO

 

MORGAN STANLEY & CO. INCORPORATED
  /s/    Serkan Savasoglu
  Name: Serkan Savasoglu
  Title: Managing Director

 

Exhibit 10.45

FIFTH AMENDMENT TO LEASE

(5251 California — Suite 230)

 

I. PARTIES AND DATE.

This Fifth Amendment to Lease (the “ Amendment ”) dated and effective as of April 24, 2011, is by and between THE IRVINE COMPANY LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Landlord ”), and BROADCOM CORPORATION, a California corporation (“ Tenant ”).

 

II. RECITALS.

On October 31, 2007, Landlord and Tenant entered into a lease (the “ Original Lease ”) for all of the rentable space (approximately 63,440 rentable square feet) in the building located at 5211 California, Irvine, California (the “ 5211 California Premises ”), which lease was amended by a First Amendment to Lease dated November 12, 2008 (the “First Amendment ”) wherein Landlord leased to Tenant all of the rentable space (approximately 53,840 rentable square feet) in the building located at 5241 California Avenue (the “5241 California Premises ”) as part of the Premises subject to the Lease, by a Second Amendment to Lease dated July 21, 2010 (the “ Second Amendment ”) wherein Landlord leased to Tenant approximately 14,336 rentable square feet of space in a building located at 5251 California Avenue (the “5251 California Building ”) commonly known as Suite 140, Suite 160, Suite 210 and Suite 250, as part of the Premises subject to the Lease, by a Third Amendment to Lease dated September 14, 2010 (the “Third Amendment ”) wherein Landlord leased to Tenant all of the rentable space (approximately 53,840 rentable square feet) in the building located at 5231 California Avenue (the “5231 California Premises ”) as part of the Premises subject to the Lease, and by a Fourth Amendment to Lease dated November 15, 2010 (the “ Fourth Amendment ”) wherein Landlord leased to Tenant approximately 2,021 rentable square feet of space in the 5251 California Building commonly known as Suite 150, resulting in the aggregate rentable area of the Premises leased by Tenant comprising approximately 187,477 rentable square feet. The portion of the Premises leased by Tenant in the 5251 California Building pursuant to both the Second Amendment and the Fourth Amendment is collectively referred to herein as the “5251 California Premises” ; and the Original Lease, as so amended, is referred to herein as the “ Lease ”.

Landlord and Tenant each desire to further modify the Lease to add approximately 3,404 rentable square feet of space commonly known as “Suite 230” on the second floor of the 5251 California Building as an additional “Suite” leased by Tenant in the 5251 California Building, which space is more particularly described on Exhibit A attached to this Amendment and herein referred to as the 5251 California Expansion Space” , to adjust the Basic Rent and to make such other modifications as are set forth in “III. MODIFICATIONS” next below.

 

III. MODIFICATIONS.

A. Premises . From and after the “Commencement Date for the 5251 California Expansion Space” (as hereinafter defined) and during the “5251 Expansion Space Term” (as hereinafter defined), the 5251 California Expansion Space” together with the 5231 California Premises, the 5211 California Premises, the 5241 California Premises and, during the Term of the Lease as to any portion of the 5251 California Premises, the 5251 California Premises, shall collectively constitute the “Premises” under the Lease.

B. Building . All references to the “Building” in the Lease shall continue to refer, collectively, to (a) those three (3) buildings located at 5211 California (the “ 5211 California Building ”), 5231 California (the “5231 California Building” ) and at 5241 California (the “5241 California Building” ), Irvine, California, and (b) during the Term of the Lease as to any portion of the Premises located in the 5251 California Building, the 5251 California Building. Notwithstanding the collective definition of the term “Building,” the provisions of the Lease providing Landlord and Tenant with certain rights and obligations pursuant to Tenant’s leasing of the entire “Building” shall apply to each of the 5211 California Building, the 5241 California Building or the 5231 California Building (or any other building of the Project that is entirely leased by Tenant as part of the “Building” from time to time), individually; and the incorporation of the 5251 California Building in the “Building” pursuant to this Amendment shall not effectively modify any of the Landlord’s or

 

1


Tenant’s rights under the Lease relating to Tenant’s leasing of any or all of the 5211 California Building, the 5241 California Building or the 5231 California Building in their entirety (or any other building of the Project that is entirely leased by Tenant as part of the “Building” from time to time), or which might otherwise be affected as a result of Tenant leasing space in the Building that consists of less than the entire Building (including, for example, but not limited to, Tenant’s exclusive signage rights, any gross up protections, the limitation on Landlord’s management fee and subleasing rights conditioned on its leasing the entire Building); and for purposes of this Amendment, any rights of Tenant conditioned on its leasing the entire Building shall be retained by Tenant as to the 5211 California Building, the 5241 California Building and the 5231 California Building (and as to any other building of the Project that may hereafter be leased in its entirety by Tenant and incorporated into the “Building”), and shall be modified so that such rights are modified only with respect to Tenant’s leasehold interest in the 5251 California Building and only for the duration of the Term of the Lease as to any portion of the Premises located in the 5251 California Building.

C. Basic Lease Provisions. The Basic Lease Provisions are hereby amended as follows:

 

  1. Item 4 is hereby amended by adding the following:

“Commencement Date for the 5251 California Expansion Space” : July 1, 2011; provided that the 5251 California Expansion Space shall have been delivered to Tenant no later than June 20, 2011 (the “Early Access Date for the 5251 California Expansion Space” ), free of all prior occupants and their property, and with the Landlord’s Work (as defined in Section III.G of this Amendment) substantially completed prior to such date in order for Tenant to schedule the delivery and installation of its furniture, trade fixtures and equipment in the 5251 California Expansion Space prior to said Commencement Date. Tenant shall not commence its business operations in the 5251 California Expansion Space prior to the Commencement Date for the 5251 California Expansion Space, and Landlord shall have no liability for its failure to deliver the Premises in the condition required by the Early Access Date for the 5251 California Expansion Space, but the Commencement Date for the 5251 California Expansion Space shall be delayed by one day for each day that delivery of the 5251 California Expansion Space is delayed beyond the Early Access Date for the 5251 California Expansion Space. The acknowledgments by Tenant contained in the second, third and fourth sentences of Section 2.2 of the Lease shall be applicable and binding with respect to Tenant’s lease of the 5251 California Expansion Space. As of the date of delivery of the 5251 California Expansion Space in the condition required on the Early Access Date for the 5251 California Expansion Space, Tenant shall be conclusively deemed to have accepted that the 5251 California Expansion Space is in satisfactory condition and in conformity with the provisions of the Lease, subject to Landlord’s warranty in Section III.D of this Amendment below, and without affecting Landlord’s and Tenant’s respective obligations under Article VII of the Lease, as modified by this Amendment. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Lease or this Amendment, all of the duties and obligations of Tenant under the Lease, as modified by this Amendment, with respect to the 5251 California Expansion Space shall be applicable to Tenant’s possession of, and activities in, the 5251 California Expansion Space prior to the Commencement Date for the 5251 California Expansion Space except for the payment of Base Rent and Operating Expenses for the 5251 California Expansion Space.”

 

2


2. Item 5 is hereby amended by adding the following:

Term as to the 5251 California Expansion Space:

The Term as to the 5251 California Expansion Space (the “ 5251 Expansion Space Term ”) shall expire on June 30, 2012, subject to Landlord’s “Recapture Right” and Tenant’s “Termination Right” (as such terms are defined in the Second Amendment to this Lease, as modified by this Amendment).”

3. Item 6 is hereby amended by adding the following:

Basic Rent for the 5251 California Expansion Space : Commencing on the Commencement Date for the 5251 California Expansion Space, the Basic Rent for the 5251 California Expansion Space shall be Four Thousand Seven Hundred Sixty-Six Dollars ($4,766.00) per month, based on $1.40 per rentable square foot.”

4. Effective as of the Commencement Date for the 5251 California Expansion Space, Item 8 shall be deleted in its entirety and substituted therefor shall be the following:

“8. Floor Area of Premises: Approximately 190,881 rentable square feet, comprised of the following:

 

  5211 California Premises — approximately 63,440 rentable square feet
  5231 California Premises — approximately 53,840 rentable square feet
  5241 California Premises — approximately 53,840 rentable square feet
  5251 California Premises, Suite 140, Suite 160, Suite 210 and Suite 250 — approximately 14,336 rentable square feet
  5251 California Premises, Suite 150 — approximately 2,021 rentable square feet
  5251 California Expansion Space — approximately 3,404 rentable square feet”

5. Effective as of the Commencement Date for the 5251 California Expansion Space, Item 15 shall be deleted in its entirety and substituted therefor shall be the following:

“15. Vehicle Parking Spaces: Six Hundred Forty-Three (643); provided that during the Term of the Lease as to the 5251 California Premises, Tenant shall be entitled to an additional fifty five (55) vehicle parking spaces, and during the 5251 Expansion Space Term, Tenant shall be entitled to an additional eleven (11) vehicle parking spaces.”

D. Condition of 5251 California Expansion Space . The warranty on the part of Landlord contained in Section 2.4 of the Lease shall be applicable and binding on Landlord as to the 5251 California Expansion Space as of the date of delivery of the 5251 California Expansion Space in the condition required for the Early Access Date for the 5251 California Expansion Space. Provided Tenant shall notify Landlord of a non-compliance with such warranty obligation on or before sixty (60) days following the Early Access Date for the 5251 California Expansion Space, then Landlord shall promptly after receipt of written notice from Tenant setting forth the nature and extent of such non-compliance, rectify’ same at Landlord’s cost and expense.

E. Right to Extend the Lease . The parties confirm and agree that Tenant’s right to extend the Lease contained in Section 3.4 of the Lease shall not be applicable as to the 5251 California Expansion Space.

 

3


F. Operating Expenses . Section 4.2 of the Lease is modified solely with respect to the 5251 California Expansion Space as follows:

1. Effective as of the Commencement Date for the 5251 California Expansion Space and only for the duration of the 5251 Expansion Space Term, “Tenant’s Share” of “Operating Expenses” (as those terms are defined in Section 4.2 of the Lease) for the 5251 California Expansion Space only shall be determined by multiplying the cost of Operating Expenses items by a fraction, the numerator of which is the Floor Area of the 5251 California Expansion Space and the denominator of which is the total rentable square footage, as determined from time to time by Landlord, of(i) the 5251 California Building for expenses determined by Landlord to benefit or relate substantially to the 5251 California Building exclusively, rather than the 5251 California Building and one or more additional buildings of the Project, and (ii) the 5251 California Building and one or more additional buildings of the Project, for expenses determined by Landlord to benefit or relate substantially to 5251 California Building and one or more additional buildings of the Project rather than the 5251 California Building exclusively.

2. Notwithstanding Section 4.2(b) of the Lease, in lieu of a separate written estimate of Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses for the 5251 California Expansion Space, the parties agree that estimated amount of Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses for the 5251 California Expansion Space during the Expense Recovery Period ended June 30, 2011 shall be Two Thousand Eight Dollars and Thirty Six Cents ($2,008.36) per month, based on $.59 per rentable square foot, subject to reconciliation of such Operating Expenses in accordance with Section 4.2(c) of the Lease.

3. The management fee payable under the Lease for the 5251 California Expansion Space during the 5251 Expansion Space Term shall be 3.25% of total rent (including Basic Rent and Operating Expenses) payable under the Lease for the 5251 California Expansion Space. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 4.2(g) of the Lease, the inclusion of the 5251 California Expansion Space in the Building shall not allow Landlord to (a) modify the two percent (2%) management fee payable under the Lease for the 5211 California Premises, the 5241 California Premises or for the 5231 California Premises (nor for any other building of the Project that may be hereafter leased in its entirety by Tenant and incorporated into the “Building” during the Term of the Lease as to any portion of the Premises located in the 5251 California Building, for so long as Tenant is maintaining all “Building Systems” in such portions of the Building as provided in said Section 4.2(g)), nor (b) gross up the Operating Expenses of the 5251 California Building nor any other portion of the Building.

G. Signs . Effective as of the Commencement Date for the 5251 California Expansion Space and for the duration of the 5251 Expansion Space Term, the lobby and directory signage rights granted to Tenant in the additional paragraph at the end of Section 5.2 of the Lease added by way of Section III.G of the Fourth Amendment, shall be applicable to the 5251 California Expansion Space.

H. Applicability of Certain Sections . Effective as of the Commencement Date for the 5251 California Expansion Space and for the duration of the 5251 California Expansion Space Term only, the following Sections of the Second Amendment shall be applicable to, and binding with respect to, the 5251 California Expansion Space as well as to the 5251 California Premises: III.H Utilities and Services ; III.I Tenant’s Maintenance and Repair ; III.J Landlord’s Maintenance and Repair ; III.K Landlord’s Recapture Right ; III.L Tenant’s Termination Right ; and III.M Representation and Warranty .

 

4


I. Broker’s Commission . Article XVIII of the Lease is amended to provide that the parties recognize Irvine Realty Company ( “Landlord’s Broker” ) as the broker representing Landlord in connection with the negotiation of this Amendment, and that no broker has represented Tenant in connection with the negotiation of this Amendment, and that no broker has represented Tenant in connection with the negotiation of this Amendment. Landlord shall be responsible for the payment of a brokerage commission to Landlord’s Broker. The warranty and indemnity provisions of Article XVIII of the Lease, as amended hereby, shall be binding and enforceable in connection with the negotiation of this Amendment.

J. Acceptance of the 5251 California Expansion Space . Subject to Landlord’s warranty in Section III.D of this Amendment above, Tenant acknowledges that the lease of the 5251 California Expansion Space pursuant to this Amendment shall be on an “as-is” basis without further obligation on Landlord’s part as to improvements whatsoever, except that Landlord shall paint and carpet the 5251 California Expansion Space at its sole cost and expense (the “ Landlord’s Work ”) prior to the Early Access Date for the 5251 California Expansion Space.

 

IV. GENERAL.

A. Effect of Amendments . The Lease shall remain in full force and effect except to the extent that it is modified by this Amendment.

B. Entire Agreement . This Amendment embodies the entire understanding between Landlord and Tenant with respect to the modifications set forth in “III. MODIFICATIONS” above and can be changed only by a writing signed by Landlord and Tenant.

C. Counterparts . If this Amendment is executed in counterparts, each is hereby declared to be an original; all, however, shall constitute but one and the same amendment. In any action or proceeding, any photographic, photostatic, or other copy of this Amendment may be introduced into evidence without foundation.

D. Defined Terms . All words commencing with initial capital letters in this Amendment and defined in the Lease shall have the same meaning in this Amendment as in the Lease, unless they are otherwise defined in this Amendment.

E. Corporate and Partnership Authority . If Tenant is a corporation or partnership, or is comprised of either or both of them, Tenant represents that each individual executing this Amendment for the corporation or partnership is duly authorized to execute and deliver this Amendment on behalf of the corporation or partnership and that this Amendment is binding upon the corporation or partnership in accordance with its terms.

 

V. EXECUTION.

Landlord and Tenant executed this Amendment on the date as set forth in “I. PARTIES AND DATE.” above.

 

LANDLORD:

   TENANT:

THE IRVINE COMPANY LLC

   BROADCOM CORPORATION,

a Delaware limited liability company

   a California corporation

 

By   /s/    Steven M. Case     By   /s/    Kenneth E. Venner
  Steven M. Case       Kenneth E. Venner, Senior Vice President
  Executive Vice President       Corporate Services and CIO
  Office Properties       4-22-2011

 

By   /s/    Holly McManus   LOGO   By   /s/    Eric K. Brandt
  Holly McManus, Vice President       Eric K. Brandt, Executive Vice President
  Operations, Office Properties       and Chief Financial Officer

 

5


EXHIBIT A

5251 California — Suite 230

Second Floor

LOGO

EXHIBIT A

 

1


LOGO

SIXTH AMENDMENT TO LEASE

(5251 California — Suite 130)

 

I. PARTIES AND DATE.

This Sixth Amendment to Lease (the “ Amendment ”) dated and effective as of August 2 nd 2011, is by and between THE IRVINE COMPANY LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Landlord ”), and BROADCOM CORPORATION, a California corporation (“ Tenant ”).

 

II. RECITALS.

On October 31,2007, Landlord and Tenant entered into a lease (the “ Original Lease ”) for all of the rentable space (approximately 63,440 rentable square feet) in the building located at 5211 California, Irvine, California (the “ 5211 California Premises ”), which lease was amended by a First Amendment to Lease dated November 12, 2008 (the “ First Amendment ”) wherein Landlord leased to Tenant all of the rentable space (approximately 53,840 rentable square feet) in the building located at 5241 California Avenue (the “ 5241 California Premises ”) as part of the Premises subject to the Lease, by a Second Amendment to Lease dated July 21,2010 (the “ Second Amendment ”) wherein Landlord leased to Tenant approximately 14,336 rentable square feet of space in a building located at 5251 California Avenue (the “ 5251 California Building ”) commonly known as Suite 140, Suite

160, Suite 210 and Suite 250, as part of the Premises subject to the Lease, by a Third Amendment to Lease dated September 14, 2010 (the “ Third Amendment ”) wherein Landlord leased to Tenant all of the rentable space (approximately 53,840 rentable square feet) in the building located at 5231 California Avenue (the “ 5231 California Premises ”) as part of the Premises subject to the Lease, by a Fourth Amendment to Lease dated November 15, 2010 (the “ Fourth Amendment ”) wherein Landlord leased to Tenant approximately 2,021 rentable square feet of space in the 5251 California Building commonly known as Suite 150, resulting in the aggregate rentable area of the Premises leased by Tenant comprising approximately 187,477 rentable square feet, and by a Fifth Amendment to Lease dated April 26, 2011 (the “ Fifth Amendment ”) wherein Landlord leased to Tenant approximately 3,404 rentable square feet of space in the 5251 California Building commonly known as Suite 230, resulting in the aggregate rentable area of the Premises leased by Tenant comprising approximately 190,881 rentable square feet. The portion of the Premises leased by Tenant in the 5251 California Building pursuant to the Second Amendment, the Fourth Amendment, the Fifth Amendment and “5251 California, Suite 130” pursuant to the provisions of this Amendment, is collectively referred to herein as the “ 5251 California Premises ”; and the Original Lease, as so amended, is referred to herein as the “ Lease ”.

Landlord and Tenant each desire to further modify the Lease to add approximately 2,021 rentable square feet of space commonly known as “Suite 130” on the first floor of the 5251 California Building as an additional “Suite” leased by Tenant in the 5251 California Building, which space is more particularly described on Exhibit A attached to this Amendment and herein referred to as “ 5251 California, Suite 130 ”, to extend the Lease Term for the 5251 California Premises, to adjust the Basic Rent and to make such other modifications as are set forth in “III. MODIFICATIONS” next below.

 

III. MODIFICATIONS.

A. Premises . From and after the “Commencement Date for 5251 California, Suite 130” (as hereinafter defined) and during the “5251 California, Suite 130 Term” (as hereinafter defined), “5251 California, Suite 130” (as a portion of the 5251 California Premises, along with those portions of the 5251 California Premises that are subject to the Lease during the 5251 California, Suite 130 Term, in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Second Amendment, Fourth Amendment and Fifth Amendment and this Amendment), together with the 5231 California Premises, the 5211 California Premises and the 5241 California Premises, shall collectively constitute the “Premises” under the Lease.

 

1


B. Building . All references to the “Building” in the Lease shall continue to refer to (a) the 5211 California Building, the 5231 California Building, and the 5241 California Building, and (b) during that portion of the Lease Term commencing on the Commencement Date for the 5251 California Premises until the later to expire of the 5251 California Premises Term, the 5251 California Expansion Term, and the 5251 California, Suite 130 Term, the 5251 California Building. All of the terms and provisions of Section III.B of the Fifth Amendment regarding the incorporation of the 5251 California Building as a part of the Building, and the effect of such incorporation on Landlord’s and Tenant’s rights relating to any building in the Project entirely leased by Tenant (and notwithstanding the Tenant’s leasing of 5251 California, Suite 130, which consists of less than the entire 5251 California Building), shall be applicable to 5251 California, Suite 130, as a portion of the 5251 California Premises, and shall remain in effect as so modified during the 5251 California, Suite 130 Term with respect to Tenant’s leasehold interest in the 5251 California Building and only for the duration of the later to expire of the 5251 California Premises Term, the 5251 California Expansion Term, and the 5251 California, Suite 130 Term.

C. Basic Lease Provisions . The Basic Lease Provisions are hereby amended as follows:

1. Item 4 is hereby amended by adding the following:

“Commencement Date for 5251 California, Suite 130” : August 1,2011. The acknowledgments by Tenant contained in the second, third and fourth sentences of Section 2.2 of the Lease shall be applicable and binding with respect to Tenant’s lease of 5251 California, Suite 130. As of the Commencement Date for 5251 California, Suite 130, Tenant shall be conclusively deemed to have accepted that 5251 California, Suite 130 is in satisfactory condition and in conformity with the provisions of the Lease, subject to Landlord’s warranty in Section III.D of this Amendment below, and without affecting Landlord’s and Tenant’s respective obligations under Article VII of the Lease, as modified by this Amendment.

2. The new paragraphs added to Item 5 of the Lease pursuant to the Second Amendment, Fourth Amendment, and Fifth Amendment, are hereby replaced and Item 5 is hereby amended by substituting there for the following:

“5. Lease Term : The Term of the Lease as to the 5251 California Premises (including Suite 130) shall expire at midnight on July 31, 2014.”

References in this amendment and in the Lease to the 5251 California Premises Term, the 5251 California Expansion Term, and the 5251 California, Suite 130 Term shall mean the period commencing on the respective Commencement Dates for such space under this Amendment and previous amendments, and expiring on July 31, 2014.

3. Effective as of August 1, 2011, Item 6 is hereby amended by adding the following and deleting any previous rent schedule covering any portion of the 5251 California Premises for the same time period:

Basic Rent for the 5251 California Premises (including Suite 130):

Commencing August 1, 2011, the Basic Rent for the 5251 California Premises shall be Twenty Four Thousand Eight Hundred Thirty-One Dollars ($24,831.00) per month, based on $1.14 per rentable square foot.

Commencing August 1, 2012, the Basic Rent for the 5251 California Premises shall be Twenty Five Thousand Nine Hundred Twenty-One Dollars ($25,921.00) per month, based on $1.19 per rentable square foot.

 

2


Commencing August 1, 2013, the Basic Rent for the 5251 California Premises shall be Twenty Seven Thousand Ten Dollars ($27,010.00) per month, based on $1.24 per rentable square foot.”

4. Effective as of the Commencement Date for 5251 California, Suite 130, Item 8 of the Lease shall be deleted in its entirety and substituted therefor shall be the following:

“8. Floor Area of Premises: Approximately 192,902 rentable square feet, comprised of the following:

5211 California Premises — approximately 63,440 rentable square feet;

5231 California Premises — approximately 53,840 rentable square feet;

5241 California Premises — approximately 53,840 rentable square feet; and

5251 California Premises, Suite 130, Suite 140, Suite 150, Suite 160, Suite

210, Suite 230, and Suite 250 — approximately 21,782 rentable square feet.”

5. Effective as of the Commencement Date for 5251 California, Suite 130, Item 15 shall be deleted in its entirety and substituted therefor shall be the following:

“15. Vehicle Parking Spaces: Six Hundred Forty-Three (643); provided that during the 5251 California Premises Term, Tenant shall be entitled to an additional seventy-two (72) vehicle parking spaces.”

D. Condition of 5251 California, Suite 130 . The warranty on the part of Landlord contained in Section 2.4 of the Lease shall be applicable and binding on Landlord as to 5251 California, Suite 130 as of the Commencement Date for 5251 California, Suite 130.

E. Operating Expenses . Section 4.2 of the Lease is modified solely with respect to the 5251 California, Suite 130 as follows:

1. Effective as of the Commencement Date for 5251 California, Suite 130 and only for the duration of the 5251 California, Suite 130 Term, “Tenant’s Share” of “Operating Expenses” (as those terms are defined in Section 4.2 of the Lease) for 5251 California, Suite 130 only shall be determined by multiplying the cost of Operating Expenses items by a fraction, the numerator of which is the Floor Area of the 5251 California, Suite 130 and the denominator of which is the total rentable square footage, as determined from time to time by Landlord, of (i) the 5251 California Building for expenses determined by Landlord to benefit or relate substantially to the 5251 California Building exclusively, rather than the 5251 California Building and one or more additional buildings of the Project, and (ii) the 5251 California Building and one or more additional buildings of the Project, for expenses determined by Landlord to benefit or relate substantially to 5251 California Building and one or more additional buildings of the Project rather than the 5251 California Building exclusively.

2. Notwithstanding Section 4.2(b) of the Lease, in lieu of a separate written estimate of Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses for 5251 California, Suite 130, the parties agree that estimated amount of Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses for the 5251 California, Suite 130 during the Expense Recovery Period ended June 30, 2012 shall be One Thousand One Hundred Ninety-Two Dollars and Thirty-Nine Cents ($1,192.39) per month, based on $.59 per rentable square foot, subject to reconciliation of such Operating Expenses in accordance with Section 4.2(c) of the Lease.

3. The management fee payable under the Lease for 5251 California, Suite 130 during the 5251 California, Suite 130 Term shall be 3.25% of total rent (including Basic Rent and Operating Expenses) payable under the Lease for 5251 California,

 

3


Suite 130. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 4.2(g) of the Lease, the inclusion of 5251 California, Suite 130 in the Building shall not allow Landlord to (a) modify the two percent (2%) management fee payable under the Lease for the 5211 California Premises, the 5241 California Premises or for the 5231 California Premises (nor for any other building of the Project that may be hereafter leased in its entirety by Tenant and incorporated into the “Building” during the Term of the Lease as to any portion of the Premises located in the 5251 California Building, for so long as Tenant is maintaining all “Building Systems” in such portions of the Building as provided in said Section 4.2(g)), nor (b) gross up the Operating Expenses of the 5251 California Building nor any other portion of the Building.

F. Signs . Effective as of the Commencement Date for 5251 California, Suite 130 and for the duration of Term of the Lease, the lobby and directory signage rights granted to Tenant in the additional paragraph at the end of Section 5.2 of the Lease added by way of Section III.G of the Fourth Amendment, shall be applicable to 5251 California, Suite 130.

G. Applicability of Certain Sections . Effective as of the Commencement Date for 5251 California, Suite 130 and for the duration of the 5251 California, Suite 130 Term only, the following Sections of the Second Amendment shall be applicable to, and binding with respect to, 5251 California, Suite 130 as well as to the remainder of the 5251 California Premises: III.H Utilities and Services ; III.I Tenant’s Maintenance and Repair ; III.J Landlord’s Maintenance and Repair ; III.K Landlord’s Recapture Right ; III.L Tenant’s Termination Right ; and III.M Representation and Warranty .

H. Broker’s Commission . Article XVIII of the Lease is amended to provide that the parties recognize Irvine Realty Company (“ Landlord’s Broker ”) as the broker representing Landlord in connection with the negotiation of this Amendment, and that no broker has represented Tenant in connection with the negotiation of this Amendment. Landlord shall be responsible for the payment of a brokerage commission to Landlord’s Broker. The warranty and indemnity provisions of Article XVIII of the Lease, as amended hereby, shall be binding and enforceable in connection with the negotiation of this Amendment.

I. Acceptance of 5251 California, Suite 130 . Subject to Landlord’s warranty in Section III.D of this Amendment above, Tenant acknowledges that the lease of 5251 California, Suite 130pursuant to this Amendment shall be on an “as-is” basis without further obligation on Landlord’s part as to improvements whatsoever.

 

IV. GENERAL.

A. Effect of Amendments . The Lease shall remain in full force and effect except to the extent that it is modified by this Amendment.

B. Entire Agreement . This Amendment embodies the entire understanding between Landlord and Tenant with respect to the modifications set forth in “III. MODIFICATIONS” above and can be changed only by a writing signed by Landlord and Tenant.

C. Counterparts . If this Amendment is executed in counterparts, each is hereby declared to be an original; all, however, shall constitute but one and the same amendment. In any action or proceeding, any photographic, photostatic, or other copy of this Amendment may be introduced into evidence without foundation.

D. Defined Terms . All words commencing with initial capital letters in this Amendment and defined in the Lease shall have the same meaning in this Amendment as in the Lease, unless they are otherwise defined in this Amendment.

E. Corporate and Partnership Authority . If Tenant is a corporation or partnership, or is comprised of either or both of them, Tenant represents that each individual executing this Amendment for the corporation or partnership is duly authorized to execute and deliver this Amendment on behalf of the corporation or partnership and that this Amendment is binding upon the corporation or partnership in accordance with its terms.

 

4


V. EXECUTION.

Landlord and Tenant executed this Amendment on the date as set forth in “I. PARTIES AND DATE.” above.

 

LANDLORD:     TENANT:

THE IRVINE COMPANY LLC

a Delaware limited liability company

   

BROADCOM CORPORATION,

a California corporation

By   /s/    Steven M. Case     By   /s/    Kenneth E. Venner
  Steven M. Case       Kenneth E. Venner, Executive Vice President
  Executive Vice President       Corporate Services and CIO
  Office Properties      

 

By   /s/    Holly McManus     By   /s/    Eric K. Brandt
  Holly McManus, Vice President       Eric K. Brandt, Executive Vice President
  Operations, Office Properties       and Chief Financial Officer
  LOGO      

 

6


EXHIBIT A

5251 California — Suite 130

First Floor

LOGO

EXHIBIT A

 

1

Exhibit 21.1

SUBSIDIARIES OF THE COMPANY

 

Name of Entity

  

State or Other Jurisdiction of

Incorporation or Organization

Broadcom International Limited

   Cayman Islands

Broadcom Singapore Pte Ltd.

   Singapore

Broadcom Asia Distribution Pte Ltd.

   Singapore

ServerWorks Corporation

   Delaware

ServerWorks International Ltd.

   Cayman Islands

Exhibit 23.1

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors

Broadcom Corporation:

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the registration statements (Nos. 333-93457, 333-90862, 333-114405, 333-116877, 333-117866, 333-127775, 333-132533, 333-142526, 333-148971, 333-157089, 333-164685, and 333-172017) on Form S-8, (No. 333-112997) on Form S-4, and (No. 333-157088) on Form S-3 of Broadcom Corporation of our reports dated February 1, 2012, with respect to the consolidated balance sheets of Broadcom Corporation and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the related consolidated statements of income, shareholders’ equity and comprehensive income and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2011, and the related consolidated financial statement schedule, and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, which reports appear in the December 31, 2011 annual report on Form 10-K of Broadcom Corporation.

Our report on the consolidated financial statements refers to a change in accounting for testing goodwill for impairment in 2011 and a change in accounting for multiple-deliverable revenue arrangements, including certain arrangements that include software elements, in 2010.

/s/ KPMG LLP

Irvine, California

February 1, 2012

Exhibit 31.1

CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, Scott A. McGregor, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Broadcom Corporation;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

/ S / S COTT A. M C G REGOR

Scott A. McGregor
President and Chief Executive Office
(Principal Executive Officer)

Date: February 1, 2012

Exhibit 31.2

CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER

PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, Eric K. Brandt, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Broadcom Corporation;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

/ S / E RIC K. B RANDT

Eric K. Brandt
Executive Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer)

Date: February 1, 2012

Exhibit 32

The following certifications are being furnished solely to accompany the Report pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, and pursuant to SEC Release No. 33-8238 are being “furnished” to the SEC rather than “filed” either as part of the Report or as a separate disclosure statement, and are not to be incorporated by reference into the Report or any other filing of the Company, whether made before or after the date hereof, regardless of any general incorporation language in such filing. The foregoing certifications shall not be deemed “filed” for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or otherwise subject to the liabilities of Section 18 or Sections 11 and 12(a)(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

Certification of Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as created by Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the undersigned officer of Broadcom Corporation (the “Company”) hereby certifies, to such officer’s knowledge, that:

(i) the accompanying Annual Report on Form 10-K of the Company for the annual period ended December 31, 2011 (the “Report”) fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and

(ii) the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

/ S / S COTT A. M C G REGOR

Scott A. McGregor
Chief Executive Officer

Date: February 1, 2012

Certification of Chief Financial Officer

Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as created by Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the undersigned officer of Broadcom Corporation (the “Company”) hereby certifies, to such officer’s knowledge, that:

(i) the accompanying Annual Report on Form 10-K of the Company for the annual period ended December 31, 2011 (the “Report”) fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and

(ii) the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

/ S / E RIC K. B RANDT

Eric K. Brandt
Chief Financial Officer

Date: February 1, 2012